Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 1, 2015.

Registration No. 333-203505

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

INVUITY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3841   04-3803169
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

(415) 655-2100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Philip Sawyer

President and Chief Executive Officer

Invuity, Inc.

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

(415) 655-2100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven E. Bochner

Allison B. Spinner

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Brett Robertson

Vice President of Corporate Development and

General Counsel

Invuity, Inc.

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 655-2100

 

B. Shayne Kennedy

Drew Capurro

Latham & Watkins LLP

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, California 92626

(714) 540-1235

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

     Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

     Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Amount

to be

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Share

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $.001 par value

   4,600,000 shares   $16.00   $73,600,000   $8,552.32

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes an additional 600,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $8,018 with the initial public filing of this registration statement on April 17, 2015.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

INVUITY intelligent photonics TM The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Subject to Completion, dated June 1, 2015 4,000,000 Shares INVUITY, INC. Common Stock $ per share Invuity, Inc. is offering 4,000,000 shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14 and $16 per share. We have applied to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol: “IVTY.” This investment involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. Per Share Total Initial public offering price. $ $ Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) $ $ Proceeds to Invuity, Inc., before expenses. $ $ (1)See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about , 2015. Piper Jaffray Leerink Partners Stifel William Blair The date of this prospectus is , 2015.


Table of Contents

LOGO

INVUITY intelligent photonics. ™ Surgery. Redefined.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

A portfolio of devices to address a broad spectrum of surgical procedures THYROID Eika™ CERVICAL Eikon™ Breiten™ Saber Frazier™ Eika™ SHOULDER Waveguide XT™ Saber Yankauer™ Eivector™ Eipex™ BREAST RECONSTRUCTION BREAST Eikon™ Saber Yankauer™ Eikon™ Saber Yankauer™ Eika™ LUMBAR Saber Frazier™ Saber Yankauer™ HIP Eikon™ Waveguide XT™ Saber Yankauer™ Eivector™ Eipex™ Other Specialties TRAUMA/TUMOR Neurosurgery; Gynecology; Saber Yankauer™ Saber Frazier™ Urology; Ear, Nose and Eivector™ Throat; Craniomaxillofacial; Eipex™ Cardiothoracic Eikon™


Table of Contents

LOGO

A new solution for intracavity visualization - DROP IN HANDHELDS RETRACTORS


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Market and Industry Data

     44   

Use of Proceeds

     45   

Dividend Policy

     46   

Capitalization

     47   

Dilution

     49   

Selected Financial Data

     52   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     54   

Business

     69   

Management

     95   

Executive Compensation

     105   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     116   

Principal Stockholders

     122   

Description of Capital Stock

     125   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     130   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     132   

Underwriting

     136   

Legal Matters

     145   

Experts

     145   

Additional Information

     145   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Until             , 2015, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time or delivery of this prospectus and any sale of our common stock.

Trademarks

Invuity, Inc. and our logo, as well as Intelligent Photonics, are our trademarks and are used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames. Additionally, we do not intend for our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

Investors Outside of the United States

Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This prospectus summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This prospectus summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information provided under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our common stock. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to “Invuity,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “the Company” refer to Invuity, Inc.

Invuity

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company pioneering the use of advanced photonics to provide surgeons with improved direct visualization of surgical cavities during minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures. We integrate our Intelligent Photonics technology platform into our single-use and reusable advanced surgical devices to address some of the critical intracavity illumination and visualization challenges facing surgeons today. We utilize our proprietary Intelligent Photonics technology to develop optical waveguides that direct and shape thermally cool, brilliant light into broad, uniform and volumetric illumination of the surgical target. We believe that improving a surgeon’s ability to see critical anatomical structures can lead to better clinical and aesthetic outcomes, improved patient safety and reduced surgical time and healthcare costs. We sold our devices to approximately 400 hospitals in the first quarter of 2015, as compared to approximately 200 hospitals in the same quarter of 2014. Based on the number of single-use units we have shipped as of March 31, 2015, we estimate that our devices have been used in over 92,000 surgical procedures. We are also using our Intelligent Photonics technology to develop new devices and modalities to broaden the application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures and enable new advanced surgical techniques.

Photonics is the science and technological applications of light. We have applied advanced principles of photonics to develop our Intelligent Photonics technology platform, which enables the transmission, management and manipulation of light in surgical procedures. Our initial application of this technology is integrated into our family of proprietary optical waveguides. Our waveguides are sophisticated devices that rely on the principles of optics to shape and direct light. They are coupled to a modified fiber optic cable and are designed to work with the standard xenon or LED light sources typically found and utilized in the operating room. Our optical waveguides are incorporated into surgical devices, including our customized line of illuminated surgical retractors, handheld illuminated aspiration devices and drop-in intracavity illuminators. Our handheld illuminated aspiration devices and drop-in intracavity illuminators are single-use products. Our retractors are reusable, but utilize a single-use optical waveguide, which we sell separately because a new waveguide must be used for each procedure.

The fundamental attributes of our optical waveguides include a solid core optical-grade polymer, total internal reflection of light waves, light mixing and extraction by a complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses. The solid core optical-grade polymer waveguide is coupled to a fiber optic cable in order to facilitate the efficient transfer of light. This unique coupling results in our waveguides capturing maximum light with minimal heat build-up. Our waveguides use critical angles and the properties of total internal reflection to retain and transmit maximum light as it travels through the device. In addition, each waveguide utilizes various novel optical methods to mix light during the total internal reflection transmission process to enable more uniform light extraction across its output surface. The output surface consists of a complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses that extract, direct and shape volumetric illumination into the surgical cavity while virtually eliminating shadows and glare. This complex geometric structure extracts and directs light at numerous different angles to enable illumination of the surgical target, even if blood or debris accumulates on the surface of

 

 

1


Table of Contents

the waveguide. The uniform distribution of light extraction from the microstructures or microlenses throughout the entire output surface of the waveguide, as well as the proprietary solid core optical-grade polymer and patented design of our waveguides, results in thermally cool illumination.

In the last several years, we have transitioned from a focus on research and development to the commercialization of our device portfolio. As of March 31, 2015, we market eight families of illuminated surgical devices, consisting of over 40 devices. We market and sell our devices in the United States primarily through a direct salesforce, which has grown from 16 sales representatives as of December 31, 2012, to 43 as of March 31, 2015. We have plans to increase sales by further expanding this commercial organization. We believe this expansion will allow us to further penetrate and grow our market by demonstrating the benefits of our devices to additional surgeons and hospitals. Our revenue increased from $7.2 million in 2013 to $13.1 million in 2014. We had a net loss of $12.1 million and $20.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our revenue increased from $2.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. In 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 80% and 74% of our revenue, respectively, was generated from the sale of single-use devices. We had a net loss of $4.7 million and $9.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $77.1 million.

Our Market Opportunity

Advances in medical technology have resulted in growing adoption of minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures. The increased utilization of these procedures by surgeons is primarily driven by their significant benefits compared to conventional open surgery, including:

 

   

smaller incisions resulting in less scarring and fewer complications;

 

   

less trauma to the organs, muscles, nerves, and tissue;

 

   

less bleeding and reduced need for blood transfusions;

 

   

fewer surgical infections;

 

   

shortened hospital stays, potentially reducing hospital costs;

 

   

less postoperative pain and reduced need for associated narcotics;

 

   

faster recovery time; and

 

   

improved aesthetic outcomes.

Minimally invasive surgery refers to surgery performed through one or more small incisions as compared to conventional open surgery procedures. Some minimally invasive procedures, such as endoscopic, laparoscopic and arthroscopic procedures, use small tubes, tiny cameras and surgical instruments to access, visualize and perform the surgery. Though these procedures have several of the benefits described above, surgeons are only able to view the surgical target through a tiny camera, which can cause reduced depth perception and field of vision, diminished hand-eye coordination, limited mobility of the surgical instruments, and reduced tactile feedback. These limitations can increase the cognitive and physical load on the surgeon and, consequently, increase the possibility of surgical error. Other procedures also use smaller incisions than conventional open surgery but still enable the surgeon direct visualization of the surgical target and the ability to use traditional surgical instruments. We refer to these procedures as open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. We believe that open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures provide many of the benefits described above. However, the small incisions used in these procedures inherently reduce a surgeon’s ability to directly see the surgical target, particularly deep within the surgical cavity, which can impact surgical precision, procedural efficiency and patient safety.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We estimate that approximately 40% of all surgical procedures in the United States are open minimally invasive and minimal access. Based on the benefits of these procedures over conventional open surgery, we believe this percentage will continue to grow. We have initially targeted our sales and marketing efforts to surgeons in the following specialties: orthopedics, spine, breast oncology, plastics, and thyroid. However, our current illuminated surgical devices have a broader indication for use and can be marketed to other specialties with limited or no additional regulatory clearance. We intend to target other surgical specialties including trauma; cardiothoracic; ear, nose and throat; gynecology; urology; general surgery; neurosurgery and craniomaxilliofacial procedures. We currently estimate the annual total addressable market for our devices in these surgical specialties in the United States to be approximately $2.0 billion, based on the estimate of our average revenue per procedure.

Traditional Illumination Devices and Their Limitations

Lighting is a critical element of every open surgical procedure. Traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room include overhead lighting systems, surgical headlights and on-field fiber optic lighting systems. We are aware of various publications that identify limitations of these devices. While some of these publications are more than several years old, we believe the limitations they identify continue to exist and these limitations continue to present challenges for surgeons when traditional lighting options are used in procedures where the surgical field is accessed through the small incisions used in open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures.

Overhead Lighting Systems

The most common illumination method in the operating room setting today is overhead lighting systems. Overhead lighting systems consist of lighting fixtures that are positioned above the surgical field. Overhead lighting systems are frequently inadequate for surgery in deeper cavities due to the creation of significant shadows within the surgical field and the inability of the light to reach the depths of the incision.

Surgical Headlights

Surgical headlights were developed to address some of the shortcomings of overhead lighting systems. The headlight system consists of a headband worn by the surgeon and, most commonly, coupled with a fiber optic light system that is plugged into a xenon or LED light source. Headlights can be heavy and uncomfortable to use and may be associated with head, neck and shoulder fatigue from the prolonged improper posture required during their use, frequent headaches, neck pain and injury to the cervical spine. Furthermore, because the source of light is still above the surgical cavity, we believe the use of headlights also leads to shadows and glare, caused by hands, instruments and anatomy, which may limit visualization in deep surgical cavities.

On-field Fiber Optic Lighting Systems

Due to the limitations of overhead lighting systems and surgical headlights, on-field fiber optic lighting systems have been developed in an effort to provide intracavity lighting of the surgical field. On-field fiber optic lighting systems consist of a fiber optic cable attached to a fiber optic retractor. However, traditional on-field fiber optic systems have inherent limitations and risks. With traditional fiber optic retractors, light is directed in a straight line in the shape of a cone from the end of the fiber optic. To avoid the light being absorbed by the retractor, the fiber is typically located as close as possible to the distal end. Placing the fiber on the distal end of the retractor puts it in close proximity to the patient’s tissue, which can create a very bright, narrow spot of light that can create hot spots on the patient’s tissue and create glare in the surgeon’s line of vision. In addition, traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems represent a thermal hazard in the operating room creating the risk of burns to patients, surgeons and hospital staff and operating room fires.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Market Need for Advanced Intracavity Illumination and Visualization Devices

Given the limitations of traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room, we believe there is a significant opportunity to enhance intracavity illumination and visualization during open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. In addition, we believe that an advanced illumination and visualization technology could broaden the application and adoption of less invasive surgical techniques.

Our Solution

We utilize our Intelligent Photonics technology platform to develop surgical devices designed to overcome the significant limitations of traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room. Based on surgeon feedback, surgeon observation and bench testing, we believe our technology may provide the following benefits:

 

   

Enhanced illumination and visualization of the surgical field.     Our devices are designed to provide enhanced intracavity illumination and visualization of the surgical field during open minimally invasive and minimal access surgeries. The proprietary complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses along the surface of our optical waveguides allow for the extraction of light in a manner that distributes light at different angles in a broad, uniform and volumetric pattern that is intended to reduce shadows, glare and excessive heat that are commonly associated with traditional surgical lighting options. In bench testing comparing light distribution and thermal profile of our Eikon retractor to a traditional fiber optic retractor, we found our Eikon retractor system had approximately five times the illumination area with a thermal profile below the risk of burn.

 

   

Improved surgical precision during open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures.     Our technology is designed to improve intracavity visualization to allow surgeons to identify, differentiate and avoid vital anatomical structures. We believe this enables surgeons to dissect with great precision, while also allowing them to differentiate tissue planes, identify and avoid nerves and blood vessels, and quickly locate and control bleeding vessels to achieve rapid hemostasis. With this precise visualization, we believe surgeons may be able to use smaller, and in some cases fewer, incisions.

 

   

Reduced risks to patients and surgeons.     Our technology is developed with design elements to help create thermally cool illumination as well as ergonomics to improve ease of use while performing a procedure. By improving visualization, our devices may also decrease the risk of unintended retained foreign objects by improving the surgeon’s ability to see and dispose of such objects that might have otherwise been left in the surgical cavity inadvertently. Additionally, by being directly incorporated into a variety of illuminated surgical retractors, handheld illuminated aspiration devices, and drop-in intracavity illuminators, we believe our technology may help to decrease surgeon fatigue by reducing or eliminating the need for surgical headlights, thereby helping to reduce some of the associated head, neck and shoulder fatigue, frequent headaches, neck pain and injury to the cervical spine.

 

   

Enhanced operating room efficiency.     We believe our technology improves operating room workflow by reducing the need for perioperative repositioning of traditional surgical lighting options. Many open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures are time sensitive and the treatment area requires constant attention of the surgeon and operating team. Because our optical waveguides are directly connected to the surgical instrument that is used to access the deep surgical cavity, we believe surgeons are able to clearly illuminate the surgical target and effectively focus on performing the procedure.

 

   

Economic value proposition to healthcare systems.     We believe our devices have the potential to substantially reduce procedure costs as well as create incremental revenue

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

opportunities. We believe the improved efficiency of the operating room workflow and the related reduced procedure and anesthesia time can translate to meaningful cost savings for the hospital. In addition, we believe the reduction in procedure times may also create additional capacity in the operating room for surgeons to perform more procedures, which we believe can create incremental revenue for the hospital.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to be the global leader in providing advanced photonics systems to surgeons across a broad array of surgical specialties. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Establish our Intelligent Photonics technology as the standard illumination technology used in open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures.     We intend to continue to educate and train surgeons on the advantages of our Intelligent Photonics technology compared to traditional operating room lighting options. We believe the benefits of our Intelligent Photonics technology should also enable the broader application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures and help enable new advanced surgical techniques.

 

   

Expand our sales organization to support growth.     We plan to continue to expand our direct sales organization in the United States to help facilitate further adoption among existing hospital accounts as well as broaden awareness of our Intelligent Photonics technology to new hospitals. As of March 31, 2015, we had 43 direct sales representatives.

 

   

Continue to deliver innovative technologies and broaden our device portfolio .     We intend to continue to leverage our Intelligent Photonics technology platform to research, design and develop new devices that extend the benefits of open minimally invasive and minimal access techniques to a broader patient population. We believe our ability to introduce new devices to surgeons will allow us to continue to expand our annual total addressable market opportunity over time.

 

   

Focus on key opinion leader surgeons to facilitate adoption .     We are working in collaboration with key opinion leader surgeons in various surgical specialties to explore new product development and clinical applications for our technology and generate surgeon awareness of the clinical and economic value of our technology.

 

   

Introduce our Intelligent Photonics technology in markets outside the United States.     While our current commercial plan is to focus our direct sales efforts on continued penetration of the U.S. market, we plan to continue to monitor opportunities to develop a presence internationally.

Our Products

Our Intelligent Photonics technology has allowed us to design multiple variations of our waveguides in order to target different illumination patterns for different shapes of surgical cavities. Because we can mold our solid core optical-grade polymer into different shapes, we are able to design waveguides that either direct the light narrowly for deep cavities or broadly for larger cavities. Our waveguides also come in narrow or wide configurations to accommodate various retractor blade widths that are designed for various surgical procedures. Our versatile design and manufacturing capabilities allow us to develop waveguides with a variety of extraction patterns. For example, our current retractor-based waveguides utilize a complex geometry of refractive microstructures, whereas our handheld illuminated aspiration devices have integrated microlens arrays.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

We currently market eight families of illuminated surgical devices, consisting of over 40 devices. Our Intelligent Photonics technology is integrated into each of these device families. Our device portfolio includes reusable illuminated surgical retractors that include a single-use waveguide, single-use handheld illuminated aspiration devices and single-use drop-in intracavity illuminators. Our optical waveguides are integrated into these customized devices to deliver improved visualization of the surgical cavity without generating excessive heat.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks, including, without limitation, those that are generally associated with operating in the medical device industry. Some of the principal risks relating to our business and our ability to execute our business strategy include:

 

   

We have a history of significant operating losses and expect to incur losses in the future. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition and stock price could suffer.

 

   

All of our revenue is generated from devices incorporating our Intelligent Photonics technology, and any decline in the sales of these devices or failure to gain market acceptance of these devices will negatively impact our business.

 

   

If we are unable to convince hospital facilities to approve the use of our devices, our sales may decrease.

 

   

We must demonstrate to surgeons and hospitals the merits of our devices compared to those of our competitors.

 

   

We have limited experience marketing and selling our devices, and if we fail to develop and retain our direct sales force and independent sales agents, our business could suffer.

 

   

We operate in a highly competitive market segment. If our competitors are better able to market and develop devices than we are able to market or develop devices, our business will be adversely impacted.

 

   

Our ability to sell our devices at prices necessary to support our current business strategies depends on demonstrating that the benefits of devices incorporating our Intelligent Photonics technology outweigh the increased cost of such devices compared to other surgical illumination methods.

 

   

It is difficult to forecast future performance and our financial results may vary from forecasts and may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

 

   

If our intellectual property rights are not adequately protected, our business will be negatively affected.

 

   

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

 

   

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for our devices, or if clearances or approvals for future devices and indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

   

We are permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus.

 

   

We are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

   

We are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements.

 

   

We are not required to give our stockholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including (i) if we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, (ii) our annual gross revenue equals or exceeds $1.0 billion or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We may choose to take advantage of some or all of these reduced burdens. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from our competitors that are public companies, or other public companies in which you have made an investment.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in California in 2004 as Spotlight Surgical, Inc. We changed our name to Invuity, Inc. in 2007. We reincorporated in Delaware in May 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 444 De Haro Street, San Francisco, California, 94107, and our telephone number is (415) 655-2100. Our website is www.invuity.com . Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

   Invuity, Inc.

Shares of common stock offered by us

  

4,000,000 shares.

Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  

 

12,564,168 shares (or 13,164,168 shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Option to purchase additional shares

   We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds received from this offering primarily to expand sales and marketing activities and research and development efforts, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transaction. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 45 of this prospectus for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk factors

   Investing in our common stock involves risks. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Directed share program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 200,000 shares of common stock, or 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus, for our employees, directors and other persons associated with us. Any directed shares purchased by our officers and directors will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. Any other participants in the directed share program will not be subject to any lock-up arrangements with any underwriter with respect to the directed shares sold to them. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to the directed share program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. The directed share program will be arranged through Piper Jaffray & Co.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

  

“IVTY.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,564,168 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, including convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis, and excludes:

 

   

1,359,142 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.57 per share;

 

   

521,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock which were issued in April and May 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.48 per share;

 

   

3,532 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.30 per share;

 

   

134,570 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 with a weighted-average exercise price of $13.35 per share;

 

   

2,177,243 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

682,971 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2015, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,494,272 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering; and

 

   

any shares that become available under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under such plan each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a 1-for-18.5 reverse stock split of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, which became effective in May 2015;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 into an aggregate of 7,842,408 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding warrants exercisable for shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into warrants exercisable for shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants subsequent to March 31, 2015; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015, from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2015, or any other period. The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 7,186      $ 13,103      $ 2,154      $ 4,442   

Cost of goods sold

     2,294        4,871        747        1,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,892        8,232        1,407        2,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     12,402        22,803        4,574        8,923   

Research and development

     4,445        5,181        1,203        1,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,847        27,984        5,777        10,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,955     (19,752     (4,370     (8,112

Interest expense

     (284     (1,402     (370     (369

Interest and other income (expense), net

     130        492        28        (551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (19.15   $ (31.63   $ (7.34   $ (12.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

     632,407        653,195        641,810        703,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (3.18     $ (1.09
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       6,671,757          7,836,506   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See Notes 2, 12 and 13 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     March 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro  Forma (1)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,251      $ 25,251      $ 77,551   

Working capital

     28,230        28,230        80,530   

Total assets

     46,151        46,151        98,451   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     640        —          —     

Long-term debt—related party

     14,382        14,382        14,382   

Convertible preferred stock

     96,524        —          —     

Accumulated deficit

     (77,069     (77,069     (77,069

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (74,668     22,496        74,796   

 

(1)  

Reflects (i) the automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into 7,842,408 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering and (ii) the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the related reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

(2)  

Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) and the sale and issuance of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $3.7 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $14.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The realization of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of significant operating losses and expect to incur losses in the future. If we do not achieve and sustain profitability, our financial condition and stock price could suffer.

We have experienced significant operating losses, and we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the next several years as we implement additional initiatives designed to grow our business, including, among other things, increasing sales and developing new devices. We incurred net losses of $12.1 million and $20.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $4.7 million and $9.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, our accumulated deficit was $77.1 million. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have, for the foreseeable future, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ deficit and working capital. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our equity securities, certain debt-related financing arrangements and from sales of our approved devices. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development of our devices, sales and marketing activities and certain clinical and quality assurance initiatives. Our ability to generate sufficient revenue from our existing devices or from any of our device candidates in development, and to transition to profitability and generate consistent positive cash flows is uncertain. We will need to generate significant sales to achieve profitability, and we might not be able to do so. If our revenue grows more slowly than we anticipate, or if our operating expenses are higher than we expect, we may not be able to achieve profitability as anticipated, or ever, our financial condition will suffer and our stock price could decline. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods.

All of our revenue is generated from devices incorporating our Intelligent Photonics technology, and any decline in the sales of these devices or failure to gain market acceptance of these devices will negatively impact our business.

We have focused heavily on the development and commercialization of devices using our Intelligent Photonics technology platform for the illumination of certain open minimally invasive and minimal access surgeries. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, our revenue was $7.2 million, $13.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively, and was derived entirely from sales of devices incorporating our Intelligent Photonics technology. Because we expect our revenue to be derived entirely from sales of these devices for the foreseeable future, our ability to execute our growth strategy and become profitable will depend not only upon an increase in the number of hospitals using our devices, but also an increase in the number of specialties using our devices within those hospitals in which our devices are utilized. Intelligent Photonics technology, and the devices that incorporate it, fail to achieve and maintain wide market acceptance for any reason, our business may be adversely affected, as we will be severely constrained in our ability to fund our operations and to develop and commercialize improvements to existing product lines and new product lines.

If we are unable to convince hospital facilities to approve the use of our devices, our sales may decrease.

In the United States, in order for surgeons to use our devices, the hospital facilities where these surgeons treat patients will typically require us to receive approval from the facility’s value analysis committee, or

 

12


Table of Contents

VAC. VACs typically review the comparative effectiveness and cost of medical devices used in the facility. The makeup and evaluation processes for VACs vary considerably, and it can be a lengthy, costly and time-consuming effort to obtain approval by the relevant VAC. For example, even if we have an agreement with a hospital system for purchase of our devices, in most cases, we must obtain VAC approval by each hospital within the system to sell at that particular hospital. Additionally, hospitals typically require separate VAC approval for each specialty in which our device is used, which may result in multiple VAC approval processes within the same hospital even if such device has already been approved for use by a different specialty group. We often need VAC approval for each different device to be used by the surgeons in that specialty. In addition, hospital facilities and group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, which manage purchasing for multiple facilities, may also require us to enter into a purchasing agreement and satisfy numerous elements of their administrative procurement process, which can also be a lengthy, costly, and time-consuming effort. If we do not receive access to hospital facilities in a timely manner, or at all, via these VAC and purchasing contract processes, or otherwise, or if we are unable to secure contracts in a timely manner, or at all, our operating costs will increase, our sales may decrease, and our operating results may be harmed. Furthermore, we may expend significant effort in these costly and time-consuming processes and still may not obtain VAC approval or a purchase contract from such hospitals or GPOs.

We must demonstrate to surgeons and hospitals the merits of our devices to facilitate greater adoption of our devices.

Surgeons play a significant role in determining the devices used in the operating room and in assisting in obtaining approval by the relevant VAC. Educating surgeons on the benefits of our devices requires a significant commitment by our marketing team and sales organization. Surgeons and hospitals may be slow to change their practices because of perceived risks arising from the use of new devices, lack of experience using new devices, lack of clinical data supporting the benefits of such devices or the cost of new devices. We cannot predict when, or if ever, there will be widespread adoption of our devices by surgeons and hospitals. If we are unable to educate surgeons and hospitals about the advantages of devices incorporating our Intelligent Photonics technology, as compared to other surgical illumination methods which do not incorporate this technology, we may face challenges in obtaining approval by the relevant VAC, and we will not achieve significantly greater market acceptance of our devices, gain momentum in our sales activities, significantly grow our market share or grow our revenue, and our business and financial condition will be adversely affected.

We have limited experience marketing and selling our devices, and if we fail to develop and retain our direct salesforce and independent sales agents, our business could suffer.

We began selling our first FDA-cleared device in March 2009. As a result, we have limited experience marketing and selling our devices. We currently sell our devices through our direct sales representatives only in the United States. Our direct salesforce works with independent sales agents or agencies, whom we refer to as independent sales agents, who assist us in educating targeted surgeons. We increased the number of our direct sales representatives from 16 as of December 31, 2012 to 43 as of March 31, 2015. Our operating results are dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our direct sales representatives. If our direct salesforce fails to adequately promote, market and sell our devices, our sales may suffer.

As we launch new devices and increase our current marketing efforts with respect to existing devices and expand into new geographies, our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled sales personnel with significant technical knowledge of our devices. We have made, and intend to continue to make, a significant investment in recruiting and training sales representatives. There is significant competition for sales personnel experienced in relevant medical device sales. Once hired, the training process is lengthy because of the significant education required to achieve the level of competency surgeons expect from sales representatives with respect to understanding

 

13


Table of Contents

our devices. Upon completion of the training, our sales representatives typically require lead time in the field to grow their network of accounts and achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach. If we are unable to attract, motivate, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales personnel, or if our sales representatives do not achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach, our revenue will not grow at the rate we expect and our financial performance will suffer. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from our competitors, we may have to wait until applicable non-competition provisions have expired before deploying such personnel in restricted territories or incur costs to relocate personnel outside of such territories, and we may be subject to allegations that these new hires have been improperly solicited, or that they have divulged to us proprietary or other confidential information of their former employers.

We operate in a highly competitive market segment. If our competitors are better able to market and develop devices than we are able to market or develop devices, our business will be adversely impacted.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies and devices for surgical illumination and visualization. Any device we develop will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the surgical illumination and visualization market segment are clinical safety and effectiveness, price, surgeon experience and comfort with use of particular illumination systems, reliability and durability, ease of use, device support and service, salesforce experience and relationships. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally in the surgical illumination and visualization market, and we expect the intensity of competition will increase over time. Surgeons and hospitals typically use traditional overhead lighting, headlights and fiber-optic lighting products, and if we cannot convince surgeons and hospitals of the benefits of using our devices in addition to, or as an alternative to, traditional overhead lighting and headlights, or, of the benefits of using our devices instead of using competing fiber-optic lighting products, our business may be harmed. Some of our main competitors are Lumitex, Inc., Scintillant (Engineered Medical Solutions Co. LLC), Stryker Corporation, TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC and Black & Black Surgical, Inc. and other general surgical instrument companies that supply traditional fiber optic retractors. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

 

   

more established sales and marketing programs and distribution networks;

 

   

long established relationships with surgeons and hospitals;

 

   

contractual relationships with customers;

 

   

products that have already received approval from the relevant VACs;

 

   

greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing;

 

   

greater name recognition;

 

   

the ability to offer rebates or bundle multiple product offerings to offer greater discounts or incentives; and

 

   

greater experience in and resources for conducting research and development, clinical studies, manufacturing, preparing regulatory submissions, obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products and marketing approved products.

Our competitors may develop and patent processes or devices earlier than us, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing devices more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive devices or technologies that render our technology or devices obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific, and management personnel. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our ability to sell our devices at prices necessary to support our current business strategies depends on demonstrating that the benefits of devices incorporating our Intelligent Photonics technology outweigh the increased cost of such devices compared to other surgical illumination methods.

Hospital and other healthcare provider customers that purchase our devices typically bill various third-party payors to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the surgical procedures in which our devices are used and bill patients for any deductibles or copayments. Supplies used in surgery, such as our devices, are typically not separately reimbursed by third-party payors, but are rather included in the overall reimbursement for the procedure involved. Because there is no separate reimbursement for medical devices and supplies used in surgical procedures, the additional cost associated with the use of our devices can impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the surgery is performed. If reimbursement is inadequate, hospitals may choose to use less expensive instruments or devices that do not include illumination. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our devices in light of the additional associated cost. Our success depends on our ability to convince such cost-restricted customers that the potential benefits of using our devices, such as reduced surgery time, reduced surgery blood transfusion, and reduced post-surgery complications, outweigh the additional cost of such devices.

It is difficult to forecast future performance and our financial results may vary from forecasts and may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

Our limited operating history and commercial experience make it difficult for us to predict future performance and growth as such forecasts are limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to market our devices successfully, our ability to maintain or obtain regulatory clearances, unexpected or serious complications related to our devices or other factors discussed in these risk factors. A number of factors over which we have limited control may contribute to fluctuations in our financial results. These factors include, without limitation:

 

   

surgeon and hospital acceptance of our devices;

 

   

the productivity of our sales representatives;

 

   

the introduction of new devices and technologies or acquisitions by us or our competitors;

 

   

fluctuations in our expenses associated with expanding our operations and operating as a public company;

 

   

the timing, expense and results of research and development activities and obtaining future regulatory clearances and approvals;

 

   

buying patterns of the distributors that serve our military customers;

 

   

supplier, manufacturing or quality problems with our devices; and

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or in the pricing policies of our competitors or suppliers.

Additionally, we may experience seasonal variations in revenue. For example, our revenue tends to be the lowest in the first quarter as the result of the resetting of annual patient healthcare insurance plan deductibles and by hospitals and military facilities working off their inventories of products purchased in the fourth quarter. Revenue in the fourth quarter tends to be the highest as demand may be impacted by the desire of patients to spend their remaining balances in their flexible spending accounts or because they have met their annual deductibles under their health insurance plans. In addition, in the fourth quarter, our results can be impacted by the budgeting and buying patterns of hospitals and military facilities.

The loss of one or more of our key customers could slow our revenue growth or cause our revenue to decline.

A material portion of our total revenue in any given period may come from a relatively small number of customers. Sales to one customer accounted for 12% of our total revenue in each of 2013 and 2014, and

 

15


Table of Contents

sales to another customer accounted for 13% of our total revenue in 2013. We do not expect sales to these customers to increase significantly in the future, and as our revenue increases, we expect sales to these customers to decrease as a percent of revenue. There were no sales to any customer in excess of 10% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015. However the loss of any of our key customers for any reason, or a change in our relationship with any of our key customers may cause a significant decrease in our total revenue.

Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply problems and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

We rely on a number of suppliers who manufacture certain components of our devices, including specialty machining for our retractors and molding for our waveguides and handheld components. We do not have long-term supply agreements with most of our suppliers, and, in many cases, we purchase components on a purchase order basis. Our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede their ability to meet our demand. Our reliance on these third-party suppliers also subjects us to other risks that could harm our business, including:

 

   

we are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours;

 

   

we may not be able to obtain an adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements with our suppliers for components;

 

   

our suppliers, especially new suppliers, may make errors in manufacturing that could negatively affect the efficacy or safety of our devices or cause delays in shipment;

 

   

we may have difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers;

 

   

switching components or suppliers may require device redesign and possibly premarket submission to the FDA;

 

   

the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements, which could result in disruption of supply and/or increased expenses;

 

   

the occurrence of a fire, natural disaster or other catastrophe impacting one or more of our suppliers may affect the supplier’s ability to deliver components to us in a timely manner; and

 

   

our suppliers may encounter financial hardships unrelated to our demand, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements.

In addition, we rely on single- and limited-source suppliers for several of our components and sub-assemblies. For example, the optical molding for our waveguides is provided by one supplier. These components are critical to our devices and there are relatively few alternative sources of supply. We do not carry a significant inventory of these components. Identifying and qualifying additional or replacement suppliers for any of these components or sub-assemblies used in our devices could involve significant time and cost.

Although we could temporarily assemble some of these components internally, we may incur greater costs, delay production or divert attention from other critical projects until we find an alternate source. Any interruption or delay in obtaining components from our third-party suppliers, or our inability to obtain components from qualified alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and cause them to switch to competing devices.

 

16


Table of Contents

We are required to maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources and reduce our cash flows.

We need to maintain substantial levels of inventory to protect ourselves from supply interruptions. In addition, because of the broad choice of devices we offer the many surgeon specialists who use our devices, we must maintain sufficient inventory on hand to ensure each order is filled when received. As a result of our substantial inventory levels, we are subject to the risk that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory. We may need to write off inventory for other reasons as well. For example, our gross margin decreased from 68% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 63% for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the impact of inventory write-offs for unrecoverable trunk stock inventory provided to direct sales representatives and independent sales agents and related increase to cost of goods sold.

We have no clinical data to support the clinical and cost benefits of use of our devices, which could be a barrier to further surgeon adoption of our devices.

For FDA purposes, our devices are classified as Class I, Class II exempt or Class II devices . Class I and Class II exempt devices do not require a 510(k) premarket notification. Our Class II devices, which require a 510(k) premarket notification, are not in a category that require clinical studies to obtain clearance for marketing. As a result the FDA has not required, and we have not developed, clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our devices. Therefore, we currently lack clinical data supporting the benefits and cost effectiveness of our devices compared to other illumination solutions. As a result, surgeons may be slow to adopt or recommend our devices, and we may encounter difficulty obtaining approval from VACs. Further, any clinical studies that we initiate or the clinical experience of surgeons may indicate that our devices do not provide advantages over our competitors’ surgical illumination devices or that our devices do not deliver sufficient benefits to justify their cost. Such results could slow the adoption of our devices and significantly reduce our sales, which could harm our business and reputation.

We may need to conduct clinical studies in the future to support new device regulatory clearances or approvals, gain acceptance of our products in hospitals or to secure approval of the use of our devices in some foreign countries. Clinical testing is time-consuming and expensive and carries uncertain outcomes. The initiation and completion of any of these studies may be prevented, delayed or halted for numerous reasons. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the results of any clinical trials would support the promoted benefits of our devices. Failure or perceived failures in any clinical trials will delay and may prevent our device development and regulatory clearance or approval processes, damage our business prospects and negatively affect our reputation and competitive position.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to develop and commercialize additional devices.

The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change and technological advancements. Therefore, it is important to our business that we continue to enhance our device offerings and introduce new devices. Developing new devices is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our core business. Even if we are successful in developing additional devices, the success of any new device offering or enhancements to existing devices will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

 

   

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;

 

   

develop and introduce new devices or device enhancements in a timely manner;

 

   

develop an effective and dedicated sales and marketing team;

 

   

avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third-parties;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

demonstrate, if required, the safety and efficacy of new devices with data from preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new devices or device enhancements;

 

   

be fully FDA-compliant with marketing of new devices or modified devices;

 

   

provide adequate training to potential users of our devices; and

 

   

receive adequate coverage and reimbursement for procedures performed with our devices.

If we are unsuccessful in developing and commercializing additional devices in other areas, our ability to increase our revenue may be impaired.

We may face product liability claims that could result in costly litigation and significant liabilities, and we may not be able to maintain adequate product liability insurance.

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of medical devices. This risk exists even if a device is cleared or approved for commercial sale by the FDA and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Manufacturing and marketing of our commercial devices, and clinical testing of our devices under development, may expose us to product liability and other tort claims. Additionally, regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

   

litigation costs;

 

   

distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

   

impairment of our business reputation;

 

   

the inability to commercialize our devices;

 

   

decreased demand for our devices or devices in development, if cleared or approved;

 

   

device recall or withdrawal from the market;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants; or

 

   

loss of revenue.

Although we have, and intend to maintain, liability insurance, the coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate, and one or more successful claims brought against us may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. If we are unable to obtain insurance in the future at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms with adequate coverage, we will be exposed to significant liabilities.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends on our ability to attract, integrate and retain highly qualified personnel.

We believe that our continued success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of our executive officers and other key personnel. Our executive officers and other key personnel are critical to the strategic direction and overall management of our company as well as our research and development process. All of our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, and therefore may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The loss of any of our executive officers and other key personnel could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Our Chief Financial Officer, Michael Gandy, has informed us of his intention to resign from his position to pursue other interests. We are actively engaged in a process to identify and hire a new Chief

 

18


Table of Contents

Financial Officer. While Mr. Gandy has indicated that he will continue in his current role until we have hired his replacement, we cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and hire an appropriate candidate in a timely manner or on terms reasonable to us or at all. Any delay in hiring a new Chief Financial Officer could significantly disrupt our business and operations. In addition, many members of our management team have only joined us in the last year as part of our investment in the expansion of our business, including our Vice President of Research and Development and Vice President of Operations. Our productivity may be adversely affected if we do not integrate and train our new employees quickly and effectively.

We invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. Many of our competitors have greater resources than we have. We do not carry any “key person” insurance policies. The replacement of any of our key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and would harm our business.

In addition, many of our employees have become or will soon become vested in a substantial amount of stock or number of stock options. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock. Further, our employees’ ability to exercise those options and sell their stock in a public market after the closing of this offering may result in a higher than normal turnover rate.

If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We have been growing rapidly in recent periods and have a relatively short history of operating as a commercial company. For example, we increased the number of employees from 49 at December 31, 2012 to 116 at March 31, 2015. We intend to continue to grow and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train and integrate additional employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place a strain on our administrative personnel, information technology systems and other operational infrastructure. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals. To achieve our revenue goals, we must continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled personnel.

In order to manage our operations and growth we will need to continue to improve our operational and management controls, reporting and information technology systems and financial internal control procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and our operating results and business could suffer.

We must also successfully increase production output to meet expected customer demand. In the future, we may experience difficulties with production yields and quality control, component supply, and shortages of qualified personnel, among other problems. These problems could result in delays in product availability and increases in expenses. Any such delay or increased expense could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues.

Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of our current devices and attain a low per unit manufacturing cost for our future devices.

Currently, the gross profit generated from the sale of our devices is not sufficient to cover our operating expenses. To achieve profitability, we need to, among other things, reduce the per unit manufacturing cost of our current devices and attain low per unit manufacturing costs for our future devices. This

 

19


Table of Contents

cannot be achieved without improving manufacturing efficiency and increasing our manufacturing volume to leverage manufacturing overhead costs. If we are unable to improve manufacturing efficiency and reduce manufacturing overhead costs per unit, our ability to achieve profitability will be constrained. Any increase in manufacturing volumes is dependent upon a corresponding increase in sales. The occurrence of one or more factors that negatively impact the manufacturing or sales of our devices or reduce our manufacturing efficiency may prevent us from achieving our desired decrease in manufacturing costs, which would prevent us from attaining profitability.

If our facilities are damaged or become inoperable, we will be unable to continue to research, develop and manufacture our devices and, as a result, there will be an adverse impact on our business until we are able to secure a new facility.

We have recently transitioned all of our internal manufacturing, development and management activities to a new single location in San Francisco, California. Our facility and equipment would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including, but not limited to, earthquakes, flooding, fire, vandalism and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our research, development, manufacturing and commercialization activities for some period of time. While we have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including through insurance and health and safety protocols, the inability to perform those activities may result in the inability to continue manufacturing our devices during such periods and the loss of customers or harm to our reputation. We also possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and this insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

We have no prior experience selling devices that are sold outside of the United States. If we commercialize any devices outside of the United States, a variety of risks associated with international operations could adversely impact our net sales, results of operations and financial condition.

We currently sell our devices in the United States but expect to expand sales to Europe and other regions directly and through distributors which will require us to identify and develop relationships with distributors who will focus on marketing our devices.

The sale and shipment of our devices across international borders, as well as the purchase of components from international sources, subjects us to U.S. and foreign governmental trade, import and export, and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Other laws and regulations that can significantly impact us include various anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and anti-boycott laws, as well as export controls laws. Any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, restrictions on certain business activities and exclusion or debarment from government contracting. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our shipping and sales activities.

Additionally, the countries into which we expand our sales in the future may have different practices than the United States regarding the use of disposable medical devices. In the United States, our single-use optical waveguides for use with reusable retractors, single-use handheld illuminated aspiration devices and single-use drop-in intracavity illuminators are not reused whereas surgeons in some countries may reuse our single-use devices. Customers in these countries may be less willing to purchase our single-use devices as they were not designed to be reusable, or they may purchase fewer of our single-use devices than U.S. customers purchase because they choose to reuse our devices rather than purchasing additional single-use devices from us.

 

20


Table of Contents

International operations will expose us and our distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include:

 

   

difficulties in enforcing or defending intellectual property rights;

 

   

pricing pressure that we may experience internationally;

 

   

a shortage of high-quality sales people and distributors;

 

   

third-party reimbursement policies that may require some of the patients who receive our devices to directly absorb medical costs or that may necessitate the reduction of the selling prices of our devices;

 

   

competitive disadvantage with established businesses and customer relationships;

 

   

the imposition of additional U.S. and foreign governmental controls or regulations;

 

   

economic instability;

 

   

changes in duties and tariffs, license obligations and other non-tariff barriers to trade;

 

   

the imposition of restrictions on the activities of foreign agents, representatives and distributors;

 

   

scrutiny of foreign tax authorities which could result in significant fines, penalties and additional taxes being imposed on us;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

 

   

longer payment cycles;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

difficulties in maintaining consistency with our internal guidelines;

 

   

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

 

   

the imposition of costly and lengthy new export licensing requirements;

 

   

the imposition of U.S. or international sanctions against a country, company, person or entity with whom we do business that would restrict or prohibit continued business with the sanctioned country, company, person or entity; and

 

   

the imposition of new trade restrictions.

If we experience any of these risks, our sales in international countries may be harmed and our results of operations would suffer.

Our operations involve the use of hazardous and toxic materials, and we must comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which can be expensive, and could have an adverse impact on our business.

Our operations use or generate small volumes of hazardous or toxic materials. We are therefore subject to a variety of federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault, and environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could have an adverse impact on our business. Although we believe that our activities conform in all material respects with environmental, health and safety laws, there can be no assurance that violations of environmental, health and safety laws will not occur in the future as a result of human

 

21


Table of Contents

error, accident, equipment failure or other causes. The failure to comply with past, present or future laws could result in the imposition of fines, third-party property damage and personal injury claims, investigation and remediation costs, the suspension of production or a cessation of operations. We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental and health and safety laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, and may require us to change how we manufacture our devices, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in companies or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or obtain the expected benefits of any acquisition or investment.

To date, the growth in our business has been organic, and we have no experience in acquiring other businesses. In any acquisition, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our operating results. In addition, if an acquired company or technology fails to meet our expectations, or if we are unable to integrate any acquired company or technology, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions, or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely on information technology and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, customer service, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. Our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. We are not aware of any breaches of our information technology infrastructure. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telephone systems, if our systems suffer severe damage or disruption or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may suffer.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If our intellectual property rights are not adequately protected, our business will be negatively affected.

Our success depends in large part on our intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and know-how. The steps we have taken and may take in the future to protect our intellectual property may not adequately prevent misappropriation or ensure that others will not develop competitive technologies or devices. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not successfully challenge the validity or ownership of our patents or design products that avoid infringement of our

 

22


Table of Contents

proprietary rights with respect to our technology. There can be no assurance that other companies are not investigating or developing other similar technologies, that any patents will be issued from any application pending or filed by us, or that, if patents are issued, that the issued claims will be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from marketing similar devices. We may also not be able to detect infringement of our patents by third parties. In addition, we cannot assure you that any patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights under those patents will provide a competitive advantage to us or that our devices and technology will be adequately covered by our patents and other intellectual property. Additionally, as our patents expire, we may be unsuccessful in extending their protection through adjustments in patent term. The expiration of, or the failure to maintain or extend our patents, could have a material adverse effect on us.

Furthermore, we do not have any patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist in the future, and the laws of many foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The scope of our patent claims may vary between countries, as individual countries have distinctive patent laws. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in certain foreign countries devices that are the same as or similar to our devices.

We also own trade secrets and confidential information that we try to protect by entering into invention assignment and confidentiality agreements with our employees and other parties. However, these agreements may not be honored or, if breached, we may not have sufficient remedies to protect our confidential or proprietary information. Further, our competitors may independently learn our trade secrets and develop similar or superior technologies. To the extent that our consultants, key employees or others apply technological information to our projects that they develop independently or others develop, disputes may arise regarding the ownership of proprietary rights to such information, and such disputes may not be resolved in our favor. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately, our business and commercial prospects will suffer.

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive patent litigation, and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s attention, require us to pay significant damages or royalty payments or prevent us from marketing and selling our existing or future devices.

Our success depends in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs in the medical industry. It is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our devices. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our devices. We may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from patent holders, including non-practicing entities, alleging infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights or misappropriation of trade secrets, or offering licenses to such intellectual property. At any given time, we may be involved as either a plaintiff or a defendant in a number of patent infringement actions, the outcomes of which may not be known for prolonged periods of time. Such intellectual property litigation is typically costly and time-consuming. Litigation proceedings, if instituted against us, could divert our management’s and technical team’s attention and resources. Adverse determinations in any such litigation could result in significant liabilities to third parties or injunctions, or could require us to seek licenses from third parties and, if such licenses are not available on commercially reasonable terms, prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using certain devices, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, some licenses may be nonexclusive, which could provide our competitors access to the same technologies. Third parties could also obtain patents that may require us to either redesign products or, if possible, negotiate licenses from such third parties. Such licenses may materially increase our expenses.

 

23


Table of Contents

The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technologies involved and the uncertainty of litigation significantly increase the risks related to any patent litigation. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

   

stop selling, making, or using devices that use the disputed intellectual property;

 

   

obtain a license from the intellectual property owner to continue selling, making, licensing, or using devices, which license may require substantial royalty payments and may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

incur significant legal expenses;

 

   

pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;

 

   

pay the attorney fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; and

 

   

redesign those devices that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive and/or infeasible.

If any of the foregoing occurs, we may have to withdraw existing devices from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our devices, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases.

In addition, we may be required to indemnify our customers, distributors and OEM partners with respect to infringement by our devices of the proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors which may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or distributors or may be required to obtain licenses for the devices they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our devices.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

We may be required to obtain additional funds in the future, and these funds may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we anticipate our expenses will increase as we seek to continue to grow our business and transition to operating as a public company. We believe that our growth will depend, in part, on our ability to fund our commercialization efforts and our efforts to develop new technologies for surgical illumination and visualization, and technology complementary to our current devices. Our existing resources may not allow us to conduct all of these activities that we believe would be beneficial for our future growth. As a result, we may need to seek funds in the future and if we are unable to raise funds on favorable terms, or at all, we may not be able to support our commercialization efforts or increase our research and development activities and the growth of our business may be negatively impacted. As a result, we may be unable to compete effectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our net cash used in operating activities was $6.9 million, and was $13.9 million and $19.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

24


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2015, we had working capital of $28.2 million, which included $25.3 million in cash and cash equivalents. Our cash requirements in the future may be significantly different from our current estimates and depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the results of our commercialization efforts for our existing and future devices, including international expansion;

 

   

the rate at which we continue to grow our direct salesforce and increase our marketing activities;

 

   

the establishment of high volume manufacturing;

 

   

the need for additional capital to fund future development programs;

 

   

the costs involved in obtaining and enforcing patents or any litigation by third parties regarding intellectual property; and

 

   

our success in entering into collaborative relationships with other parties.

To finance these activities, we may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings and collaborative arrangements with corporate partners. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third-parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our devices, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Furthermore, we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our existing devices, delay development or commercialization of our devices in development, license to third parties the rights to commercialize devices or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize or cease operations. Any of these actions could harm our operating results.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness, which currently consists of our term loan with HealthCare Royalty Partners and line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank.

As of March 31, 2015, we owed an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million, and accrued interest of $21,000, to HealthCare Royalty Partners, pursuant to a term loan agreement, which we refer to as the HCRP loan agreement.

In addition, in February 2015, we entered into a $7.5 million loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, which we refer to as the SVB credit facility. SVB has a first priority security in our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and inventory, and HCRP has a second priority security in these assets and a first priority interest in our remaining assets. As of March 31, 2015, we had not drawn down on the SVB credit facility. Pursuant to the terms of the SVB credit facility, we can borrow up to 80% of certain qualified accounts receivables at a per annum interest rate equal to the prime rate as published by the Wall Street Journal plus 0.75%. In addition, the credit facility states that if we maintain a net cash balance, defined as unrestricted cash held with SVB less any borrowings on the revolving line of credit, of more than $3.0 million, then all collections will be deposited in our operating account. If the net cash balance is below $3.0 million, then all collections will be held in an SVB-controlled account and applied to reduce the loan balance.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on numerous factors, including the amount of our cash balances and our actual and projected financial and operating performance. These amounts and our performance are subject to certain financial and business factors, as well as prevailing economic and competitive conditions, some of which may be beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash balances or cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our existing or future indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Our future working capital, borrowings or equity financing could be unavailable to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under the loan agreements, and even if they were, these actions may be insufficient to permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In addition, in the event of our breach of either the HCRP loan agreement or the SVB credit facility, we may not be allowed to draw additional amounts under the other agreement, and we may be required to repay any outstanding amounts earlier than anticipated. In the event of a liquidation, HealthCare Royalty Partners and Silicon Valley Bank would be repaid all outstanding principal, premium, if any, and interest prior to distribution of assets to unsecured creditors, and the holders of our common stock would receive a portion of any liquidation proceeds only if all of our creditors, including HealthCare Royalty Partners and Silicon Valley Bank, were first repaid in full.

The HCRP loan agreement and the SVB credit facility each contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

The HCRP loan agreement and the SVB credit facility each contain certain restrictive covenants that, among other things, either limit our ability to incur, or require a mandatory prepayment in the event we incur, additional indebtedness or liens, merge with or acquire other companies, consummate a change of control, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of our lenders or prepay the outstanding amounts under the HCRP loan agreement and SVB credit facility, which could require us to pay additional prepayment penalties.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations; in addition, we may be unable to use a substantial part of our net operating losses if we don’t attain profitability in an amount necessary to offset such losses.

As of December 31, 2014, we had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $60.9 million and $53.8 million, respectively. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 382, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could also result in an ownership change under Section 382. Furthermore, we may be unable to use a substantial part of our NOLs if we do not attain profitability in an amount sufficient to offset such losses. Any limitation on using NOLs could result in our retaining less cash after payment of U.S. federal and state income taxes during any year in which we have taxable income than we would be entitled to retain if such NOLs were available as an offset against such income for U.S. federal income and state tax reporting purposes, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation that could make it more expensive and time consuming for us to introduce new or improved devices.

Our devices are medical devices and must comply with regulatory requirements imposed by the FDA in the United States and similar agencies in foreign jurisdictions. While our current devices are classified as Class I, Class II exempt, or Class II medical devices in the United States and are not subject to premarket clearance or approval by the FDA, these requirements could change and new devices may be subject to more extensive regulation. Premarket clearance or approval has become more stringent overt time and can involve lengthy and detailed laboratory and clinical testing procedures and an extensive agency review process, and other costly and time-consuming procedures. It often takes several years to satisfy these requirements depending on the complexity and novelty of the device. We also are subject to numerous additional licensing and regulatory requirements relating to safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances.

Government regulation may impede our ability to develop and manufacture our existing and future devices. Government regulation also could delay our marketing of new devices for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures on our activities. The FDA and other regulatory agencies may not approve or clear any of our future devices on a timely basis, if at all. Any delay in obtaining, or failure to obtain, such approvals or clearances could negatively impact our marketing of any future devices and reduce our device revenues.

Our devices remain subject to strict regulatory controls on manufacturing, marketing and use. We may be forced to modify or recall a device after release in response to regulatory action or unanticipated difficulties encountered in general use. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on the reputation of our devices and on our business and financial position.

Further, regulations may change, and any additional regulation could limit or restrict our ability to use any of our technologies, which could harm our business. We could also be subject to new international, federal, state or local regulations that could affect our research and development programs and harm our business in unforeseen ways. If this happens, we may have to incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations, which will harm our results of operations.

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for our devices, or if clearances or approvals for future devices and indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

Our devices are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation by FDA in the United States and by regulatory agencies in other countries where we plan to do business. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide-ranging and govern, among other things:

 

   

device design, development and manufacture;

 

   

laboratory, preclinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution;

 

   

premarketing clearance and approval;

 

   

record keeping;

 

   

device marketing, promotion and advertising, sales and distribution; and

 

   

post-marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths and serious injuries and recalls and correction and removals.

 

27


Table of Contents

Before a new medical device, or a new intended use for, an existing device can be marketed in the United States, a company must first submit and receive either 510(k) clearance or premarketing approval from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Either process can be expensive, lengthy and unpredictable. We may not be able to obtain the necessary clearances or approvals or may be unduly delayed in doing so, which could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the device, which may limit the market for the device. Although we have obtained 510(k) clearance to market our sterilization trays, our clearance can be revoked if safety or efficacy problems develop.

In addition, we are required to timely file various reports with the FDA, including reports required by the medical device reporting regulations, or MDRs, that require that we report to the regulatory authorities if our devices may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed timely, regulators may impose sanctions and sales of our devices may suffer, and we may be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business. Six MDRs for our devices have been filed, which includes a discontinued reusable aspiration device that we voluntarily recalled in 2012, four reports in 2012 of device breakage and one report in 2014 relating to tissue irritation.

If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publically available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports has been and could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation. The only Correction and Removal report that we have submitted to the FDA is in connection with the discontinued reusable aspiration device that we voluntarily recalled in 2012.

The FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulate the advertising and promotion of our devices to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory clearances, that there are adequate and reasonable data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising is neither false nor misleading in any respect. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including Warning Letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

   

adverse publicity, warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our devices;

 

   

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

   

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new devices, new intended uses or modifications to existing devices;

 

   

withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that have already been granted; and

 

   

criminal prosecution.

If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial condition would be harmed.

The misuse of our devices may harm our image in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business, or result in costly investigations and FDA sanctions if we are deemed to have engaged in such promotion.

Surgeons may misuse our devices or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. If our devices are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend, and result in sizable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance. Any of these events could significantly harm our business and results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

Our devices may in the future be subject to recalls or voluntary market withdrawals that could harm our reputation, business and financial results.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized devices in the event of material deficiencies or defects in the design, manufacture or labeling of the device that could affect patient safety or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. In the case of the FDA, the authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death. Further, under the FDA’s MDR regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, conduct a device notification or recall to inform surgeons of changes to instructions for use or of a deficiency, or of a suspected deficiency, found in a device. For example, in 2012, we conducted a voluntary recall relating to a fiber optic aspiration device that we no longer sell. A government-mandated recall or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other issues.

Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could harm our business, including our ability to market our products in the future.

 

29


Table of Contents

Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Recalls, which include certain notifications and corrections as well as removals, of any of our devices, could divert managerial and financial resources and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, harm our reputation with customers, and reduce our ability to achieve expected revenues.

Material modifications to our devices may require new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals or may require us to recall or cease marketing our devices until clearances or approvals are obtained.

Material modifications to the intended use or technological characteristics of our devices will require new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals or require us to recall or cease marketing the modified devices until these clearances or approvals are obtained. Based on FDA published guidelines, the FDA requires device manufacturers to initially make and document a determination of whether or not a modification requires a new approval, supplement, or clearance; however, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision. Any modification to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect it safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would constitute a material modification and would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new devices or for modifications to, additional indications for, our devices in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining required future clearances would harm our ability to introduce new or enhanced devices in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. We have made modifications to our devices in the past and will make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. If the FDA disagrees and requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop selling or marketing our devices as modified, which could harm our operating results and require us to redesign our platform devices. In these circumstances, we may also be subject to significant enforcement actions such as significant regulatory fines or penalties. Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to modify our previously cleared products, either by imposing stricter requirements on when a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. Specifically, on July 9, 2012, the FDA Safety and Innovation Act of 2012 was enacted which, among other requirements, obligates the FDA to prepare a report for Congress on the FDA’s approach for determining when a new 510(k) will be required for modifications or changes to a previously cleared device. The FDA recently submitted this report and suggested that manufacturers continue to adhere to the FDA’s 1997 Guidance on this topic when making a determination as to whether or not a new 510(k) is required for a change or modification to a device. However, the practical impact of the FDA’s continuing scrutiny of these issues remains unclear.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, our manufacturing operations could be delayed or shut down and our sales could suffer.

Our manufacturing processes and those of our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our devices. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses. In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting and must make available our manufacturing facilities and records for periodic announced and unannounced inspections by governmental agencies, including the FDA, state authorities and comparable agencies in other countries. If we fail a Quality System inspection, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take adequate and prompt corrective action in response to an adverse Quality System inspection could result in, among other things, a partial or total shut-down of our manufacturing operations, significant fines, consent decrees, injunctions, untitled letters, warning letters, injunctions, customer notifications or repair, replacement, refunds, recall, detention or seizure of our products, suspension of marketing clearances and approvals,

 

30


Table of Contents

seizures or recalls of our devices, operating restrictions, refusal to grant export approval for our products, refusing or delaying our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products or modified products, withdrawing 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals that have already been granted, and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays for our devices and cause revenues to decline.

We have registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer and have obtained a manufacturing license from the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to announced and unannounced inspections by FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of CDHS to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. We passed the most recent audit by the Food and Drug Branch of CDHS in February 2015, and the inspection revealed no minor or major issues. However, we cannot assure you that we will pass future inspections by the FDA or other regulatory bodies.

We may be subject to federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations, and a finding of failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our operations are, and will continue to be, directly and indirectly affected by various federal, state or foreign healthcare laws, including, but not limited to, those described below. These laws include:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation; in addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

   

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal third-party payors that are false or fraudulent. Suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as “qui tam” actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government and such individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers”, may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties for each separate false claim;

 

   

the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other things, offering or transferring remuneration to a federal healthcare beneficiary that a person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s decision to order or receive items or services reimbursable by the government from a particular provider or supplier;

 

   

federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any federal healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations to report annually to the government ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members and payments or other “transfers of value” to such physician owners. Manufacturers are required to submit reports to CMS by the 90 th day of each calendar year. Failure to submit the required information may result in civil monetary penalties up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”) for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission, and may result in liability under other federal laws or regulations;

 

   

the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, which prohibits corporations and individuals from paying, offering to pay or authorizing the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity; the UK Bribery Act, which prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both public and private sectors; and bribery provisions contained in the German Criminal Code, which, pursuant to draft legislation being prepared by the German government, may make the corruption and corruptibility of physicians in private practice and other healthcare professionals a criminal offense; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with surgeons and other healthcare providers, some of whom recommend, purchase and/or prescribe our devices, group purchasing organizations and our independent sales agents and distributors, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. We are also exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, independent sales agents and distributors may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. While we have policies and procedures in place prohibiting such activity, misconduct by these parties could include, among other infractions or violations, intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates FDA regulations, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data or other commercial or regulatory laws or requirements. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other third parties, and the

 

32


Table of Contents

precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us now or in the future, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from governmental health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

We may fail to obtain foreign regulatory approvals to market our devices in other countries.

We do not have any direct sales outside of the United States; our corporate partners, however, manufacture and sell certain of our devices outside of the United States and have already obtained the necessary regulatory approvals to manufacture and sell certain of our devices outside of the United States. Sales of our devices outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. In addition, the FDA regulates the exports of medical devices from the United States. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and a time-consuming process and clearance or approval is not certain. The time required to obtain clearances or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than required for FDA clearances or approvals, and requirements for such clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. In certain countries we may rely upon third-party or third-party distributors to obtain all required regulatory clearances or approvals, and these distributors may be unable to obtain or maintain such clearances or approvals. Our distributors in these countries may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or qualifications, which could increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining qualified distributors. If these distributors experience delays in receiving necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals to market our devices outside the United States, or if they fail to receive those qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable to market our devices in certain international markets effectively, or at all, which will adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition generally.

Healthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In March 2010, President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or PPACA. The PPACA includes, among other things, a deductible 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, effective January 1, 2013. This excise tax has resulted in an increase in the tax burden on our industry, and if any efforts we undertake to offset the excise tax are unsuccessful, the increased tax burden could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Other elements of the PPACA, including comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, payment system reforms including shared savings pilots and other provisions, may significantly affect the payment for, and the availability of, healthcare services and may result in fundamental changes to federal healthcare reimbursement programs, any of which may adversely affect numerous aspects of our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several

 

33


Table of Contents

government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare devices and services, which could result in reduced demand for our devices or additional pricing pressures.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

Our common stock has never been publicly traded, and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained following this offering. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares, or your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or products by using our shares as consideration. Upon closing of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, however, we could be de-listed, which would negatively impact the price of our common stock.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely regardless of our operating performance. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary substantially from the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this prospectus and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from the financial projects we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in the medical device industry in particular;

 

   

announcements of significant new devices or device enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

 

   

changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates;

 

   

legislation or regulatory policies, practices or actions affecting our business;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

   

the sale of our common stock or other securities in the future by us or our stockholders, including upon expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

announcements related to patents issued to us or our competitors and to litigation;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

recruitment or departure of key personnel, including changes in our board of directors and management;

 

   

changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets;

 

   

general market conditions and other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors; and

 

   

developments in our industry.

In addition, the market prices of the stock of many new issuers in the medical device industry and of other companies with smaller market capitalizations like us have been volatile and from time to time have experienced significant share price and trading volume changes unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, reputation and cash flows. These factors may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

A substantial number of additional shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which may cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, immediately upon completion of this offering, we will have 12,564,168 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options and warrants. This includes the 4,000,000 shares we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately, except for any shares held or purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 8,564,168 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of applicable securities laws, lock-up or market standoff agreements, or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to expiration of the lock-up period. As restrictions on resale expire, the market price could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. For a more detailed description, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.” In addition, shares of our common stock purchased by our officers and directors in the directed share program will be subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up agreement with the underwriters.

After this offering, the holders of 7,842,408 shares of common stock and holders of warrants to purchase 134,570 shares of common stock, based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, have the right, subject to some conditions, to require us file registration statements under the Securities Act covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders pursuant to a stockholders agreement between such holders and us. If such holders, by exercising their registration rights, sell a large number of shares, they could adversely affect the market price for our common stock. If we file a registration statement for the purpose of selling additional shares to raise capital and are required to include shares held by these holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights, our ability to raise capital may be impaired.

 

35


Table of Contents

We also intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register all shares subject to options outstanding or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the shares reserved for issuance under the plan without stockholder approval, which would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and vesting, subject to any applicable lock-up period or other restrictions provided under the terms of the applicable plan and/or the option agreements entered into with option holders.

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders will continue to have significant voting power after this offering and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and stockholders holding more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 50.7% of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no purchases of shares by such persons in the directed share program) and as purchasers by such parties in our directed share program. To the extent our existing stockholders purchase additional shares in this offering or otherwise, this ownership concentration would increase. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control the management and affairs of our company and most matters and exercise significant influence over most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Stockholders.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue a negative opinion regarding our common stock, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research reports and opinions that securities or industry analysts publish about our business, our market and our competitors. We are pioneering the use of advanced photonics in surgical illumination and thus, analysts may be less likely to publish reports and opinions about our industry. Therefore, we may be required to educate analysts on the nature of our industry in order to obtain research coverage, and such efforts may not be successful. We do not have any control over these analysts. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by these analysts. Investors have numerous investment opportunities and may limit their investments to publicly traded companies that receive thorough research coverage. If no analysts commence coverage of us or if one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our shares, cease to cover us or fail to publish reports in a regular manner, our share price would likely decline, or we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause a significant and prolonged decline in our stock price due to lack of investor awareness. There is no guarantee that the equity research organizations affiliated with the underwriters of this offering will elect to initiate or sustain research coverage of us, nor whether such research, if initiated, will be positive towards our stock price or our business prospects.

New investors purchasing our common stock will experience substantial and immediate dilution as a result of this offering.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $9.05 in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In

 

36


Table of Contents

addition, we have issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. The number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan will increase annually without further stockholder approval. To the extent such options and warrants are ultimately exercised, investors will incur additional dilution. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may not use the proceeds effectively.

We intend to use the net proceeds received from this offering primarily to fund sales and marketing activities, research and development efforts, working capital and general corporate purposes. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transaction. Within those categories, our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering and may spend these proceeds in ways in which you may not agree. Accordingly, investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns and uncertainty about our prospects, each of which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. Despite recent reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, compliance with these laws, rules and regulations will nonetheless increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns and our costs and expenses will increase, which could harm our business and operating results. We may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

 

37


Table of Contents

We will incur additional compensation costs in the event that we decide to pay our executive officers cash compensation closer to that of executive officers of other public medical device companies, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could harm our profitability. Any future equity awards will also increase our compensation expense. We also expect that being a public company and compliance with applicable rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which could be advantageous to our competitors and clients and could result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business, brand, reputation and operating results.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of this material weakness is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which will be our year ending December 31, 2016, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to a lack of effective controls to adequately restrict access and segregate duties. Specifically, certain personnel had the ability to prepare and post journal entries without an independent review performed by someone without this ability. Upon identifying this material weakness, we performed additional procedures to evaluate the impact on our financial statements. Based on these procedures, we believe the material weakness did not result in any material misstatements to the financial statements. However, this material weakness could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the following:

 

   

We amended accounting system access rights so that there are finance personnel without journal entry access who can perform review activities.

 

   

We are formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management.

 

   

We are in the process of adding accounting personnel and segregating duties amongst accounting personnel.

 

 

38


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In addition to the remediation efforts related to the material weakness described above, we are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. This process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If during the evaluation and testing process, we identify one or more other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal controls or the level at which our internal controls are documented, designed, implemented or reviewed. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile or decline.

We could be an emerging growth company until as late as December 31, 2020, the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status at the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is at least $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more during such fiscal year, or (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

 

39


Table of Contents

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could discourage a takeover and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that might discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or change of control, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

 

   

a classified board of directors;

 

   

advance notice requirements applicable to stockholders for matters to be brought before a meeting of stockholders and requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

a supermajority stockholder vote requirement for amending certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer;

 

   

allowing stockholders to remove directors only for cause and only with a supermajority stockholder vote;

 

   

a requirement that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

   

allowing all vacancies, including newly created directorships, to be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, except as otherwise required by law;

 

   

a requirement that our stockholders may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders and not by written consent; and

 

   

limiting the persons that can call special meetings of our stockholders to our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer).

These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, we will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common stock.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board will be authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our board will also have the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any series of preferred

 

40


Table of Contents

stock that may be issued, including voting rights, except that shares of preferred stock may not have more than one vote per share, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock that is convertible into our common stock at greater than a one-to-one ratio, the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future on our common stock, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.

We have never paid cash dividends and we currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We are not legally or contractually required to pay dividends and both the HCRP loan agreement and the SVB credit facility contain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will be at the sole discretion our board of directors, which retains the right to change our dividend policy at any time, and may be limited by our debt arrangements in place from time to time. The payment of dividends will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, to realize any future gains on their investment.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “expect” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expectations regarding the potential market size and widespread adoption of our devices, including applications in additional surgical specialties;

 

   

our ability to demonstrate to surgeons and hospitals the merits of our devices and timely obtain approval by hospitals to sell our devices;

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry;

 

   

the expected growth in our business and our organization, including outside of the United States;

 

   

our financial performance, our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for, or ability to obtain, additional financing;

 

   

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including the continued development and expansion of a sales and marketing infrastructure;

 

   

our ability to obtain an adequate supply of components for our devices from our third-party suppliers;

 

   

our ability to identify and develop new and planned devices;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our devices or avoid claims of infringement;

 

   

our compliance with extensive government regulation;

 

   

our expected uses of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

   

the volatility of our share price; and

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act under the federal securities laws.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in our forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances described in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person

 

42


Table of Contents

assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

43


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions we have made based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the markets for our solutions and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

44


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this initial public offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $52.3 million, or $60.7 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $3.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $14.0 million, at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our stock, thereby enabling access to the public equity markets by our stockholders and employees, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use approximately $32.0 million of the net proceeds received from this offering to expand sales and marketing activities, approximately $9.0 million to expand research and development efforts, and the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. At this time, we cannot quantify the amounts we intend to expend on any of these activities.

We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transaction. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the rate of adoption of our devices, the expenses we incur in selling and marketing our devices, the scope of research and development efforts, the timing and success of clinical trials we may commence in the future, and the timing of regulatory submissions.

Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or government securities.

 

45


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, if at all. Both our loan agreement with HealthCare Royalty Partners, or HCRP, and our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock. In addition to the restrictions imposed by the HCRP loan agreement and the SVB credit facility, as well as any limitations set forth by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities or future credit facility, any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 into 7,842,408 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the related reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and (iii) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale and issuance of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     March 31, 2015  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
     (In thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,251      $ 25,251      $ 77,551   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 640      $ —        $ —     

Long-term debt—related party

     14,382        14,382        14,382   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value—7,861,914 shares authorized; 7,652,615 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     96,524        —          —     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value—no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —          —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value—11,384,324 shares authorized; 721,760 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 8,564,168 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 12,564,168 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        9        13   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,400        99,556        151,852   

Accumulated deficit

     (77,069     (77,069     (77,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (74,668     22,496        74,796   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 36,878      $ 36,878      $ 89,178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

footnotes on following page

 

47


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $3.7 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our pro-forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock reflected in the discussion and table above is based on 8,564,168 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, including convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis, and excludes the following:

 

   

1,359,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.57 per share;

 

   

521,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock which were issued in April and May 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.48 per share;

 

   

3,532 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.30 per share;

 

   

134,570 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 with a weighted-average exercise price of $13.35 per share;

 

   

2,177,243 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

682,971 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2015, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering,

 

   

1,494,272 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, and

 

   

any shares that become available under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under such plan each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

48


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2015, our historical net tangible book value (deficit) was approximately $(76.0) million, or $(105.33) per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents our total tangible assets, less deferred initial public offering costs, less total liabilities, less convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock.

As of March 31, 2015, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $21.1 million, or $2.47 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets, less deferred initial public offering costs, less total liabilities, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock as of March 31, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 7,842,408 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur upon the completion of the offering, the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering and the related reclassification of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

After giving further effect to the sale of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been approximately $74.8 million, or $5.95 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $3.48 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $9.05 per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 15.00   

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2015

   $ (105.33  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share

     107.80     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

     2.47     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     3.48     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering

       5.95   
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     $ 9.05   
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.30 per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.70 per share, assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

49


Table of Contents

Similarly, a 1,000,000 increase in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.59 per share and decrease the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.59 per share, and a 1,000,000 decrease in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.69 per share and increase the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.69 per share assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock would be $6.32 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $8.68 per share.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described above, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     8,564,168         68.2   $ 184,625         75.5   $ 21.56   

Investors purchasing shares in this offering

     4,000,000         31.8        60,000         24.5        15.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     12,564,168         100.0   $ 244,625         100.0     19.47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $3.7 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

Similarly, a 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the shares purchased by new investors and total shares purchased by all stockholders by 1,000,000, would increase (decrease) the percentage of shares purchased by new investors by 5.0%, and would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $15.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, our existing stockholders would own approximately 65.1% and our new investors would own approximately 34.9% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on 8,564,168 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, including convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis, and excludes the following:

 

   

1,359,142 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.57 per share;

 

   

521,512 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock which were issued in April and May 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.48 per share;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

3,532 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.30 per share;

 

   

134,570 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2015 with a weighted-average exercise price of $13.35 per share;

 

   

2,177,243 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of:

 

   

682,971 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2015, which shares will be added to the shares to be reserved under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering,

 

   

1,494,272 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, and

 

   

any shares that become available under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under such plan each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or convertible preferred stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

51


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2015, are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2015, or any other period. You should read the following selected financial and other data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013     2014             2014                      2015           
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 7,186      $ 13,103      $ 2,154      $ 4,442   

Cost of goods sold

     2,294        4,871        747        1,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,892        8,232        1,407        2,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     12,402        22,803        4,574        8,923   

Research and development

     4,445        5,181        1,203        1,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,847        27,984        5,777        10,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,955     (19,752     (4,370     (8,112

Interest expense

     (284     (1,402     (370     (369

Interest and other income (expense), net

     130        492        28        (551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (19.15   $ (31.63   $ (7.34   $ (12.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

     632,407        653,195        641,810        703,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (3.18     $ (1.09
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       6,671,757          7,836,506   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)  

See Notes 2, 12 and 13 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per common share, pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

52


Table of Contents
     December 31,     March 31,  
     2013     2014     2015  
     (In thousands)   

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $          4,953      $            6,048      $            25,251   

Working capital

     8,486        10,366        28,230   

Total assets

     12,053        25,324        46,151   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     86        136        640   

Total long-term debt

     2,477        9,347        14,382   

Convertible preferred stock

     52,949        73,755        96,524   

Accumulated deficit

     (47,375     (68,037     (77,069

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (45,906     (65,827     (74,668

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Selected Financial Data” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company pioneering the use of advanced photonics to provide surgeons with improved direct visualization of surgical cavities during minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures. We integrate our Intelligent Photonics technology platform into our single-use and reusable advanced surgical devices to address some of the critical intracavity illumination and visualization challenges facing surgeons today. We utilize our proprietary Intelligent Photonics technology to develop optical waveguides that direct and shape thermally cool, brilliant light into broad, uniform and volumetric illumination of the surgical target. We believe that improving a surgeon’s ability to see critical anatomical structures can lead to better clinical and aesthetic outcomes, improved patient safety and reduced surgical time and healthcare costs. We sold our devices to approximately 400 hospitals in the first quarter of 2015, as compared to approximately 200 hospitals in the same quarter of 2014. Based on the number of single-use units we have shipped as of March 31, 2015, we estimate that our devices have been used in over 92,000 surgical procedures. We are also using our Intelligent Photonics technology to develop new devices and modalities to broaden the application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures and enable new advanced surgical techniques.

Photonics is the science and technological applications of light. We have applied advanced principles of photonics to develop our Intelligent Photonics technology platform, which enables the transmission, management and manipulation of light in surgical procedures. Our initial application of this technology is integrated into our family of proprietary optical waveguides. Our waveguides are sophisticated devices that rely on the principles of optics to shape and direct light. They are coupled to a modified fiber optic cable and are designed to work with the standard xenon or LED light sources typically found and utilized in the operating room. Our optical waveguides are incorporated into surgical devices, including our customized line of illuminated surgical retractors, handheld illuminated aspiration devices and a drop-in intracavity illuminator. Our handheld illuminated aspiration devices and drop-in intracavity illuminators are single-use products. Our retractor devices are reusable, but utilize a single-use optical waveguide, which we sell separately because a new waveguide must be used for each procedure.

We currently sell our devices in the United States, primarily through a direct sales force. We increased the number of our direct sales representatives from 16 as of December 31, 2012 to 39 as of December 31, 2014 and to 43 as of March 31, 2015, and we expect to continue to expand our direct salesforce and marketing organization to further penetrate and expand the market by demonstrating the benefits of our Intelligent Photonics technology platform to surgeons. Our direct salesforce works with independent sales agents or agencies, whom we refer to as independent sales agents, who assist us in educating targeted surgeons. Although our sales and marketing efforts are directed at surgeons because they are the primary users of our technology, the hospitals where surgical procedures are performed are our customers, as they typically are responsible for making the decisions to purchase our devices. We have a diverse customer base of hospitals in the United States. One customer accounted for 12% of our total revenue in each of 2013 and 2014, and another customer accounted for 13% of our total revenue in 2013. There were no sales to any customer in excess of 10% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our currently marketed devices are commonly treated as general supplies utilized

 

54


Table of Contents

in surgery. As a result, the hospital or surgical center receives a single reimbursement from the third-party payor that is intended to cover the overall cost of treatment, including the cost of devices used during the procedure, as well as the overhead cost associated with the facility where the procedure is performed. There is no separate reimbursement for our devices.

In addition to marketing and selling our existing products, we are engaged in ongoing research and development. Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new devices and modalities to broaden the application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures and enable new advanced surgical techniques. Our manufacturing involves the combined utilization of our internal manufacturing resources and expertise, approved suppliers and contract manufacturers. We outsource the manufacture of components, subassemblies and certain finished devices that are produced to our specifications and shipped to our facilities in San Francisco, California for final assembly or inspection, and certification. Finished products are stored at and distributed from our facility. We expect our existing facility to meet expected demand for the foreseeable future.

Our revenue increased from $7.2 million in 2013 to $13.1 million in 2014. We incurred a net loss of $12.1 million and $20.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, our revenue was $4.4 million and we incurred a net loss of $9.0 million compared to revenue of $2.2 million and a net loss of $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. We expect to continue to incur losses for the next several years as we expand our organization to support planned sales growth, while also continuing to invest in development of new devices and modalities. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $77.1 million. We have increased our number of employees from 49 on December 31, 2012 to 116 employees as of March 31, 2015. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from sales of our devices, private placements of our convertible preferred securities and amounts borrowed under certain debt financing arrangements.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

All of our revenue is currently derived from sales of our devices in the United States. We earn revenue from the sale of our devices primarily through our direct salesforce as complemented by our independent sales agents. Recent revenue growth has been driven by, and we expect our revenue to continue to increase in the future as a result of, the growth of our sales and marketing infrastructure and increased surgeon awareness of the benefits of our Intelligent Photonics technology platform over traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room. We expect our revenue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including:

 

   

surgeon and hospital acceptance of our devices;

 

   

the productivity of our sales representatives;

 

   

the introduction of new devices and technologies or acquisitions by us or our competitors;

 

   

the timing, expense and results of research and development activities and obtaining future regulatory clearances and approvals;

 

   

buying patterns of the distributors that serve our military customers;

 

   

supplier, manufacturing or quality problems with our devices; and

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or in the pricing policies of our competitors or suppliers.

Additionally, we have experienced seasonality in the first and fourth quarters of the year. Revenue tends to be the lowest in the first quarter as the result of the resetting of annual patient healthcare insurance plan deductibles and by hospitals and military facilities working off their inventories of products purchased in the fourth quarter. Revenue in the fourth quarter tends to be the highest as demand may be impacted by the

 

55


Table of Contents

desire of patients to spend their remaining balances in their flexible spending accounts or because they have met their annual deductibles under their health insurance plans. In addition, in the fourth quarter, our results can be impacted by the budgeting and buying patterns of hospitals and military facilities.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of material costs, manufacturing overhead, direct labor and third-party services, such as sterilization. Manufacturing overhead represents a significant portion of cost of goods sold and includes the cost of quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management. We expect overhead costs as a percentage of revenue to decrease as our production volume increases and our production process becomes more efficient. Cost of goods sold also includes depreciation expense for production equipment and certain direct costs such as shipping cost, as well as a 2.3% excise tax on the sale of medical devices in the United States. We expect cost of goods sold to increase in absolute dollars primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.

We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily production volumes, manufacturing costs and product yields, and the implementation of cost-reduction strategies. We expect our gross margin to increase over the long term as our production volume increases and as we spread the fixed portion of our manufacturing overhead costs over a larger number of units produced, thereby reducing our per unit manufacturing costs. However, our gross margin will likely fluctuate from quarter to quarter in the near term.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of compensation for executive, finance, sales, legal and administrative personnel, including sales commissions and stock-based compensation. Other significant SG&A expenses include independent sales agent commissions, conferences, trade shows, promotional activities, professional fees for legal and accounting services, consulting fees, insurance costs and travel expenses.

We expect SG&A expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expect to hire additional direct sales representatives and expand our commercial infrastructure to both drive and support our planned revenue growth. We also expect to incur additional SG&A expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and those of any national securities exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development, or R&D, expenses consist primarily of product research, engineering, product development, quality assurance and depreciation. These expenses include personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense, consulting services, laboratory materials and supplies and an allocation of related facilities costs. We expect our R&D costs to increase in absolute dollars as we hire additional personnel to develop new devices and device enhancements. We expense R&D costs as they are incurred.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of cash and non-cash components. The cash component of interest expense is attributable to our borrowings under our loan agreements. The non-cash component consists of interest expense recognized from the amortization of debt discounts derived from the issuance of warrants and debt issuance costs capitalized on our balance sheets.

 

56


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net consists primarily of the fair value remeasurement related to our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, which are accounted for as a liability and marked-to-market at each reporting period, and interest income from interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Results of Operations

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
    $
Change
    %
Change
 
     2014     2015      
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 2,154     $ 4,442      $ 2,288        106   

Cost of goods sold

     747        1,731        984        132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     1,407        2,711        1,304        93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

     65     61    

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     4,574        8,923        4,349        95   

Research and development

     1,203        1,900        697        58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     5,777        10,823        5,046        87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (4,370     (8,112     (3,742     86   

Interest expense

     (370     (369     1        *   

Interest and other income (expense), net

     28        (551     (579     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (4,712   $ (9,032   $ (4,320     92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

* Not meaningful

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

Revenue

Revenue increased $2.3 million, or 106%, to $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared to $2.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The growth in revenue was attributable to an increase in unit sales. The increase in units was driven by the increased number of customers to whom we sold devices. The number of our direct sales representatives increased from 35 as of March 31, 2014 to 43 as of March 31, 2015 and the number of customers purchasing our devices increased from approximately 200 in the first quarter of 2014 to approximately 400 in the first quarter of 2015.

Revenue attributable to our reusable metal retractors increased 294%, from $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $0.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, and represent 10% and 20% of our total revenue for the respective quarters. Of this increase in revenue, 98% is the result of an increase in unit volume and changes to the product mix, and 2% is the result of price changes. Revenue from our single-use optical waveguides used with our metal retractors increased 72%, from $1.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $1.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, also primarily as a result of unit volume increases. Revenue from our single-use illumination devices not used in conjunction with a retractor increased 136% during the three months ended March 31, 2015, growing from $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $1.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, with unit volume increases accounting for all of the revenue growth. Revenue from our single use optical waveguides for use in

 

57


Table of Contents

retractors sold by original equipment manufacturers decreased 12% from $0.34 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 to $0.30 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily as the result of continued focus on direct sales to our customers.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold increased $1.0 million, or 132%, to $1.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared to $0.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily due to the increase in the number of devices sold as we expanded our sales and marketing efforts and increased our device sales. The increase in cost of goods sold was also attributable to higher overhead costs related to our new leased facility in San Francisco as well as idle capacity costs of $0.2 million related to the move of our production team and operations to the new leased facility in mid-March 2015.

Gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2015 decreased to 61%, compared to 65% for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the impact of idle capacity costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $4.3 million, or 95%, to $8.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared to $4.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in SG&A expenses was attributable to a $1.4 million increase in personnel-related expenses, excluding sales commissions, as a result of increased headcount, a $0.7 million increase in marketing, advertising and promotion related expenses, a $0.6 million increase in professional service fees, primarily as a result of an increase in legal, accounting and recruiting services due to the growth in our operations, a $0.5 million increase in commissions to direct sales representatives, and a $0.3 million increase in independent sales agent commissions. The increase in SG&A expenses was also attributable to an increase in facility related costs of $0.8 million primarily related to rent expense and depreciation for our new leased facility.

Research and Development Expenses

R&D expenses increased $0.7 million, or 58%, to $1.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared to $1.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount.

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest and other income (expense), net changed $0.6 million to $(0.6) million expense during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared to income of $28,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The change was primarily due to the fair value re-measurement and related increase of the liability related to our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants. We recorded an out-of-period adjustment to increase the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, which was incorrectly valued at December 31, 2014 due to an error in the expected term assumption. The correction of this error resulted in an increase to expense of $370,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and a corresponding increase to the convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

 

58


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     $
Change
    %
Change
 
           2013                 2014            
     (In thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 7,186     $ 13,103      $ 5,917        82   

Cost of goods sold

     2,294        4,871        2,577        112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     4,892        8,232        3,340        68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

     68     63    

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative (a)

     12,402        22,803        10,401        84   

Research and development (a)

     4,445        5,181        736        17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     16,847        27,984        11,137        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (11,955     (19,752     (7,797     65   

Interest expense

     (284     (1,402     (1,118     *   

Interest and other income, net

     130        492        362        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (8,553     71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

* Not meaningful
(a)  

We have revised the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 to correct the classification between research and development expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses due to an erroneous allocation of departmental expenses, which resulted in an increase to research and development expenses of $564,000, with a corresponding decrease to selling, general and administrative expenses.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

Revenue

Revenue increased $5.9 million, or 82%, to $13.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $7.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. The growth in revenue was attributable to an increase in unit sales. The increase in units was driven by the expansion of our direct salesforce, which increased the number of customers to whom we sold devices. The number of our direct sales representatives increased from 18 as of December 31, 2013 to 39 as of December 31, 2014 and the number of customers ordering our devices increased from approximately 150 in the fourth quarter of 2013 to approximately 350 in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Revenue attributable to our reusable metal retractors increased 126%, from $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and represent 12% and 15% of our total revenue for the respective periods. Of this increase in revenue, 96% is the result of an increase in unit volume and changes to the product mix, and 4% is the result of price changes. Revenue from our single-use optical waveguides used with our metal retractors increased 84%, from $2.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $5.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, also primarily as a result of unit volume increases. Revenue from our single-use illumination devices not used in conjunction with a retractor increased 170%, from $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $3.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, with unit volume increases representing nearly all of the growth. Revenue from our single use optical waveguides for use in retractors sold by original equipment manufacturers decreased 17% from $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily as the result of continued focus on direct sales to our customers.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold increased $2.6 million, or 112%, to $4.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in cost of goods

 

59


Table of Contents

sold was primarily due to the increase in the number of devices sold as we expanded our sales and marketing efforts and increased our device sales. The increase in cost of goods sold was also attributable to charges totaling $0.7 million, which primarily consisted of write-offs of unrecoverable trunk stock inventory provided to direct sales representatives and independent sales agents. We have made improvements in our processes and procedures related to the tracking of our trunk stock inventory to reduce the likelihood of future significant trunk stock write-offs.

Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased to 63%, compared to 68% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the impact of the write-off of inventory and related increase to cost of goods sold.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses increased $10.4 million, or 84%, to $22.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $12.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in SG&A expenses was attributable to a $5.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses, excluding sales commissions, as a result of increased headcount, a $2.0 million increase in commissions to direct sales representatives, a $1.1 million increase in independent sales agent commissions, a $0.8 million increase in marketing, advertising and promotion-related expenses and a $0.8 million increase in professional service fees, primarily as a result of an increase in legal, accounting and recruiting services due to the growth in our operations.

Research and Development Expenses

R&D expenses increased $0.7 million, or 17%, to $5.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $4.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount, a $0.3 million increase in supplies and testing expenses in development activities and a $0.1 million increase in recruiting fees.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $1.1 million to $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 from $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. In February 2014, we drew down $10.0 million from our loan with HealthCare Royalty Partners, or HCRP, and utilized a portion of the proceeds to repay the outstanding balance of our then outstanding loan with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB. The extinguishment of the SVB loan resulted in the recognition of additional interest expense of $0.2 million comprising an early repayment penalty and the unamortized balances of debt discount and balloon interest payment. In addition, the higher principal amount of our HCRP loan together with the higher interest rate of 12.5% per year contributed to increased interest costs in 2014.

Interest and Other Income, Net

Interest and other income, net increased $0.4 million to $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in interest and other income, net was primarily related to the fair value remeasurement of the liability related to our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $77.1 million, compared to cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $6.0 million and an accumulated deficit of $68.0 million as of December 31, 2014. We have financed our operations

 

60


Table of Contents

primarily through sales of our convertible preferred securities, debt financings and the sale of our devices. As of March 31, 2015, we have raised $96.5 million from private placements of our convertible preferred securities, including proceeds from convertible notes, and had $14.4 million of borrowings outstanding under our loan agreements. We have additional availability under our accounts receivable credit facility that we entered into in February 2015 that permits the borrowing of the lesser of $7.5 million or an amount representing up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015, and borrowings available under our accounts receivable credit facility with SVB that we entered into in the first quarter of 2015, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least December 31, 2015 and, after giving effect to the net proceeds of this offering, through at least December 31, 2016. Our expected future capital requirements may depend on many factors including customer expansion, the expansion of our salesforce, and the timing and extent of spending on the development of our technology to increase our product portfolio. We may need additional funding to fund our operations but additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms on a timely basis, if at all. We may seek funds through borrowings or through additional rounds of financing, including private or public equity or debt offerings and collaborative arrangements with corporate partners. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third-parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our devices, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Furthermore, we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund our operations, we will need to curtail planned activities to reduce costs. Doing so will likely harm our ability to execute on our business plan.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31
 
(in thousands)    2013     2014     2014     2015  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ (13,897   $ (19,818   $ (4,608   $ (6,941

Investing activities

     15,496        (7,271     (15,128     (1,467

Financing activities

     (451     28,184        28,132        27,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,148      $ 1,095      $ 8,396        $19,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $6.9 million, which consisted of a net loss of $9.0 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.2 million and a net increase of $0.9 million in our net operating assets. The non-cash charges primarily consist of stock-based compensation of $0.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million and a $0.5 million loss from the revaluation of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The change in our net

 

61


Table of Contents

operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as a result of an increase in our operations and related growth in headcount and a decrease of $1.1 million of prepaid expenses and other assets primarily due to the receipt of tenant improvement allowance from our landlord in the first quarter of 2015. This change was partially offset by an increase of $0.9 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in revenue and the timing of collections.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $4.6 million, which consisted of a net loss of $4.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $0.2 million and a net increase of $0.1 million in our net operating assets. The non-cash charges primarily consist of depreciation and amortization of $0.1 million and stock-based compensation of $0.1 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable due to the growth in our operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $19.8 million, which consisted of a net loss of $20.7 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $0.9 million and a net change of $0.1 million in our net operating assets. The non-cash charges primarily consist of stock-based compensation of $0.7 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.3 million, amortization of the premium on marketable securities of $0.2 million, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts of $0.1 million and non-cash interest expense of $0.1 million, offset by a $0.5 million gain from the revaluation of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in accrued liabilities as a result of an increase in our operations and related growth in headcount and an increase of $2.9 million in deferred rent related to our new facility lease. This increase was partially offset by a $1.4 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of an increase in revenue and timing of collections, an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.9 million primarily as a result of the tenant allowance receivable in 2014 and a $0.8 million increase in inventory as a result of an increase in production to support the expected growth in future revenue.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in operating activities was $13.9 million, which consisted of a net loss of $12.1 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $0.6 million and a net increase of $2.4 million in our net operating assets. The non-cash charges primarily consist of depreciation and amortization of $0.2 million, stock-based compensation of $0.3 million, amortization of the premium on marketable securities of $0.2 million, and non-cash interest expense of $0.1 million, partially offset by the gain from the revaluation of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $0.2 million. The net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $2.4 million increase in inventory as a result of the expected growth in revenue, a $0.7 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of an increase in revenue and a $0.2 million increase in other assets as a result of capitalized issuance costs for the Series E convertible preferred stock that was issued in February 2014. These changes were offset by a $0.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as a result of an increase in operations and company growth.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $1.5 million, which consisted of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment in connection with the new facility lease entered into in December 2014.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $15.1 million, which consisted of $15.9 million for the purchase of marketable securities and $0.1 million of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment, offset by $0.9 million in proceeds from the maturities of marketable securities.

 

62


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $7.3 million, which consisted of cash outflows of $17.5 million for purchases of marketable securities, $6.8 million of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment in connection with the new facility lease entered into in December 2014 and a $1.1 million increase in restricted cash for the security deposit on our new leased facility, offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $18.1 million. The purchase of property and equipment is primarily related to the expansion of our facilities, purchases of office furniture and equipment, leasehold improvements, computer software and manufacturing equipment.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by investing activities was $15.5 million, which consisted of $18.1 million from the sale and maturities of marketable securities, offset by purchases of marketable securities of $2.2 million and $0.5 million of capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $27.6 million, consisting of net proceeds of $22.8 million from the issuance of our convertible preferred stock and net proceeds of $5.0 million from borrowings under our long-term debt facility partially offset by $0.2 million of payments of deferred initial public offering costs.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $28.1 million, consisting of net proceeds of $20.8 million from the issuance of our convertible preferred stock and net proceeds of $9.8 million from the issuance of long-term debt, partially offset by $2.5 million in payments on long-term debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $28.2 million consisting of net proceeds of $20.8 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net proceeds of $9.8 million from the issuance of long-term debt and proceeds of $0.1 million from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, partially offset by $2.5 million in payments on long-term debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities was $0.5 million consisting of $3.0 million in payments on long-term debt, offset by proceeds of $2.5 million from the issuance of long-term debt.

Indebtedness

In February 2014, we entered into a loan agreement with HCRP, a related party due to its equity ownership interest in us, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million in two separate tranches. We drew down the first tranche of $10.0 million upon execution of the HCRP loan agreement and drew down the second tranche of $5.0 million in March 2015. Interest is payable quarterly at a fixed rate of 12.5% per annum with interest-only payments to be made from the effective date of the loan until March 31, 2017. Thereafter, we will make principal and interest payments until the maturity of the loan on December 31, 2020. We are permitted to make a voluntary prepayment in full, but not in part, prior to December 31, 2020, which prepayment must be made together with accrued and unpaid fixed interest on the amount prepaid and any additional amounts due in respect thereof, including an additional percentage of the aggregate loan amount or outstanding principal amount, depending on the date of prepayment. Our obligations under the HCRP loan agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all of our assets, other than bank accounts, accounts receivable and inventory. The HCRP loan agreement imposes customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to fundamental transactions, the incurrence of additional indebtedness or liens and the payment of cash dividends, but does not include any financial covenants. The HCRP loan agreement provides that an event of default will occur if, among other triggers, there occurs any circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on our business, operations or condition, or on our

 

63


Table of Contents

ability to perform our obligations under the loan. The HCRP loan agreement also includes customary representations and warranties, other events of default and termination provisions. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants.

Also in February 2015, we entered into an accounts receivable credit facility with SVB that permits the borrowing of the lesser of $7.5 million or an amount representing up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable. The SVB credit facility matures in February 2018 and our obligations under the SVB credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in our bank accounts, accounts receivable, and inventory. Interest on borrowed amounts is payable monthly at the prime rate plus 0.75%. The SVB credit facility imposes customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to fundamental transactions, changes to our business, the incurrence of additional indebtedness or liens and the payment of dividends, but does not include any financial covenants. In addition, the SVB credit facility states that if we maintain a net cash balance, defined as unrestricted cash held with SVB less any borrowings on the revolving line of credit, of more than $3.0 million, then all collections will be deposited in our operating account. If the net cash balance is below $3.0 million, then all collections will be held in an SVB-controlled account and applied to reduce the loan balance. The SVB credit facility also includes customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and termination provisions. As of March 31, 2015, we have not drawn down on the SVB credit facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)    Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
     Total  

Long-term debt-related party, including interest

   $ 1,250       $ 3,453       $ 6,768       $ 4,313       $ 15,784   

Operating leases

     2,053         4,167         4,421         11,821         22,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 3,303       $ 7,620       $ 11,189       $ 16,134       $ 38,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)    Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
     Total  

Long-term debt-related party, including interest

   $ 1,405       $ 5,180       $ 10,149       $ 6,469       $ 23,203   

Operating leases

     1,722         4,167         4,421         11,821         22,131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 3,127       $ 9,347       $ 14,570       $ 18,290       $ 45,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily relate to interest rate risks. We had cash and cash equivalents of $5.0 million, $6.0 million and $25.3 million as of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively, which consist of bank deposits and money market funds.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our short-term investments primarily consisted of corporate bonds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. Our investments are made for capital preservation purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Because of the short-term nature of the instruments in our portfolio, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

We had total outstanding debt of $2.5 million as of December 31, 2013, which was subsequently repaid in February 2014. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had total outstanding debt of $9.3 million and $14.4 million, respectively. This debt carries a fixed interest rate equal to 12.5%. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We earn revenue from the sale of our devices to hospitals through direct sales representatives and independent sales agents. Our revenue is recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

   

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. We consider this criterion satisfied when we have a purchase order or contract with the customer in place.

 

   

Delivery has occurred and title passed to the customer, which is typically upon shipment of the device from our location or when received by the customer based on the shipping terms.

 

   

The price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We determine the satisfaction of these criteria based on our judgment regarding the nature of the fee charged for devices, contractual agreements entered into, and the collectability of those fees under any contract or agreement.

We do not offer rights of return or price protection and have no post-delivery obligations other than our standard warranty.

Stock-based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period).

 

65


Table of Contents

We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Our assumptions are as follows:

 

   

Expected term .    The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We use the simplified method to determine the expected term, which is calculated as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the options.

 

   

Expected volatility.     As our common stock has never been publicly traded, the expected volatility is derived from the average historical volatilities of publicly traded companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period approximately equal to the expected term for employees options and the remaining contractual life for non-employees options.

 

   

Risk-free interest rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield with a maturity equal to the expected term of the option in effect at the time of grant.

 

   

Dividend yield.     The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our equity awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

The following table summarizes the assumptions we used to determine the fair value of stock options granted to employees:

 

     Year Ended December 31,   

  Three Months Ended
March 31

     2013    2014    2014    2015 (1)

Expected term (in years)

   6.0    6.0    6.0    —  

Expected volatility

   43%    35 – 38%    38%    —  

Risk-free interest rate

   1.08 – 1.82%    1.80 – 1.93%    1.91%    —  

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    —  

 

(1)  

No stock options were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

We recorded total stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million and $0.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options and other equity-based awards in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Historically, for all periods prior to this offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our stock-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute

 

66


Table of Contents

of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; our operating results and financial condition, including our levels of available capital resources; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

For stock awards after the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of March 31, 2015 was $16.9 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We have issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock in connection with the issuance of various debt facilities and debt instruments. We account for these warrants as a liability in our financial statements because the underlying instrument into which the warrants are exercisable contains deemed liquidation provisions that are outside our control.

The warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013 were recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the warrants at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 was determined using a hybrid method of the option-pricing model and a probability of various liquidity events required to trigger the conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrants. The scenarios included merger and acquisition events ranging in time to event of one to three years, an initial public offering occurring within six months to two years, and dissolution. The warrants are re-measured at each financial reporting period with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of interest and other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (i) exercise or expiration of the warrants, or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all convertible preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the audit of our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to a lack of effective controls to adequately restrict access and segregate duties. Specifically, certain personnel had the ability to prepare and post journal entries without an independent review performed by someone without this ability. Upon identifying this material weakness, we performed additional procedures to evaluate the impact on the financial statements. Based on these procedures, we believe the material weakness did not result in any material misstatements to our financial statements. However, this material weakness could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including the following:

 

   

We amended accounting system access rights so that there are finance personnel without journal entry access who can perform review activities.

 

67


Table of Contents
   

We are formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management.

 

   

We are in the process of adding additional accounting personnel and segregating duties amongst accounting personnel.

We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weakness in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09. Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, at which time we may adopt the new standard update under the full retrospective method or the modified retrospective method. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. In doing so, companies will have reduced diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures than under today’s guidance. ASU 2014-15 is effective in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on our financial statements and related disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03 , Interest-Imputation of Interest , or ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance of debt issuance costs is not affected by the amendments in this update. The standard will be effective beginning in the first quarter of 2016 and requires us to apply the new guidance on a retrospective basis on adoption. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company pioneering the use of advanced photonics to provide surgeons with improved direct visualization of surgical cavities during minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures. We integrate our Intelligent Photonics technology platform into our single-use and reusable advanced surgical devices to address some of the critical intracavity illumination and visualization challenges facing surgeons today. We utilize our proprietary Intelligent Photonics technology to develop optical waveguides that direct and shape thermally cool, brilliant light into broad, uniform and volumetric illumination of the surgical target. We believe that improving a surgeon’s ability to see critical anatomical structures can lead to better clinical and aesthetic outcomes, improved patient safety and reduced surgical time and healthcare costs. We sold our devices to approximately 400 hospitals in the first quarter of 2015, as compared to approximately 200 hospitals in the same quarter of 2014. Based on the number of single-use units we have shipped as of March 31, 2015, we estimate that our devices have been used in over 92,000 surgical procedures. We are also using our Intelligent Photonics technology to develop new devices and modalities to broaden the application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures and enable new advanced surgical techniques.

Photonics is the science and technological applications of light. We have applied advanced principles of photonics to develop our Intelligent Photonics technology platform, which enables the transmission, management and manipulation of light in surgical procedures. Our initial application of this technology is integrated into our family of proprietary optical waveguides. Our waveguides are sophisticated devices that rely on the principles of optics to shape and direct light. They are coupled to a modified fiber optic cable and are designed to work with the standard xenon or LED light sources typically found and utilized in the operating room. Our optical waveguides are incorporated into surgical devices, including our customized line of illuminated surgical retractors, handheld illuminated aspiration devices and drop-in intracavity illuminators. Our handheld illuminated aspiration devices and drop-in intracavity illuminator are single-use products. Our retractors are reusable, but utilize a single-use optical waveguide with each procedure.

The fundamental attributes of our optical waveguides include a solid core optical-grade polymer, total internal reflection of light waves, light mixing and extraction by a complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses. The solid core optical-grade polymer waveguide is coupled to a fiber optic cable in order to facilitate the efficient transfer of light. This unique coupling results in our waveguides capturing maximum light with minimal heat build-up. Our waveguides use critical angles and the properties of total internal reflection to retain and transmit maximum light as it travels through the device. In addition, each waveguide utilizes various novel optical methods to mix light during the total internal reflection transmission process to enable more uniform light extraction across its output surface. The output surface consists of a complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses that extract, direct and shape volumetric illumination into the surgical cavity while virtually eliminating shadows and glare. This complex geometric structure extracts and directs light at numerous different angles to enable illumination of the surgical target, even if blood or debris accumulates on the surface of the waveguide. The uniform distribution of light extraction from the microstructures or microlenses throughout the entire output surface of the waveguide, as well as the proprietary solid core optical-grade polymer and patented design of our waveguides, results in thermally cool illumination.

Advances in medical technology have resulted in growing adoption of minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures. Minimally invasive surgery refers to surgeries performed through one or more small incisions, which offer several benefits over traditional invasive open surgery, such as fewer surgical target complications and infections, overall reduced trauma to the anatomy, less bleeding, shorter

 

69


Table of Contents

hospitalization time, less postoperative pain, faster recovery time and improved aesthetic outcomes. Some minimally invasive procedures, such as endoscopic, laparoscopic and arthroscopic procedures, use small tubes, tiny cameras and surgical instruments to access, visualize and perform the surgery. Other procedures also use smaller incisions than conventional open surgery, but still provide the surgeon with direct visualization of the surgical target and the ability to use traditional surgical instruments. We refer to these procedures as open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. We estimate that approximately 40% of all surgical procedures in the United States are open minimally invasive and minimal access, and based on the benefits of these procedures over conventional open surgery, we believe this percentage will continue to grow. We have initially targeted our sales and marketing efforts to surgeons in the following specialties: orthopedics, spine, breast, oncology, plastics, and thyroid. However, our current illuminated surgical devices have a broader indication for use and can be marketed to other specialties with limited or no additional regulatory clearance. We intend to target other surgical specialties including trauma; cardiothoracic; ear, nose and throat; gynecology; general surgery; neurosurgery and craniomaxilliofacial procedures. We currently estimate the annual total addressable market for our devices in these surgical specialties in the United States to be approximately $2.0 billion, based on the estimate of our average revenue per procedure.

In the last several years, we have transitioned from a focus on research and development to the commercialization of our device portfolio. As of March 31, 2015, we market eight families of illuminated surgical devices, consisting of over 40 devices. We market and sell our devices in the United States primarily through a direct salesforce, which has grown from 16 sales representatives as of December 31, 2012, to 39 as of December 31, 2014 to 43 as of March 31, 2015. We have plans to increase sales by further expanding this commercial organization. We believe this expansion will allow us to further penetrate and grow our market by demonstrating the benefits of our devices to additional surgeons and hospitals. Our revenue increased from $7.2 million in 2013 to $13.1 million in 2014 and from $2.2 million to $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. In each of the year ended December 31, 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 80% and 74% of our revenue, respectively, was generated by the sale of single-use devices. We had a net loss of $12.1 million and $20.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $4.7 million and $9.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $68.0 million and $77.1 million, respectively.

Our Market Opportunity

Advances in medical technology have resulted in growing adoption of minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures. The increased utilization of these procedures by surgeons is primarily driven by their significant benefits compared to conventional open surgery including:

 

   

smaller incisions resulting in less scarring and fewer complications;

 

   

less trauma to the organs, muscles, nerves, and tissue;

 

   

less bleeding and reduced need for blood transfusions;

 

   

fewer surgical infections;

 

   

shortened hospital stays, potentially reducing hospital costs;

 

   

less postoperative pain and reduced need for associated narcotics;

 

   

faster recovery time; and

 

   

improved aesthetic outcomes.

Minimally invasive surgery refers to surgery performed through one or more small incisions as compared to conventional open surgery procedures. Some minimally invasive procedures, such as endoscopic, laparoscopic and arthroscopic procedures, use small tubes, tiny cameras and surgical instruments to access,

 

70


Table of Contents

visualize and perform the surgery. Though these procedures have several of the benefits described above, surgeons are only able to view the surgical target through a tiny camera, which can cause reduced depth perception and field of vision, diminished hand-eye coordination, limited mobility of the surgical instruments, and reduced tactile feedback. These limitations can increase the cognitive and physical load on the surgeon and, consequently, increase the possibility of surgical error. Other procedures also use smaller incisions than conventional open surgery but still enable the surgeon direct visualization of the surgical target and the ability to use traditional surgical instruments. We refer to these procedures as open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. We believe that open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures provide many of the benefits described above. However, the small incisions used in these procedures inherently reduce a surgeon’s ability to directly see the surgical target, particularly deep within the surgical cavity, which can impact surgical precision, procedural efficiency and patient safety.

We estimate that approximately 40% of all surgical procedures in the United States are open minimally invasive and minimal access. Based on the benefits of these procedures over conventional open surgery, we believe this percentage will continue to grow. We have developed illuminated surgical devices that enable and facilitate the use of open minimally invasive and minimal access techniques. We have initially targeted our sales and marketing efforts to surgeons in the following specialties: orthopedics, spine, breast oncology, plastics and thyroid. However, our current illuminated surgical devices have a broad indication for use and can be marketed to other specialties with limited or no additional regulatory clearance. We intend to target other surgical specialties including trauma; cardiothoracic; ear, nose and throat; gynecology; urology; general surgery; neurosurgery and craniomaxilliofacial procedures. We currently estimate the annual total addressable market for our devices in these surgical specialties in the United States to be approximately $2.0 billion, based on the estimate of our average revenue per procedure.

Traditional Illumination Devices and Their Limitations

Lighting is a critical element of every open surgical procedure. Traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room include overhead lighting systems, surgical headlights and on-field fiber optic lighting systems. We are aware of various publications that identify limitations of these devices. While some of these publications are more than several years old, we believe the limitations they identify continue to exist and these limitations continue to present challenges for surgeons when traditional lighting options are used in procedures where the surgical field is accessed through the small incisions used in open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures.

Overhead Lighting Systems

The most common illumination method in the operating room setting today is overhead lighting systems. Overhead lighting systems consist of lighting fixtures that are positioned above the surgical field. When used in open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures, overhead lighting systems can present numerous challenges. In order to effectively illuminate the surgical field, the surgical field must be in a direct line of sight from the overhead lighting system. This can be difficult to maintain as changes in patient or surgeon positioning may interfere with the path of illumination at various points throughout the procedure. For example, the position of the surgeon’s head can interfere with the overhead illumination and obstruct light from reaching the surgical cavity. When this occurs, adjustments by the surgeon to the overhead lighting systems may be required to maintain the light’s direct exposure to the different parts of the surgical field. We believe these adjustments pose an inconvenience for the surgeon, disrupt surgical flow and increase operating room procedure time. We believe the adjustments can also result in contamination of the surgical field as the overhead lighting systems are not sterile and the constant repositioning can contaminate the gloves and gown of the surgeon and operating room staff. Moreover, overhead lighting systems may be inadequate for surgery in deeper cavities due to the creation of significant shadows within the surgical field and the inability of the light to reach the depths of the incision.

 

71


Table of Contents

Surgical Headlights

Surgical headlights were developed to address some of the shortcomings of overhead lighting systems. The headlight system consists of a headband worn by the surgeon and, most commonly, coupled with a fiber optic light system that is plugged into a xenon or LED light source. Headlights have the effect of bringing the light source closer to the surgical cavity thereby improving its direct exposure. Additionally, due to the position of the headlight, the surgeon’s head no longer interferes with the light, and the light is typically directed to the area that the surgeon wants to view without having to manipulate an overhead light. Despite these benefits, we believe headlights still present limitations. For example, headlights can be heavy and uncomfortable to use and may be associated with head, neck and shoulder fatigue from the prolonged improper posture required during their use, frequent headaches, neck pain and injury to the cervical spine. These devices require the surgeon to maintain a steady head and neck position to provide constant and steady illumination of the surgical field, which can limit the surgeon’s mobility and visibility of the surgical field by other members of the operating team. When two or more surgeons are wearing these headlights opposite each other during the procedure, the headlights can collide, which we believe can dislodge particles and contaminate the sterile field. Because the source of light is still above the surgical cavity, we believe the use of headlights can create shadows and glare caused by hands, instruments and anatomy, which may limit visualization in deep surgical cavities. Headlights can also generate considerable amounts of heat during use, which can further limit comfort and can cause burns if an operator accidently mishandles the device. For these reasons, we believe surgical headlights do not provide an optimal intracavity illumination system and are not used by all surgeons.

On-field Fiber Optic Lighting Systems

Due to the limitations of overhead lighting systems and surgical headlights, on-field fiber optic lighting systems have been developed in an effort to provide intracavity lighting of the surgical field. On-field fiber optic lighting systems consist of a fiber optic cable attached to a fiber optic retractor. One end of the fiber optic cable must be connected to a light source. Typically, a 300-watt xenon light source is utilized in operating rooms, due to its high amount of total emitted white light which can exceed 2,000 lumen output. The other end of the fiber optic cable is coupled to a fiber optic surgical retractor. This coupling is accomplished by placing the end face of the cable against the end face of the fiber optics on the retractor.

While traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems can be effective at bringing the light source closer to the surgical field, we believe they also have inherent limitations and risks. Traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems represent a thermal hazard in the operating room, creating the risk of burns to patients, surgeons and hospital staff and operating room fires. The light generated by the xenon or LED light source is extremely powerful and can create temperatures exceeding 100°C. Thermal heat builds up whenever light is obstructed. There are two locations where significant amounts of heat are generated in these light systems. The first area is at the fiber-to-fiber coupling of the fiber optic cable to the fiber optic surgical retractor. It is virtually impossible to perfectly align each fiber in the fiber optic cable with each fiber in the fiber optic retractor. This inefficient optical coupling yields significant light loss. The location of light loss then generates substantial heat and is a known source of thermal injury to patients and operating room staff. The second area where a significant amount of heat is generated is at the point where light exits the fiber optic bundles. With traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems, light is directed in a narrow beam, with intensity at a maximum at the center of the spot of light, and dropping off exponentially toward the edges. Since light exits these bundles from a small active area and due to this tight intensity profile, there is a significant amount of heat concentrated at the illumination spot at the exit surface of the fiber optic bundles, with temperatures significant enough to melt surgical drapes, coagulate blood, and burn patients.

We believe another limitation of traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems is the potential for hot spots and glare. The general light output shape emanating from a fiber optic cable resembles a cone and is circular, with a common center around the mechanical axis of the fiber bundle. Because of these

 

72


Table of Contents

properties, when the fiber is placed adjacent to the retractor, a portion of light is obstructed, reducing the light available to the surgical field and causing heat buildup on the retractor. To address this problem, the majority of current commercial fiber optic retractors locate the fiber as close as possible to the distal end of the retractor blade in order to minimize this absorption effect. However, placing the fiber on the distal end of the retractor puts it in close proximity to the patient’s tissue, which can result in a significant amount of energy and heat being transposed onto the surgical target. Additionally, it can create a very bright, narrow spot of light. Since this bright, narrow spot of light exits the fiber in a straight line in the direction and orientation of the fiber, the light may be reflected back in the same direction, and can create glare in the line of vision of the surgeon. In an attempt to minimize this glare, the surgeon may be required to constantly reposition the fiber optic retractor during the procedure.

Market Need for Advanced Intracavity Illumination and Visualization Devices

Given the limitations of traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room, we believe there is a significant opportunity to enhance intracavity illumination and visualization during open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. In addition, we believe that an advanced illumination and visualization technology could broaden the application and adoption of less invasive surgical techniques.

Our Solution

We utilize our Intelligent Photonics technology platform to develop surgical devices designed to overcome the significant limitations of traditional surgical lighting options in the operating room. Based on surgeon feedback, surgeon observation and bench testing, we believe our technology may provide the following benefits:

 

   

Enhanced illumination and visualization of the surgical field.     Our devices are designed to provide enhanced intracavity illumination and visualization of the surgical field during open minimally invasive and minimal access surgeries. The proprietary complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses along the surface of our optical waveguides allow for the extraction of light in a manner that distributes light at different angles in a broad, uniform and volumetric pattern that is intended to reduce shadows, glare and excessive heat that are commonly associated with traditional surgical lighting options. In bench testing comparing light distribution and thermal profile of our Eikon retractor to a traditional fiber optic retractor, we found our Eikon retractor system had approximately five times the illumination area with a thermal profile that is below the risk of burn.

 

   

Improved surgical precision during open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures.     Our technology is designed to improve intracavity visualization to allow surgeons to identify, differentiate and avoid vital anatomical structures. We believe this enables surgeons to dissect with great precision, while also allowing them to differentiate tissue planes, identify and avoid nerves and blood vessels, and quickly locate and control bleeding vessels to achieve rapid hemostasis. With this precise visualization, we believe surgeons may be able to use smaller, and in some cases fewer, incisions.

 

   

Reduced risks to patients and surgeons.     Our technology is developed with design elements to help create thermally cool illumination as well as ergonomics to improve ease of use while performing a procedure. Our advanced surgical devices incorporate a solid core optical-grade polymer that facilitates efficient coupling to the surgical instrument to offer significantly improved light transfer while concurrently reducing heat transfer. We believe this is an important advancement over traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems that do not efficiently transfer light through the fiber-to-fiber coupling, resulting in the generation of excess heat, which can increase the risk of burn to patients and surgical staff and create the potential for operating room fires. By improving visualization, our devices may also decrease risk of unintended retained foreign objects by improving the surgeon’s

 

73


Table of Contents
 

ability to see and dispose of such objects that might have otherwise been left in the surgical cavity inadvertently. Finally, by being directly incorporated into a variety of illuminated surgical retractors, handheld illuminated aspiration devices, and drop-in intracavity illuminators, we believe our technology may help to decrease surgeon fatigue by reducing or eliminating the need for surgical headlights, thereby helping to reduce some of the associated head, neck and shoulder fatigue, frequent headaches, neck pain and injury to the cervical spine.

 

   

Enhanced operating room efficiency.     We believe our technology improves operating room workflow by reducing the need for perioperative repositioning of traditional surgical lighting options. Overhead lighting systems and headlights require frequent readjustment, which may interrupt operating room workflow and extend surgical procedure time. Many open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures are time sensitive and the treatment area requires constant attention of the surgeon and operating team. Because our optical waveguides are directly connected to the surgical instrument that is used to access the deep surgical cavity, surgeons are able to clearly illuminate the surgical target and effectively focus on performing the procedure. As an example, in a survey we conducted with 12 surgeons that use our devices, each of whom is considered a leading breast surgeon, 11 of these surgeons reported that procedure time during nipple-sparing mastectomy procedures when using our devices was reduced by an average of 24%.

 

   

Economic value proposition to healthcare systems.     We believe our devices have the potential to substantially reduce procedure costs as well as create incremental revenue opportunities. We believe the improved efficiency of the operating room workflow and the related reduced procedure and anesthesia time can translate to meaningful cost savings for the hospital. In addition, we believe the reduction in procedure times also creates additional capacity in the operating room for surgeons to perform more procedures, which we believe can create incremental revenue for the hospital.

Our Intelligent Photonics Technology

Photonics is the science and technical application of light. We have applied advanced principles of photonics to develop our Intelligent Photonics technology platform, which enables the transmission, management and manipulation of light in surgical procedures. Our initial application of this technology is our family of proprietary optical waveguides. The fundamental attributes of our optical waveguides include a solid core optical-grade polymer, total internal reflection of light waves, light mixing and extraction by a complex geometry of refractive microstructures or microlenses.

 

74


Table of Contents

Fundamental Attributes of Our Optical Waveguides

 

LOGO

Solid Core Optical-Grade Polymer

Our optical waveguides are fabricated from a proprietary solid core optical-grade polymer, specifically selected for its key optical and mechanical characteristics, which enable the efficient transmission and management of light. These optical characteristics include the ability to mold the material into various complex geometries, which is of particular importance when molding ultra-precise structures. Certain mechanical properties of the polymer, such as structural integrity, hydrophobicity and thermal stability, are critical to its use during surgical procedures. In addition, our solid core design facilitates the coupling of the waveguide to the modified fiber optic cable in order to allow the efficient transfer of light into the solid core waveguide, while remaining thermally cool. All these characteristics are critical in order for the waveguide to function as an advanced illuminated surgical device.

Total Internal Reflection of Light Waves

One of the key aspects of the optical waveguide technology is the ability to transmit light in a highly efficient manner prior to its extraction. Light travels in waves. As a wave travels through a medium it will reach a boundary where there is a different medium on the other side of the boundary. At the point where the wave meets the boundary, three phenomena can occur: reflection, refraction or some combination of both. Reflection occurs when light bounces off the boundary and refraction occurs when waves pass through a boundary and change direction. The angle at which the wave hits the boundary is referred to as the angle of incidence. That angle is usually referenced to the line that is perpendicular to the boundary. A zero incidence angle means that the wave is traveling perpendicular to the boundary. At that angle most of the light will pass most of its energy through the boundary and will not refract as long as the index of refraction is less on the other side of the boundary than in the medium the light is traveling. As the angle of incidence increases, the wave will get split into two components: one portion will pass the boundary and refract and the other portion will reflect back into the medium in which the wave was originally traveling. As the angle increases, the amount of refraction will decrease and reflection will increase. The smallest angle where the light is completely reflected and not refracted is called the critical angle. At any angle of incidence greater than the critical angle, all of the light is reflected off the boundary with no refraction. This is referred to as total internal reflection. We designed the structural and material properties of our devices to maximize locations of total internal reflection as the light propagates along the central axis of the waveguide.

 

75


Table of Contents

Light Mixing

Our optical waveguides utilize various novel optical methods to mix light, or randomize its reflections, during the total internal reflection transmission process. The design and shape of the optical stem, or area of the waveguide that is between the input of the waveguide and the array of refractive microstructures or microlenses, enhance the mixing of light waves, while maintaining total internal reflection. Our optical waveguides utilize light mixing before extraction to significantly reduce glare and bright spots, leading to a more uniform illumination profile across the surgical target while remaining thermally cool.

Complex Geometry of Refractive Microstructures and Microlenses

We designed a proprietary complex geometry of refractive microstructures and microlenses that are placed on the surface of the optical waveguide to extract light from the device in a manner that distributes light over the surgical target. This distribution of light from the waveguide also reduces the energy density in the device, thus reducing heat. Without the microstructures to extract the light uniformly on the surgical target, the waveguide would dissipate an energy density across its surface that is in excess of the amount that the tissue could absorb without causing thermal injury. The surface of the waveguide contains a complex geometry of zones with corresponding refractive microstructures or microlenses at varying angles. These extraction zones allow the waveguide to direct the extracted light onto the surgical target and shape it into a broad, uniform and volumetric pattern. The ability to direct light is especially important when the waveguide is mounted on surgical retractors, because our device is able to push the light away from the retractor, thus maintaining its efficiency on the surgical target. We believe this is a significant advantage over traditional on-field fiber optic lighting systems, which lack the microstructures to direct light and instead direct light in a straight line in the shape of a cone from the end of the fiber. As a result, a portion of the illumination is obstructed and absorbed by the surgical retractors when the fiber is adjacent to the surgical instrument. The ability to shape light is also critical, as it reduces the focal intensity of light. With traditional fiber optic retractors, light is directed in a narrow beam, with intensity at a maximum in the center of the spot of light, and dropping off exponentially toward the edges. As a result, it typically does not illuminate the entire surgical cavity and heat builds up significantly in that focal zone. In contrast, our waveguides broaden this intensity of distribution, which allows the pattern of light to have uniform brightness across the surface of the surgical target, while minimizing the thermal profile.

Our waveguides are also designed to extract light from multiple zones, allowing the surgical target to be illuminated from various angles. As light is extracted across the waveguide at numerous different points along the surface at slightly different angles, if any of the features on the surface become blocked by an instrument, blood or tissue, there are multiple other microstructures from which light is extracted to provide illumination. This proprietary complex geometry also provides off-axis illumination on the surgical target, meaning that the light originates from a different angle than in direct orientation to the waveguide. As such, when light reflects off the tissue of the surgical target, instead of reflecting upwards towards the surgeon, the light is generally reflected onto the surface opposite the retractor. This feature of the waveguide is important because it allows the surgeon and operating staff much better visual perception of the surgical target with less shadows and glare.

Bench Testing

A bench test is a quality and function test carried out to evaluate the mechanical and technical properties of a device and to confirm that it operates according to its design specifications. We performed bench testing on certain traditional surgical instruments incorporating fiber optic lighting and on surgical instruments enabled by our waveguide technology and used the results to compare the performance aspects of the various devices. In particular, we compared light distribution and uniformity and surgical target thermal profile between a traditional 130mm Tebbetts fiber optic retractor and our 130mm Eikon retractor system. In addition, we also compared Electrosurgical Instrument’s Yankauer fiber optic aspiration device and our Saber Yankauer aspiration device. We caution the reader that our bench testing is limited in scope and

 

76


Table of Contents

nature, with a focus on only four devices, and was conducted by us without any third-party involvement or review. As a result, we cannot assure you that a third-party evaluation of a broader number of competitive devices would yield similar results. The following table summarizes the results from this bench testing. Light distribution was calculated based on using the same minimum illuminance, or light per area, values:

 

     Light Distribution      Thermal Profile  
     Illuminance      Uniformity     

Traditional fiber optic retractor

     6.3 cm 2         3.868         50.3 °C 

Eikon retractor system

     30.8 cm 2         0.398         33.2 °C 

Traditional fiber optic aspiration device

     25.4 cm 2         0.731         61.5 °C 

Saber Yankauer aspiration device

     28.6 cm 2         0.572         35.0 °C 

Light Distribution.     Optical ray tracing software technology is widely used to conduct various performance analyses of illumination and imaging systems. We use this software to model and understand how light propagates through various devices and how light is projected onto desired surgical targets. Using this software, we are able to build three dimensional geometrical models of a particular optical waveguide and its associated microstructures or microlenses to analyze how light transmits through the solid core of the waveguide and how light is extracted. We input and design the specific proprietary geometries of the microstructures or microlenses, and the software models device performance. We used optical ray tracing modeling to evaluate the light distribution of a traditional 130mm Tebbetts fiber optic retractor compared to our waveguide-enabled Eikon retractor system. We also modeled a traditional fiber optic aspiration device compared to our Saber Yankauer aspiration device.

Illumination.     In order to analyze the size and distribution of a light pattern, we identified a target plane location and size. For this analysis, the target plane was defined to be located at the distal tip of the retractor, as that would be the working plane of the surgeon. We also defined the size of the plane, which had to be large enough to assure that we captured all the light rays hitting that plane. The light pattern was then analyzed with each light ray striking the surface of the target at certain brightness. The total light pattern was then produced by each of the light ray intensities and was used to calculate the illumination area. We chose consistent minimum illuminance for each device to determine the size and intensity of the illumination pattern.

Uniformity.     To evaluate the uniformity of the illuminance pattern of each device, we used optical ray tracing modeling to measure the light spot pattern for each device. We then divided the light spot pattern into a 128x128 pixel array and exported the illuminance values for each pixel to a software program used for engineering calculations and analyses. Using this data, we calculated the mean illuminance value for the light spot pattern. Next, we compared the illuminance value for every data point in the array to the mean illuminance value. Finally, using the difference in each illuminance value from the mean we determined the standard deviation for each device. A standard deviation close to zero indicates that the illuminance values fall close to the mean, meaning that the device produces uniform illumination.

With the traditional fiber optic retractor, the conical light output is directed downward and due to its output geometry, a portion of light is obstructed and absorbed by the retractor. This has the effect of reducing the illuminated area and the uniformity of light within the spot pattern. For the traditional fiber optic retractor, the illuminated area was measured at approximately 6.3cm 2 area and the uniformity of light within the spot pattern had a standard deviation of 3.868. In comparison, for the same target plane, the light from our waveguide-enabled Eikon retractor system was directed away from the retractor blade, creating a much larger usable illumination area with a more uniform pattern of illuminance. The usable illumination area from the Eikon retractor system was measured at approximately 30.8cm 2 , or approximately 5 times larger than that of the traditional fiber optic retractor. Correspondingly, the

 

77


Table of Contents

uniformity of light within the spot pattern for the Eikon retractor systems had a standard deviation of 0.398, or approximately 9.7 times more uniform than the traditional fiber optic retractor.

Similar methods were applied in modeling the two aspiration devices. The traditional fiber optic aspiration device provided a usable illumination area that measured approximately 25.4cm 2 , with the uniformity of light within the spot pattern demonstrating a standard deviation of 0.731. In comparison, our Saber Yankauer provided a usable illumination area that measured approximately 28.6cm 2 , with the uniformity of light within the spot pattern demonstrating a standard deviation of 0.572. We believe the increased amount of illumination, combined with greater uniformity, provides a better quality of light.

LOGO

Light projection output of traditional fiber optic retractor device vs. our optical waveguide retractor device

Thermal Profile .     To evaluate the thermal profile of each of these same devices, we measured temperature at the target plane with a FLIR thermal imager after stabilizing the xenon light source for 10 minutes. A thermal imager is used to detect radiation in the infrared range, between 7 to 14 microns, of the electromagnetic spectrum and produce visual images of that radiation. The amount of radiation emitted by an object increases with temperature, thus allowing the thermal imager to see and measure variations in temperature.

With traditional fiber optic retractors, light is directed in a narrow beam, with intensity at a maximum at the center of the spot, and dropping off exponentially toward the edges. As a result, heat builds up significantly in that focal zone. In contrast, our waveguides broaden this intensity of distribution, which allows the pattern of light to have uniform brightness across the surface of the surgical target, while minimizing the thermal profile. The peak temperature on the target plane, for the tested Tebbetts fiber

 

78


Table of Contents

optic retractor was measured at 50.3°C. In comparison, at the same target plane, our waveguide-enabled Eikon retractor system dispersed light away from the retractor in a broader pattern, resulting in heat at the hottest spot on the target plane that measure 33.2°C, which is below the risk of thermal burn, which occurs at or above a temperature of 44°C. Similar thermal imaging testing was performed on the traditional fiber optic aspiration device and our Saber Yankauer aspiration device. The concentrated beam of the traditional fiber optic aspiration device produced heat at the hottest point on the target plane that measured almost 61.5°C, well above the temperature of thermal burn risk. In comparison, the better uniformity of light from our Saber Yankauer aspiration device resulted in heat at the hottest spot on the target plane that measured 35.0°C, which is significantly less than that of the traditional fiber optic aspiration device and is below the temperature of thermal burn risk.

 

LOGO

Thermal profile of traditional fiber optic retractor vs. our optical waveguide retractor

Our Strategy

Our goal is to be the global leader in providing advanced photonics systems to surgeons across a broad array of surgical specialties. while improving patient safety. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Establish our Intelligent Photonics technology as the standard illumination technology used in open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures . We intend to continue to educate and train surgeons on the advantages of our Intelligent Photonics technology compared to traditional operating room lighting options. We believe the benefits of our Intelligent Photonics technology should also enable the broader application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures and help enable new advanced surgical techniques.

 

   

Expand our sales organization to support growth.     We plan to continue to expand our direct sales organization in the United States to help facilitate further adoption among

 

79


Table of Contents
 

existing hospital accounts as well as broaden awareness of our Intelligent Photonics technology to new hospitals. In 2012, we began to scale our sales organization through a combination of direct sales representatives, who are complemented by independent sales agents or agencies, whom we refer to as independent sales agents. As of March 31, 2015 we had 43 direct sales representatives.

 

   

Continue to deliver innovative technologies and broaden our device portfolio .      We intend to continue to leverage our Intelligent Photonics technology platform to research, design and develop new devices that extend the benefits of open minimally invasive and minimal access techniques to a broader patient population. We are developing new applications of our proprietary Intelligent Photonics technology to expand utility, including in general surgery and in a number of additional surgical specialties outside our existing markets. We also plan to introduce next-generation illumination, visualization and advanced photonics technologies that further enable minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. We believe our ability to introduce new devices to surgeons will allow us to continue to expand our annual total addressable market opportunity over time.

 

   

Focus on key opinion leader surgeons to facilitate adoption .      We place significant emphasis on collaborating with key opinion leaders. We believe adoption of our technology by these thought leaders will accelerate broader application and adoption throughout a given specialty area. We are working in collaboration with key opinion leader surgeons in various surgical fields to explore new product development and clinical applications for our technology and generate surgeon awareness of the clinical and economic value of our technology.

 

   

Introduce our Intelligent Photonics technology in markets outside the United States.     While our current commercial plan is to focus our direct sales efforts on continued penetration of the U.S. market, we plan to continue to monitor opportunities to develop a presence internationally.

Our Products

Our Intelligent Photonics technology has allowed us to design multiple variations of our waveguides in order to target different illumination patterns for different shapes of surgical cavities. Because we can mold our solid core optical-grade polymer into different shapes, we are able to design waveguides that either direct the light narrowly for deep cavities or broad for larger blade cavities. Our waveguides also come in narrow or wide configurations to accommodate various retractor widths that are designed for varying patient anatomies. Our versatile design and manufacturing capabilities allow us to develop waveguides with a variety of extraction patterns. For example, our current retractor based waveguides utilize a complex geometry of refractive microstructures and microlenses, whereas as our handheld illuminated aspiration devices have integrated microlens arrays. Using advanced ray-trace software modeling programs, we are able to perform three-dimensional optical performance modeling of our waveguides, as well as an entire assembly including the retractor. We are capable of analyzing the entire optical performance of the assembly as we monitor various characteristics such as extracted light direction, uniformity on the target, glare to the user, as well as thermal profile. This ray-trace modeling process helps us develop illuminated surgical devices that are designed to provide optimal intracavity illumination.

 

80


Table of Contents

We currently market eight families of illuminated surgical devices, consisting of over 40 devices. Our Intelligent Photonics technology is integrated into each of these device families. Our device portfolio includes reusable illuminated surgical retractors that include a single-use waveguide, single-use handheld illuminated aspiration devices and single-use drop-in intracavity illuminators. Our optical waveguides are integrated into these customized devices to deliver improved visualization of the surgical cavity without generating excessive heat.

 

Product Family

  

Image

 

Description

  

Surgical Specialties

Eikon Illuminated Retractor System   

 

LOGO

  Illuminated surgical retractor with a low-profile design. Lightweight, radiolucent, anodized aluminum retractors provide electrical insulation from electrosurgical device preventing inadvertent thermal damage. Atraumatic and elevated tip for easy maneuverability, dissection and retraction. Available in multiple blade sizes for varying patient anatomies and surgeon preferences.    Breast Oncology / Oncoplastic Surgery / General Surgery / Orthopedics

Saber Yankauer

   LOGO   Handheld illuminator incorporated in a traditional Yankauer aspiration platform. Provides on-field illumination, aspiration, smoke evacuation, soft tissue retraction and blunt dissection in one device. Low-profile design enables surgeons to work efficiently in deep, dark cavities through smaller incisions. Available in multiple tip configurations (bulb, fin, taper and metal) for various surgical needs and in an optional pistol grip handle for improved ergonomics and visualization.    Orthopedic / Spine / Cardiothoracic / Breast / General Surgery

Saber Frazier

   LOGO   Handheld illuminator incorporated in a traditional Frazier aspiration platform. Provides on-field illumination, aspiration, smoke evacuation, and soft tissue retraction in one device. Low-profile design enables surgeons to work efficiently in deep, dark cavities through smaller incisions.    Spine / Orthopedic / Neurosurgery

 

81


Table of Contents

Product Family

  

Image

 

Description

  

Surgical Specialties

Eika Illuminated Retractor System   

 

LOGO

  Illuminated surgical retractor with a low-profile design. Self-retracting handle design enables either hands-free or manual retraction. Includes a handle slot for ideal cable management and placement. Available in multiple blade sizes for varying patient anatomies and surgeon preferences. Designed for anterior neck approaches, including thyroid and cervical spine surgeries.    Endocrine / Spine / Orthopedics
Breiten Illuminated Retractor System    LOGO   Illuminated surgical retractor with a low-profile design. Radiolucent to enable visibility during fluoroscopy. Color-coded for easy identification. Provides an offset hub for blade positioning. Available in multiple blade sizes and blade tips for varying patient anatomies and surgeon preferences.    Spine
Eipex Illuminated Retractor System    LOGO   Illuminated surgical retractor . Curved handle design enables either hands-free or manual retraction. Blade tip facilitates facet landing for added stability. Multiple cable management features for ideal cable placement.    Spine / Orthopedic
Eivector Illuminated Retractor System    LOGO   Illuminated surgical retractor with a low-profile design. Lightweight, radiolucent, anodized aluminum retractors provide electrical insulation from electrosurgical devices preventing inadvertent thermal damage. Attachable extension for added leverage in varying patient anatomies. Available in multiple blade sizes for varying patient anatomies and surgeon preferences.    Orthopedic
Waveguide XT System    LOGO   Drop-in intracavity illuminator with a low-profile design. Anchors to the incision wall providing a stand-alone, hands-free device. Minimal profile design is compatible with existing retractors and instrumentation and accommodates preferred surgical exposure techniques.    Spine

 

82


Table of Contents

Selected Surgical Applications

Our commercial strategy is initially focused on targeting open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures where there is a significant need for improved illumination and direct visualization. These procedures span a broad spectrum of surgical specialties including breast, orthopedic, spine, thyroid, plastic and general surgery. We believe our technology has enabled surgeons to perform procedures that were previously difficult to perform due to visualization and illumination challenges. The selected procedures discussed below illustrate some of the benefits of our technology.

Breast: Nipple Sparing Mastectomy

Surgical management of breast cancer has evolved dramatically over the past several decades. Surgeons have continuously looked for ways to improve oncologic outcomes while combining the techniques of oncoplastic surgery to maximize both the treatment of cancer and the aesthetic outcome with the optimal goal of preserving the nipple areola complex. Skin and nipple preservation during breast cancer surgery is essential to attain ideal aesthetic results.

A nipple sparing mastectomy, or NSM, is a procedure in which the cancerous breast tissue is removed but the breast skin and nipple are left intact. We believe the relatively limited adoption to date of the NSM procedure is attributed to a number of surgical limitations. Some of these limitations include limited access and visualization through smaller and distant incision location, and difficulty in maintaining consistent breast flap thickness and viability. We believe our Intelligent Photonics technology can facilitate a surgeon’s ability to:

 

   

use a single infra-mammary fold incision in NSM to access and visualize deep into the surgical cavity;

 

   

access and visualize the lymphatic tree without a second axillary incision in most cases; and

 

   

assess the breast flap thickness and viability via trans-illumination.

Orthopedics: Anterior Hip Arthroplasty

The growth of minimally invasive surgery in orthopedics has been dramatic worldwide, as clinical results indicate that patients who undergo these procedures typically experience improved clinical outcomes, shorter hospital stays, faster rehabilitation and improved aesthetic outcomes. Our technology has been used in a range of procedures including, among others, hip arthroplasty, within which the use of our technology has enabled a less invasive approach.

Traditional hip replacement, also known as hip arthroplasty, techniques involve operating from the side or the back of the hip, which can involve a significant disturbance of the muscles and tendons and an incision approximately 8 to 12 inches long. In comparison, the direct frontal, or anterior, approach requires an incision that is only 3 to 4 inches long and located at the front of the hip. In this position, the surgeon does not need to detach any of the muscles or tendons, but rather can move them aside along their natural tissue planes. This approach often results in faster recovery, less pain and more normal function after hip replacement. In addition, there is a lower risk of dislocating the new prosthesis when placed via the anterior approach, as the strength and integrity of the adjacent tendons and muscles surrounding the hip are maintained.

To date, we believe the less invasive anterior approach has been underutilized due, in part, to the visualization challenges associated with the procedure. More specifically, because the acetabulum and femoral canal are difficult to visualize using this approach, component positioning, sizing, and stability are more likely to be compromised, all of which are critical factors to yielding a successful and durable clinical outcome.

 

83


Table of Contents

We believe the visualization provided by our devices can facilitate the surgeon’s ability to:

 

   

expose, prepare and seat the acetabular shell and liner within the acetabulum;

 

   

place the acetabular screw;

 

   

evaluate stability and impingement of the ball against the socket;

 

   

prepare and mobilize the femur; and

 

   

internally inspect the femoral canal.

Additional Applications

Our existing portfolio of devices is also eligible for use in, and could potentially improve the viability of, a multitude of additional surgical procedures. Importantly, our devices could be marketed and sold for a broad spectrum of surgical specialties without the need for any additional regulatory clearance. We believe our technology could help address the illumination and visualization challenges associated with various general surgery procedures, including appendectomy and herniorrhaphy; hysterectomy and other erological, gynecological and colorectal procedures; thyroidectomy and parathyroidectomy and other ear, nose and throat procedures; cardiac, cardiothoracic and cardiovascular procedures; cranialmaxillofacial procedures and aesthetic plastic surgery.

We also continue to research and develop new devices as well as pursue new clinical applications.

Sales and Marketing

We began selling our first FDA-cleared waveguide-based device in March 2009. As a result, we have limited experience marketing and selling our devices. We currently sell our devices through our direct sales representatives only in the United States. Our direct salesforce works with independent sales agents who assist us in educating targeted surgeons. While we sell primarily directly to hospitals, surgeons typically drive the purchasing decision. We sold our devices to approximately 400 hospitals in the first quarter of 2015. As of March 31, 2015, we had a sales and marketing team of 64 employees. Our sales team consisted of a Vice President of Sales, a Senior Director of U.S. Sales, seven regional sales directors, a Director of National Strategic Accounts, a sales analyst, 43 direct sales representatives and 43 independent sales agents or agencies, whom we refer to as independent sales agents, all of whom had significant sales experience before joining our sales team. Additionally, we have five marketing and four customer service employees. We have significantly expanded our direct sales representatives from 16 at December 31, 2012 to 39 at December 31, 2014 to 43 at March 31, 2015. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales organization in the United States to help facilitate further adoption among existing hospital accounts as well as broaden awareness of our Intelligent Photonics technology to new hospitals. Using our expanded direct salesforce, we intend to continue to educate and train surgeons on the advantages of our Intelligent Photonics technology compared to traditional operating room lighting options. We believe the benefits of our Intelligent Photonics technology should also enable the broader application and adoption of open minimally invasive and minimal access surgical procedures by more surgeons. Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our employees.

Our marketing efforts are focused on developing a strong reputation with major teaching institutions and hospitals as well as surgeons that we have identified as key opinion leaders based on their knowledge of our devices, clinical expertise and reputation. We also use clinical education programs of several surgical system manufacturers, giving surgeons first-hand experience of the benefits of our devices.

We also sell and market through original equipment manufacturers of surgical systems. The majority of these sales have been through Biomet, Inc. as part of its spinal implant surgical systems. Sales to Biomet, Inc. or its predecessor in interest, Lanx, Inc., accounted for approximately 12% of our total revenue in each of 2013 and 2014. In addition, sales to Medtronic, Inc. accounted for approximately 13% of our

 

84


Table of Contents

total revenue in 2013. There were no sales to any customer in excess of 10% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015. We do not expect sales to these customers to increase significantly in the future.

Surgeon Survey

For FDA purposes, our devices are classified as Class I, Class II exempt or Class II devices . Class I and Class II exempt devices do not require a 510(k) premarket notification. Our Class II devices, which require a 510(k) premarket notification, are not in a category that require clinical studies to obtain clearance for marketing. As a result the FDA has not required, and we have not developed, clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our devices. Information relating to the benefits of our devices is limited to management’s beliefs and our direct observation of and feedback from surgeons using our devices during surgery, surgeon feedback resulting from surgeon surveys and the bench testing performed by us. We summarize the surgeon survey below and caution readers that it is limited in scope and nature, focuses on the use of our device in only one type of surgery, NSM, and involves a small number of surgeons.

We engaged an independent third party to perform a survey of breast surgeon thought leaders. The average breast surgeon in the survey had approximately 12 months experience using our Eikon retractors and performed over 150 breast cancer procedures annually. The 12 surgeons surveyed are all amongst the leadership of the American Society of Breast Surgeons, or ASBS, including three former presidents, as well as the chairperson and principal investigator of the NSM registry for ASBS. Each surgeon in the survey was asked to respond to the list of questions below, with a yes or no, or with a ranking of importance using a descending scale of most important, very important, important, not very important, and not important. The results of the survey are listed in the table below.

 

Customer Survey

  Number of
Surgeons
Responding
Positively
 

Surgical Efficiency

 

Improving surgical efficiency is important / very important / most important

    12/12   

Reducing operating room time is important / very important / most important

    12/12   

Eikon improved surgical efficiency for NSM

    12/12   

Eikon reduced procedure time for NSM

    11/12   

Safety and Visualization

 

Reducing thermal hazards with lighted retractors is very important / most important

    12/12   

Eikon reduced heat and associated thermal hazards in the operating room

    11/12   

Eikon improved patient safety

    11/12   

Eikon improved staff safety

    10/12   

Eikon improved operating room safety

    10/12   

Prefer not to use headlight in operating room when performing NSM

    11/12   

Eikon eliminated or minimized dependence on a headlight

    12/12   

Prior to Eikon, the surgeon used traditional fiber optic retractors

    11/12   

Poor lighting or excessive heat is a concern or limitation of traditional fiber optic retractors

    8/11   

Eikon improved visualization of tissue planes and anatomical landmarks without generating heat and without associated thermal hazards

    12/12   

Coverage and Reimbursement

Payment for patient care in the United States is generally made by third-party payors, including private insurers and government insurance programs. The reimbursement to the facility from third-party payors is intended to cover the overall cost of treatment, including the cost of our devices used during the procedure as well as the overhead cost associated with the facility where the procedure is performed. We

 

85


Table of Contents

do not directly bill any third-party payors and receive payment from the hospital or surgical center for our devices. Failure by physicians, hospitals, ambulatory surgery centers and other users of our devices to obtain sufficient coverage and reimbursement from healthcare payors for procedures in which our devices are used, or adverse changes in government and private third-party payors’ policies would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.

In addition, there are periodic changes to reimbursement. Third-party payors regularly update reimbursement amounts and also from time to time revise the methodologies used to determine reimbursement amounts. This includes annual updates to payments to physicians, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers for procedures during which our devices are used. Because the cost of our devices generally is recovered by the healthcare provider as part of the payment for performing a procedure and not separately reimbursed, these updates could directly impact the demand for our devices. An example of payment updates is the Medicare program’s updates to hospital and physician payments, which are done on an annual basis using a prescribed statutory formula. In the past, with respect to reimbursement for physician services under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, when the application of the formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. Most recently, the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, signed into law in April 2014, provided for a 0.5% update from 2013 payment rates under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule through 2014 and a 0% update from January 1 until April 1, 2015. If Congress fails to intervene to prevent the negative update factor in future years, the resulting decrease in payment may adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Any changes in coverage and reimbursement that lowers reimbursement for procedures using our devices could materially affect our business.

Competition

The medical device industry is highly competitive. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies and devices for surgical illumination and visualization. We face significant competition in the United States and internationally in the surgical illumination and visualization market, and we expect the intensity of competition will increase over time. Surgeons and hospitals typically use traditional overhead lighting, headlights and fiber optic lighting products, and if we cannot convince surgeons and hospitals of the benefits of using our devices in addition to, or as an alternative to, traditional overhead lighting and headlights, or, of the benefits of using our devices instead of using competing fiber optic lighting products, our business may be harmed. Some of our main competitors are Lumitex, Inc., Scintillant (Engineered Medical Solutions Co. LLC), Stryker Corporation, TeDan Surgical Innovations, LLC, and Black & Black Surgical, Inc. and other general surgical instrument companies that supply traditional fiber optic retractors. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

 

   

more established sales and marketing programs and distribution networks;

 

   

long established relationships with surgeons and hospitals;

 

   

contractual relationships with customers;

 

   

products that have already received approval from the relevant VACs;

 

   

greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing;

 

   

greater name recognition;

 

   

the ability to offer rebates or bundle multiple product offerings to offer greater discounts or incentives; and

 

86


Table of Contents
   

greater experience in and resources for conducting research and development, clinical studies, manufacturing, preparing regulatory submissions, obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products and marketing approved products.

Our competitors may develop and patent processes or devices earlier than us, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing devices more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive devices or technologies that render our technology or devices obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific and management personnel. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

Any device we develop will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the surgical illumination and visualization market segment are clinical safety and effectiveness, price, surgeon experience and comfort with use of particular illumination systems, reliability and durability, ease of use, device support and service, salesforce experience and relationships. Our success in selling our devices to hospitals is dependent on our ability to demonstrate that the clinical, qualitative and economic value delivered by our products outweighs their increase to the cost per procedure. Our ability to compete on price depends on our ability to demonstrate to surgeons, hospitals and surgery centers that the potential benefits of improved clinical outcomes and reduced procedure costs from the increased efficiency in the operating room workflow and related reduced procedure and anesthesia time using our medical devices outweigh the price of our devices compared to our competitors’ products.

Intellectual Property

In order to remain competitive, we must protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, including seeking and, if granted, maintaining patents intended to cover our products and inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business. We also rely on trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights.

It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from using the proprietary rights of third parties in their work for us. We also require confidentiality agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials.

Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our patents, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

As of May 26, 2015, we held 27 issued U.S. patents and had 44 U.S. utility patent applications and 9 Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) applications pending. As of May 26, 2015, we also had one issued patent from the Japan Patent Office, three issued patents from the Chinese patent office, and four patents from the European Patent Office which have effect in one or more of Germany, France, Great Britain and Italy. As of May 26, 2015, we had 26 pending patent applications outside of the United States, including Europe, Japan, Korea, China, Australia and Canada. As we continue to research and develop our Intelligent Photonics technology, we intend to file additional U.S. and foreign patent applications related to the design, manufacture and clinical uses of our illuminated devices and other products. Our issued patents expire between the years 2026 and 2034. Our pending patent applications and issued patents include claims directed to coupling of an illumination device with a light source or an instrument, as well as efficient and safe transmission of light through the illumination device.

 

87


Table of Contents

As of May 27, 2015, we held one United States trademark registration, one United States trademark application, sixteen foreign trademark registrations, three foreign trademark applications and one international trademark registration, which is designated in eight countries/regions.

Manufacturing and Quality Assurance

Our manufacturing involves the combined utilization of our internal manufacturing resources and expertise, approved suppliers and contract manufacturers. Our internal manufacturing activities, located in San Francisco, California, include the inspection, assembly and packaging of the waveguides, retractor systems, aspiration devices and accessories associated with each of our device families. We outsource the manufacture of components, subassemblies and certain finished devices that are produced to our specifications and shipped to our facilities for final assembly or inspection, and certification. Finished products are stored at and distributed from our facility. Quality control, risk management, efficiency and the ability to respond quickly to changing requirements are the primary goals of our manufacturing operations.

We have arrangements with our suppliers that allow us to adjust the delivery quantities of components, subassemblies and finished products, as well as delivery schedules, to match our changing requirements. The forecasts we use are based on historical trends, current utilization patterns and sales forecasts of future demand. Lead times for components, subassemblies and finished products may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components and subassemblies. Most of our suppliers have no contractual obligations to supply us with, and we are not contractually obligated to purchase from them, the components used in our devices.

We obtain the optical polymer used in the manufacture of our waveguides and certain accessories from single suppliers, for which we attempt to mitigate risks through inventory management and purchase order commitments. While we believe alternate sources exist for the optical polymer, we have not qualified an alternate provider. Other products and components come from single suppliers, but alternate suppliers have been qualified or, we believe, can be readily identified and qualified. In addition, we rely on a single provider for sterilization of our devices that require sterilization. While we believe replacement suppliers exist for all components, materials and services we obtain from single sources, establishing additional or replacement suppliers for any of these components, materials or services, if required, may not be accomplished quickly. Even if we are able to find a replacement supplier, the replacement supplier may need to be qualified and may require additional regulatory authority approval, which could result in further delay. While we seek to maintain adequate inventory of the single-source components and materials used in our products, in the event of disruption, those inventories may not be sufficient. To date, we have not experienced material delays in obtaining any of our components, subassemblies or finished products, nor has the ready supply of finished products to our customers been adversely affected. To date, we have not experienced any material delays by our sterilization provider and will continue to evaluate the cost and benefit of qualifying a second sterilization provider.

If our third-party suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of materials on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in substantially equivalent volumes and quality on a timely basis, the continued commercialization of our products, the supply of our products to customers and the development of any future products would be delayed, limited or prevented, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

We have implemented a quality management system designed to comply with FDA regulations and International Standards Organization, or ISO, standards governing medical device products. These regulations govern the design, manufacture, testing and release of diagnostic products as well as raw material receipt and control. We have received ISO 13485 certification as well as an EC Certificate under Directive 93/42/EEC on Medical Devices, Annex II, excluding section 4. Our key outsourcing partners are ISO-certified.

 

88


Table of Contents

We use small quantities of common cleaning products in our manufacturing operations, which are lawfully disposed of through a normal waste management program. We do not forecast any material costs due to compliance with environmental laws or regulations.

Government Regulation

Our products are medical devices and are therefore subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the authority of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as by corresponding state and international regulatory authorities. The regulations govern the following activities that we and our suppliers, licensors and partners engage in:

 

   

product design and development;

 

   

pre-clinical and clinical testing;

 

   

establishment registration and product listing;

 

   

product manufacturing;

 

   

labeling and storage;

 

   

pre-market clearance or approval; advertising and promotion;

 

   

product sales and distribution;

 

   

recalls and field safety corrective actions; and

 

   

servicing and post-market surveillance.

Regulatory Clearances and Approvals .     Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose low or moderate risk are placed in Class I or II, which, unless subject to an exemption, requires the manufacturer to submit to FDA a 510(k) premarket notification requesting clearance for commercial distribution. Exempt Class I and II devices do not require submission of a 510(k) but are otherwise subject to general controls such as labeling, pre-market notification and adherence to the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which cover manufacturers’ methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of products. Certain Class II devices are also subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market surveillance, FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling. Our waveguides, retractor and aspiration devices are marketed as Class I exempt devices. The fiber optic cables and trays we supply as part of our illuminated retractor and aspiration systems are marketed as Class II exempt devices. The metal and plastic sterilization trays used by the customer to sterilize our reusable retractors and fiber optic cables are Class II 510(k) products.

To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of PMAs. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway usually takes from three to 12 months from the date the notification is submitted, but it can take considerably longer, depending on the extent of requests for additional information from the FDA and the amount of time a sponsor takes to fulfill them. FDA requests for additional information can include clinical data that the FDA determines is necessary to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. We obtained 510(k) clearance for the BriteField McCulloch Retractor System, in April of 2009 and for the Eigr Surgical Illumination System in February of 2012. All of our other commercial products to date have been commercialized as either Class I, Class II exempt or Class II devices.

 

 

89


Table of Contents

After a device receives 510(k) clearance or is commercialized as a Class I or II exempt device, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or could require premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this decision initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. We have made, and plan to continue to make, product enhancements that we believe do not require new 510(k) clearances. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or premarket approval for any such modifications to previously commercialized products, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval, and we could be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

A PMA must be submitted if a device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) clearance process. A PMA application must be supported by extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical information, preclinical data, clinical trial data, manufacturing data and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device for its intended use. None of our existing products are currently approved under a PMA, and we have no plans to develop products that would require a PMA.

Continuing FDA Regulation.     Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

 

   

establishment registration and device listing with FDA;

 

   

Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

 

   

labeling regulations that prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotional activities;

 

   

Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

 

   

voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to health; and

 

   

corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.

We and our contract manufacturers, specification developers and some suppliers of components or device accessories, also are required to manufacture our products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or GMP, requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and it includes extensive requirements with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The FDA and the California Food and Drug Branch evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If the FDA or the Food and Drug Branch believes that we or any of our

 

90


Table of Contents

contract manufacturers or regulated suppliers are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down our manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to clear new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize products, enjoin future violations or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the FDA and other regulatory agencies. These may include any of the following sanctions or consequences:

 

   

warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;

 

   

fines and civil penalties;

 

   

delays in clearing or refusal to clear future products;

 

   

FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearances;

 

   

product recall or seizure;

 

   

interruption or total shutdown of production;

 

   

operating restrictions;

 

   

injunctions; and

 

   

criminal prosecution.

Fraud and Abuse Laws.     There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback, false claims, physician payment and privacy and security laws. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.

Federal Anti-Kickback Laws.     The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including such items as gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, waiver of payments and providing anything at less than its fair market value. The Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has issued regulations, commonly known as safe harbors, that set forth certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the HHS Office of Inspector General.

The penalties for violating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute include imprisonment for up to five years, fines of up to $25,000 per violation and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many states have adopted prohibitions similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items and services reimbursed by any source, not only by the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Further, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or

 

91


Table of Contents

PPACA, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. The PPACA also provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes.

Federal False Claims Act.     The Federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits against companies under the Federal False Claims Act. Penalties include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus three times the amount of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act of that person. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.

Civil Monetary Penalties Law.     The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services. Noncompliance can result in civil money penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the federal healthcare programs.

State Fraud and Abuse Provisions.     Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and a false claims act. A determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.     The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. In addition, similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation.

Physician Payment Transparency Laws .     There has also been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. PPACA, among other things, imposes new reporting requirements on device manufacturers for payments made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Device manufacturers are required to submit reports to the government by the 90th day of each calendar year. Failure to submit the required information may result in civil monetary penalties up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”) for all payments, transfers of

 

92


Table of Contents

value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission, and may result in liability under other federal laws or regulations. Certain states also mandate implementation of compliance programs, impose restrictions on drug manufacturer marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians.

Data Privacy and Security Laws.     We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to “business associates,” defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, thus complicating compliance efforts.

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.     The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making corrupt payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business abroad. The scope of the FCPA would include interactions with certain healthcare professionals in many countries.

International Regulation

We may evaluate international expansion opportunities in the future. International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which may vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.

The primary regulatory body in Europe is that of the European Union, which includes most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body.” This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a Notified Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European Union. Additional local requirements may apply on a country-by-country basis. Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval would need to be sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our devices.

 

93


Table of Contents

Research and Development

We have an experienced research and development team with the scientific, engineering and process talent that we believe is necessary to grow our business. As of March 31, 2015, we had 10 employees engaged in research and development. Our research and development team has the technical and engineering knowledge that we believe is necessary to develop next-generation technology, as well as the advanced educational backgrounds in physics, optics, biomedics and mechanical engineering to support innovation in these areas.

We expect to commit significant resources to developing new technologies and devices, improving product performance and reducing costs. We continually seek to enhance and iterate our existing devices. Our research and development expenses totaled $4.4 million and $5.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, our research and development expenses totaled $1.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. We also expect to expand our technology to create next generation devices and new Intelligent Photonics technology platform. In addition, we are engaged in advanced research related to inclusion of illumination in other medical devices, as well as further improvements in visualization and tissue differentiation.

Employees

As of March 31, 2015, we had 116 full-time employees, which included 64 employees engaged in sales and marketing, 10 employees engaged in research and development, 30 employees engaged in manufacturing and quality assurance and 12 general and administrative employees. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced any work stoppage. We believe we have good relations with our employees.

Facilities

We lease an aggregate of approximately 38,135 square feet of manufacturing, office and research space in San Francisco, California under a lease expiring in 2024. We currently conduct all of our internal manufacturing at this facility. We believe this facility is sufficient to support our operations and that suitable facilities would be available to us should our operations require it.

In April 2015, we entered into a lease termination agreement with our landlord to terminate the lease for our former facility in San Francisco, California, prior to its scheduled expiration in January 2016. We are no longer obligated to make any lease payments subsequent to the lease termination date of April 30, 2015.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we may be involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

94


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information, as of May 29, 2015, regarding our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Title

Executive Officers

     

Philip Sawyer

     50       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Robert Gerberich

     48       Vice President of Sales

Paul O. Davison

     46       Vice President of Research and Development

Doug Heigel

     54       Vice President of Operations

Alex Vayser

     47       Chief Technology Officer and Co-Founder

Brett Robertson

     55       Vice President of Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary

Michael Gandy (4)

     55       Chief Financial Officer

Susan H. Martin

     49       Vice President of Marketing

Non-Employee Directors

     

Gregory B. Brown, M.D. (1)(2)(3)

     61       Director and Chairman of the Board

William W. Burke (1)(3)

     56      

Director

Randall A. Lipps (2)

     58       Director

Gregory T. Lucier (2)(3)

     51       Director

Eric W. Roberts (1)(2)

     51       Director

Reza Zadno, Ph.D. (1)(3)

     60       Director

 

(1)  

Member of our audit committee.

(2)  

Member of our compensation committee.

(3)  

Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

(4)  

Mr. Gandy intends to resign as our Chief Financial Officer.

Executive Officers

Philip Sawyer has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since March 2010 and as our President since June 2012. In 2008, Mr. Sawyer co-founded Helix Ventures, a healthcare venture capital fund. In 1993, Mr. Sawyer co-founded Fusion Medical Technologies, a surgical sealant company, where he held the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer for nine years, guiding the company through two private financings, an initial public offering and an acquisition by Baxter International. Mr. Sawyer worked in marketing and business development at Stryker Corporation from 1991 to 1993. Mr. Sawyer received a B.A. in political science from Haverford College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Sawyer is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of the perspective he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and his management, operational and investment experience in the healthcare industry.

Robert Gerberich has served as our Vice President of Sales since October 2012. From April 2012 to October 2012, Mr. Gerberich served as Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Field Development at Primcogent Solutions, a non-invasive low-level laser therapy company. From January 2006 to April 2012, Mr. Gerberich served as President of UltraShape North America. Prior to UltraShape, Mr. Gerberich served as the Vice President of Marketing and Sales and Vice President of Sales at Thermage Inc., a medical device company (now Solta Medical). Mr. Gerberich received a B.S. in marketing from Illinois State University.

Paul O. Davison has served as our Vice President of Research and Development since November 2014. From October 2011 to November 2014, Mr. Davison served as Vice President and General Manager at

 

95


Table of Contents

ConMed, a surgical and patient monitoring products company. From July 2006 to September 2011, Mr. Davison served as Vice President of Research and Development at PEAK Surgical, a surgical tools company acquired by Medtronic, Inc. in 2011. Mr. Davison received a B.S. in manufacturing engineering from California Polytechnic University at Pomona and an M.S. in engineering management with a stem in mechanical engineering from Santa Clara University.

Doug Heigel has served as our Vice President of Operations since September 2014. From July 2003 to January 2014, Mr. Heigel served as Vice President of Operations for Solta Medical, a medical aesthetics company which was sold to Valeant Pharmaceuticals in January 2014. In May 2002, Mr. Heigel joined Solta Medical’s predecessor company, Thermage, as Senior Director of Operations. From October 1995 to February 2002, Mr. Heigel worked for Argonaut Technologies, a life sciences company, first as Director of Manufacturing and then as Vice President of Manufacturing. Prior to Argonaut, Mr. Heigel served in various operational and technical leadership roles in the semiconductor and measurement instrumentation markets. Mr. Heigel received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Oregon State University.

Alex Vayser co-founded Invuity and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since November 2004. Prior to joining Invuity, Mr. Vayser co-founded and served as President of Medvision, a manufacturer of custom surgical endoscopes and imaging devices. While at Medvision, Mr. Vayser co-founded Parallax Devices, a company focused on single channel stereoscopic and 3-D optical systems for medical and industrial applications. Mr. Vayser received a B.S. in optical engineering from the University of Rochester’s Institute of Optics.

Brett Robertson has served as our Vice President of Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2010. From 2008 to September 2010, Ms. Robertson served as an advisor to executives and board members on capital markets and growth strategies for a portfolio of private companies. From 2006 to 2007, Ms. Robertson was Senior Vice President and General Counsel at StubHub, an online ticket sales marketplace. From 2003 to 2006, Ms. Robertson was Executive Vice President and General Counsel at Ask Jeeves, a search engine company. Ms. Robertson received a B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley and a J.D. from the University of Virginia.

Michael Gandy has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2013. From July 2010 to January 2013, Mr. Gandy was the Chief Financial Officer of Novasys Medical, a company focused on women’s health. From August 2009 to June 2010, Mr. Gandy was the Chief Financial Officer of Baxano Surgical, an orthopedic company. Mr. Gandy has informed us that he plans to resign as our Chief Financial Officer to pursue other interests but has agreed to remain as our Chief Financial Officer until an appropriate replacement is hired. Mr. Gandy received a B.S. in finance from the California State University, Long Beach and an M.B.A. from California State University, Fullerton.

Susan H. Martin has served as our Vice President of Marketing since May 2015. From February 2011 to August 2014, Ms. Martin served as Vice President of Global Marketing at Zimmer Holdings, Inc., a medical device company. From 2009 to 2011, Ms. Martin served as Executive Director of Global Marketing at Ethicon, Inc., a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson focused on surgical products. Prior to her role as Executive Director of Global Marketing at Ethicon, Inc., Ms. Martin served in various roles at Ethicon, Inc. from 2001-2009, including Executive Director, General Manager and Integration Lead and Executive Director of Procedure Marketing. Ms. Martin received a B.S. in Business Administration from Bowling Green State University.

Non-Employee Directors

Gregory B. Brown, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2014 and as the Chairman of our board of directors since March 2015. Since October 2007, Dr. Brown has served as

 

96


Table of Contents

a Founding Managing Director of HealthCare Royalty Partners, a healthcare investment firm. Prior to co-founding HealthCare Royalty Partners, Dr. Brown was a partner at Paul Capital Partners, an investment firm, from 2002 to 2007. From 1997 to 2002, Dr. Brown was Co-Head of Investment Banking and Head of Healthcare at Adams, Harkness & Hill (now Canaccord Genuity) and a biotechnology research analyst and investment banker at Vector Securities International from 1992 to 1997. Prior to that, Dr. Brown practiced as a thoracic and vascular surgeon. Dr. Brown received an A.B. from Yale University, an M.D. from SUNY Upstate Medical Center and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Dr. Brown is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his medical background and investment experience in the healthcare industry.

William W. Burke has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2015. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Burke served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of IDEV Technologies, a developer of medical devices used by interventional radiologists, vascular surgeons and cardiologists that was acquired by Abbott Laboratories in 2013. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Burke served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of ReAble Therapeutics, a diversified orthopedic device company that was sold to the Blackstone Group in a going private transaction in 2006 and subsequently merged with DJ Orthopedics in 2007. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Burke served as Chief Financial Officer of Cholestech Corporation, a medical diagnostic products company. Mr. Burke currently serves on the board of directors of LDR Holding Corporation, a publicly traded company focused on designing and commercializing novel and proprietary surgical technologies for the treatment of spine disorders. From 2004 to 2014, Mr. Burke served on the board of directors of Medical Action Industries, a publicly traded manufacturer of disposable medical products that was acquired by Owens & Minor in 2014. Mr. Burke received his B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Burke is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his knowledge of accounting matters, his business experience with other medical technology companies and his experience as chief financial officer of other companies, including other publicly traded companies.

Randall A. Lipps has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. In September 1992, Mr. Randall founded Omnicell, a publicly traded automated healthcare solutions company, and has served as its Chairman of the Board since that time and as its President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2002. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Lipps served as the Senior Vice President of ST Holdings, a travel and marketing company. From 1987 to 1989, he served as Assistant Vice President of Sales and Operations for a subsidiary of AMR, the parent company of American Airlines. Mr. Lipps received both a B.S. in economics and a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University. We believe Mr. Lipps is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his management and operational experience in the healthcare industry.

Gregory T. Lucier has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2014. From November 2008 to February 2014, Mr. Lucier was Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of Life Technologies, a global life sciences company acquired by Thermo Fisher Scientific in 2014. In May 2003, Mr. Lucier joined Life Technologies’ predecessor company, Invitrogen Corporation, as Chief Executive Officer. Prior to Life Technologies, Mr. Lucier was a corporate officer at General Electric Company from 1994 to 2003 where he served in a variety of leadership roles. Mr. Lucier serves on the board of directors of NuVasive and CareFusion. Mr. Lucier received a B.S. with honors in industrial engineering from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Lucier is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his management and operational experience in the healthcare industry.

Eric W. Roberts has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2012. Since January 2012, Mr. Roberts has been a founding Managing Director of Valence Life Sciences. Since June 2006, Mr. Roberts has been a founding Managing Director of Caxton Advantage Venture Partners. From 1986

 

97


Table of Contents

to 2004, Mr. Roberts served in a variety of roles as an investment banker, including as Managing Director and Partner at Dillon, Read & Co. and Managing Director and Co-Head of the Healthcare Investment Banking Group at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Roberts received a B.S. in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Roberts is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as an investment banker and venture capitalist in the healthcare industry.

Reza Zadno, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Since January 2015, Dr. Zadno has served as an Innovation Advisor to Novartis Venture Fund and has served as an Executive in Residence at InterWest Partners, a venture capital firm, where he served as a Venture Partner from January 2012 to December 2014. From January 2011 to January 2012, Dr. Zadno served as a Venture Partner at New Leaf Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. From March 2001 to September 2009, Dr. Zadno was founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer of Visiogen, a medical device company, which was acquired by Abbott-Medical Optics, a medical supply company, in 2009, at which time Dr. Zadno served as its General Manager until January 2011. From August 2000 to March 2001, Dr. Zadno worked as Entrepreneur in Residence at Three Arch Partners, a healthcare investment firm. Dr. Zadno currently serves on the board of directors of Carbylan Therapeutics, Oraya Therapeutics and Gobiquity. Dr. Zadno received a Ph.D. (Docteur-Ingenieur) in Mechanical Properties of Materials from Ecole des Mines de Paris. We believe Dr. Zadno is qualified to serve on our board because of his medical background, venture capital experience and his leadership and management experience.

Executive Officers

Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Board of Directors

Our business is managed under the direction of our board of directors, which consists of six directors. Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal, or disqualification, or until their successors have been elected and qualified. We are actively searching for qualified candidates to add to our board of directors. Our board of directors does not have a formal policy on whether the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of our board of directors should be separate. Prior to this offering, the members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and a voting agreement among us and certain of our stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering and, following the completion of this offering, none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our bylaws will be amended and restated to provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

The Class I directors will be Dr. Brown and Mr. Sawyer, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

 

   

The Class II directors will be Mr. Roberts and Dr. Zadno, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

 

   

The Class III directors will be Messrs. Burke, Lipps and Lucier, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

 

98


Table of Contents

This classification of the board of directors, together with the ability of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause and the inability of stockholders to call special meetings, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” in this prospectus for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Our board of directors has reviewed the independence of each director and determined that Drs. Brown and Zadno and Messrs. Burke, Lipps, Lucier and Roberts are independent. Our board of directors will review the independence of each director at least annually. During these reviews, the board of directors will consider transactions and relationships between each director (and his or her immediate family and affiliates) and our company and its management to determine whether any such transactions or relationships are inconsistent with a determination that the director is independent. This review will be based primarily on responses of the directors to questions in a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire regarding employment, business, familial, compensation and other relationships with our company including its management.

We believe that the composition of our board of directors meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. As required by the NASDAQ Global Market, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present. We intend to comply with future governance requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Corporate Governance

We believe that good corporate governance is important to ensure that, as a public company, we will be managed for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. In preparation for the offering being made by this prospectus, we and our board of directors have been reviewing the corporate governance policies and practices of other public companies, as well as those suggested by various authorities in corporate governance. We have also considered the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market.

Based on this review, our board of directors has taken steps to implement many of these provisions and rules. In particular, we have established charters for the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, as well as a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has assessed the independence of the members of each of these standing committees as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market and, in the case of the audit committee, the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, we are permitted to phase in compliance with the independent committee requirements as follows: one

 

99


Table of Contents

independent member on each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee upon the listing date of our common stock, a majority of independent members on each of these committees within 90 days of the listing date and fully independent committees within one year of the listing date.

Audit Committee . Drs. Brown and Zadno and Messrs. Burke and Roberts serve on our audit committee. Mr. Burke serves as chair of the audit committee and will be the audit committee’s financial expert within the meaning of the regulations of the SEC. Our board of directors has assessed whether all members of the audit committee meet the composition requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, including the requirements regarding financial literacy and financial sophistication. Our board of directors found that Drs. Brown and Zadno and Messrs. Burke and Roberts met these requirements and are independent under SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market rules. The audit committee’s primary responsibilities include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, which currently is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP;

 

   

overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including the receipt and assessment of reports from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statements;

 

   

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

reviewing our risk management status;

 

   

establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

   

meeting independently with our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and

 

   

monitoring compliance with the code of ethics for financial management.

All audit and non-audit services must be approved in advance by the audit committee. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will be available on our website at www.invuity.com upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee . Dr. Brown and Messrs. Lipps, Lucier and Roberts serve on our compensation committee. Mr. Lucier serves as the chair of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has assessed whether all members of our compensation committee meet the composition requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors found that Dr. Brown and Messrs. Lipps, Lucier and Roberts met these requirements and are independent under SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

   

determining the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives; and

 

   

overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans.

From time to time, the compensation committee may use outside compensation consultants to assist it in analyzing our compensation programs and in determining appropriate levels of compensation and benefits. For example, in January 2015, we engaged Compensia to advise us on compensation philosophy as we transition towards becoming a publicly traded company, selection of a group of peer companies to use for compensation benchmarking purposes and cash and equity compensation levels for our directors, executives and other employees based on current market practices. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will be available on our website at www.invuity.com upon the completion of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Drs. Brown and Zadno and Messrs. Burke and Lucier serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee. Dr. Brown serves as the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has assessed whether all members of our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the composition requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors found that Drs. Brown and Zadno and Messrs. Burke and Lucier met these requirements and are independent under SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning;

 

   

developing, updating and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles and policies;

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board; and

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will be available on our website at www.invuity.com upon the completion of this offering.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, to be effective prior to the completion of the offering, that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.invuity.com . We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary

 

101


Table of Contents

damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or its compensation committee. None of the current members of the compensation committee of our board of directors has ever been one of our employees.

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, non-employee members of our board of directors did not receive any cash compensation for service on our board of directors, including attending board meetings. However, we did reimburse our non-employee directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. In addition, from time to time we have granted stock options to some of our directors.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

Cash Compensation . After the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards. All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:

 

102


Table of Contents
   

$45,000 per year for service as a board member;

 

   

$25,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the audit committee;

 

   

$12,500 per year additionally for service as an audit committee member;

 

   

$12,500 per year additionally for service as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

   

$6,500 per year additionally for service as a nominating and corporate governance committee member;

 

   

$20,000 per year additionally for service as chairman of the compensation committee; and

 

   

$10,000 per year additionally for service as a compensation committee member.

All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.

Equity Compensation.  Following the closing of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to our non-employee directors. On the date occurring once each calendar year on the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, beginning with the first annual meeting following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will be granted an option to purchase shares having a grant date fair value equal to $125,000, or the Annual Option. However, an individual who first becomes a non-employee director after December 31 in a fiscal year and who receives an Initial Option will not receive an Annual Option in the same fiscal year in which the individual first becomes an outside director.

The exercise price per share of each stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy, including Initial Options and Annual Options, will be the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined in accordance with our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, on the date of the option grant. The grant date fair value is computed in accordance with the Black-Scholes option valuation methodology or such other methodology our board of directors or compensation committee may determine.

Subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan, each stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy will be scheduled to vest as to 100% of the shares subject to such option on the first annual anniversary of the date of grant of such option, provided that the optionee remains a director through such anniversary.

Any stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy will fully vest and become exercisable in the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, provided that the optionee remains a director through such change in control. Further, our 2015 Plan, as described below under the section titled “Employee Benefit and Stock Plans,” provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2015 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, provided such optionee remains a director through such change in control.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation received by our non-employee directors who received compensation during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014:

Director Compensation

 

Name

   Option  Awards
($) (1)
 

Philip Sawyer (2)

     —     

Gregory B. Brown, M.D.

     —     

William W. Burke (3)

     —     

Randall A. Lipps

     7,110   

Gregory T. Lucier

     131,647   

Eric W. Roberts

     —     

Reza Zadno, Ph.D.

     —     

 

(1)  

The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (FASB ASC Topic 718). The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of December 31, 2014, Messrs. Sawyer, Lipps and Lucier held options to purchase 466,862; 2,054; and 24,648 shares of our common stock, respectively, and Messrs. Burke and Roberts and Drs. Brown and Zadno held no options to purchase our common stock.

(2)  

For options and stock awards held by Mr. Sawyer as of December 31, 2014, including awards received by him in his capacity as President and Chief Executive Officer, see the disclosure under “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Year-End.”

(3)  

Mr. Burke joined our board of directors in May 2015.

In April 2015, our board of directors approved option grants to purchase 10,810 shares of our common

stock to Mr. Roberts and 4,054 shares of our common stock to Mr. Lucier. These options have an exercise price of $11.10 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. The option granted to Mr. Roberts vests as to 50% of the underlying shares on April 16, 2015, the date of grant, and the remaining 50% vests as to 1/24 th per month over the following 24 months, subject to continued service through such date. The option granted to Mr. Lucier vests as to 100% of the underlying shares on April 16, 2015, the date of grant.

In May 2015, our board of directors approved an option grant to purchase 44,306 shares of our common stock to Mr. Burke. This option has an exercise price of $15.91 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. The option granted to Mr. Burke vests as to 1/36 th per month over the following 36 months from the date of grant, subject to continued service through such date.

 

104


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act under federal securities laws, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2014, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2014. These individuals were our named executive officers for 2014.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

Philip Sawyer

    2014        375,000        232,448 (2)       151,088        5,939        764,475   

President and Chief Executive Officer

           

Doug Heigel

    2014        70,923 (3)       447,313        17,486        412        536,134   

Vice President of Operations

           

Paul O. Davison

    2014        24,615 (4)       489,322        —          0        513,937   

Vice President of Research and Development

           

 

(1)  

The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)  

Includes the incremental fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 in connection with an option exercise price adjustment effective as of April 2014, as described below under the section titled “Stock Option Repricing.”

(3)  

Mr. Heigel’s salary reflects the prorated portion of his annual base salary of $240,000 paid in fiscal 2014.

(4)  

Mr. Davison’s salary reflects the prorated portion of his annual base salary of $240,000 paid in fiscal 2014.

Executive Officer Employment Agreements

Philip Sawyer

We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Sawyer that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Sawyer will continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer on an “at will” basis. Mr. Sawyer’s employment agreement provides for a base salary of $425,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus with the target amount determined as 80% of Mr. Sawyer’s annual base salary, and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Sawyer, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Sawyer other than for death, “disability,” or “cause” or Mr. Sawyer resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Sawyer’s employment agreement), and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Sawyer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Mr. Sawyer is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his highest base salary rate in effect during the employment period for a period of 12 months, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) an amount equal to Mr. Sawyer’s target annual bonus for the year of termination, payable in accordance with our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents

 

105


Table of Contents

for up to 12 months and (iv) vesting acceleration of 50% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination (with performance-based awards vesting based on achievement of target levels of performance).

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Sawyer, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 12 month period following a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Sawyer’s employment agreement), the employment of Mr. Sawyer is terminated under the circumstances described in the above paragraph and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Sawyer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor, Mr. Sawyer is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 24 months of his highest base salary rate in effect during the employment period, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to 200% of the greater of his target annual bonus for the year of termination or for the year of the change in control, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 24 months, and (iv) vesting acceleration of 100% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination (with performance-based awards vesting based on achievement of target levels of performance).

In the event any payment to Mr. Sawyer pursuant to his employment agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), Mr. Sawyer will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

Doug Heigel

We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Heigel that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Heigel will continue to serve as our Vice President of Operations on an “at will” basis. Mr. Heigel’s employment agreement provides for a base salary of $250,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus with the target amount determined as 40% of Mr. Heigel’s annual base salary, and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Heigel, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Heigel other than for death, “disability,” or “cause” or Mr. Heigel resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Heigel’s employment agreement), and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Heigel executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Mr. Heigel is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his highest base salary rate in effect during the employment period for a period of 9 months, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, and (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 9 months.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Heigel, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 12 month period following a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Heigel’s employment agreement), the employment of Mr. Heigel is terminated under the circumstances described in the above paragraph and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Heigel executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor, Mr. Heigel is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of his highest base salary rate in effect during the employment period, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to 150% of the greater of his target annual bonus for the year of termination or for the year of the change in control, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to

 

106


Table of Contents

“COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 18 months, and (iv) vesting acceleration of 100% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination (with performance-based awards vesting based on achievement of target levels of performance).

In the event any payment to Mr. Heigel pursuant to his employment agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), Mr. Heigel will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

Paul O. Davison

We expect to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Davison that will take effect as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Davison will continue to serve as our Vice President of Research and Development on an “at will” basis. Mr. Davison’s employment agreement provides for a base salary of $250,000, eligibility to receive an annual performance bonus with the target amount determined as 40% of Mr. Davison’s annual base salary, and eligibility to participate in employee benefit or group insurance plans maintained from time to time by us.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Davison, if we terminate the employment of Mr. Davison other than for death, “disability,” or “cause” or Mr. Davison resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in Mr. Davison’s employment agreement), and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Davison executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor and resigns from all positions he may hold as an officer or director, Mr. Davison is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of his highest base salary rate in effect during the employment period for a period of 9 months, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, and (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 9 months.

Pursuant to the employment agreement of Mr. Davison, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 12 month period following a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Davison’s employment agreement), the employment of Mr. Davison is terminated under the circumstances described in the above paragraph and, within 60 days following his termination, Mr. Davison executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor, Mr. Davison is entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 18 months of his highest base salary rate in effect during the employment period, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to 150% of the greater of his target annual bonus for the year of termination or for the year of the change in control, payable pursuant to our regular payroll procedures, (iii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for him and his respective dependents for up to 18 months, and (iv) vesting acceleration of 100% with respect to any outstanding equity awards held by him on the date of his termination (with performance-based awards vesting based on achievement of target levels of performance).

In the event any payment to Mr. Davison pursuant to his employment agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), Mr. Davison will receive such payment as would entitle him to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay him a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

107


Table of Contents

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

We provided our named executive officers an opportunity to receive formula-based incentive payments under our 2014 Executive Bonus Plan. The payments were based on a target incentive amount for each named executive officer.

The 2014 Executive Bonus Plan provided for non-equity incentive compensation based upon our achievement of performance goals for 2014. The actual incentive payments had two components: financial goals and product goals, with financial goals being weighted more heavily.

The financial goals had two components: quarterly revenue and EBIDTA goals, with quarterly revenue goals being weighted more heavily. The quarterly revenue component included a minimum threshold level of achievement. If we exceeded the quarterly revenue target, our named executive officers would be eligible to receive a payment of up to 130% of the portion of the incentive payment allocated to the revenue component. If we achieved quarterly EBITDA that was equal to or greater than our quarterly EBITDA target, then our named executive officers would receive 100% of that component.

The product development component required achievement of all product goals for the quarter in order to receive the target incentive payment allocated to that component. If we failed to meet all product goals for a quarter, the named executive officers would receive no portion of that target incentive payment allocated to that component. If we achieved all of our product goals for a quarter, then our named executive officers would receive 100% of that component.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in 2014.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options and stock awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Grant  Date (1)     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
     Option Exercise
Price ($) (2)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Philip Sawyer

     3/17/10 (3)       94,444         1.30         3/17/20   
     11/17/10 (3)       114,360         1.30         11/17/20   
     1/18/12 (3)       9,944         1.67         1/18/22   
     9/19/12 (4)       17,347         3.15         9/19/22   
     9/19/12 (4)       112,853         3.15         9/19/22   
     3/5/14 (5)       23,597         3.15         3/5/24   
     3/5/14 (6)       94,317         3.15         3/5/24   

Doug Heigel

     11/5/14 (7)       79,120         3.15         11/5/24   

Paul O. Davison

     12/2/14 (8)       79,120         3.15         12/2/24   

 

(1)  

Each of the outstanding equity awards was granted pursuant to our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

(2)  

This column represents the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

(3)  

The stock option is fully vested and immediately exercisable.

(4)  

The stock option is fully vested and immediately exercisable. The stock option was originally granted on September 19, 2012 and was amended on April 30, 2014 as part of our option repricing.

 

108


Table of Contents
(5)  

The shares subject to the option are early exercisable and vest in 48 equal monthly installments with a vesting commencement date of June 11, 2012, subject to Mr. Sawyer’s continuous status as a service provider on each such vesting date.

(6)  

The shares subject to the option are early exercisable and vest in 48 equal monthly installments with a vesting commencement date of February 28, 2014, subject to Mr. Sawyer’s continuous status as a service provider on each such vesting date.

(7)  

The shares subject to the option are early exercisable. 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on September 15, 2015 and the remaining shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Heigel’s continuous status as a service provider on each such vesting date.

(8)  

The shares subject to the option are early exercisable. 25% of the shares subject to the option will vest on November 24, 2015 and the remaining shares subject to the option will vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Davison’s continuous status as a service provider on each such vesting date.

In April 2015, our board of directors approved option grants to purchase 125,440 shares of our common stock to Mr. Sawyer, 17,802 shares of our common stock to Mr. Heigel and 17,802 shares of our common stock to Mr. Davison. These options have an exercise price of $11.10 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the grant date. Each of these options vests as to 1/60th over 60 months, subject to continued service through such date.

Stock Option Repricing

In April 2014, we amended certain of our outstanding stock options to reset their respective exercise prices to $3.15 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as of April 30, 2014, as determined by our board of directors. Options repriced included all then current employee options with an exercise price higher than $3.15 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on April 30, 2014. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase 348,871 shares of common stock held by our then current employees were repriced, including options to purchase 130,200 shares held by our named executive officers.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

In April 2015, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, a 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan will permit the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized shares.     A total of 1,494,272 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2015 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will also include shares reserved but not issued under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2005 Plan, and shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2015 Plan pursuant to this sentence is 2,056,665 shares). In addition, shares may become available under the 2015 Plan as described below.

The number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2016, equal to the least of:

 

   

1,494,272 shares;

 

   

5% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

109


Table of Contents

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under our 2015 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2015 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2015 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under our 2015 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan.

Plan administration .     Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2015 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2015 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2015 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock options .     Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2015 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock appreciation rights .     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased

 

110


Table of Contents

appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted stock .     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions for lapse of the restriction on the shares it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted stock units .     Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restricted stock units will vest.

Performance units and performance shares .     Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination

Outside directors .     Our 2015 Plan provides that all non-employee directors are eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director may not receive under the 2015 Plan awards having a grant date fair value greater than $500,000 increased to $750,000 in connection with her or her initial service, as grant fair value is determined under generally accepted accounting principles.

Non-transferability of awards .     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain adjustments .     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits set forth in

 

111


Table of Contents

our 2015 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or change in control .     Our 2015 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2015 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to the shares subject to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Amendment, termination .     The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan provided such action will not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2015 Plan will automatically terminate in 2025, unless we terminate it sooner.

2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Plan, in May 2005. Our 2005 Plan was most recently amended in February 2014. Our 2005 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares .     Our 2005 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under the 2005 Plan following the completion of this offering. Our 2005 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase 1,359,142 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under our 2005 Plan. In the event that an outstanding option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option or other right shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

Plan Administration .     Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2005 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2005 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2005 Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2005 Plan.

Options.      Stock options may be granted under our 2005 Plan. The exercise price per share of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options must equal at least 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The 2005 Plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of options.

After termination of an optionee’s service as an employee, director or consultant, the optionee may exercise the vested shares subject to his or her option as of the date of such termination for the period of

 

112


Table of Contents

time as specified in the option agreement, subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for at least 6 months, or such longer period of time as specified in the option agreement. If termination is due to cause, the option agreement may provide that the option will terminate immediately on the effective date of the optionee’s termination. In all other cases, the option will remain exercisable for at least thirty days, or such longer period of time as specified in the option agreement. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted Shares .     Restricted shares may be granted under our 2005 Plan as a purchasable award. Restricted shares are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the administrator, provided that with respect to recipients of restricted shares who are not officers, directors, or consultants, restricted shares will vest at a rate no slower than 20% per year over five years starting on the date of grant of the award or sale of the underlying shares. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The purchase price per share of restricted shares must equal at least 85% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator, provided that restricted shares granted to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date must have a purchase price per share equal to at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture. Rights to purchase restricted shares must be exercised within 30 days after we communicate the grant of such rights to the award recipient.

Transferability of Awards.      Our 2005 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. However, to the extent permitted by our board of directors in its sole discretion, a nonstatutory stock option may be transferred by an optionee to family members or a trust established for the benefit of the optionee or the optionee’s family members to the extent permitted by applicable securities laws. Restricted shares and shares issued upon exercise of an option will be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the administrator may determine.

Certain Adjustments.      In the event of a subdivision of our outstanding stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than shares in an amount that has a material effect on the fair market value of our shares, a combination or consolidation of our outstanding stock into a lesser number of shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification, or a similar occurrence, our board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to the number of shares under the 2005 Plan available for future awards, the number of shares covered by each outstanding option, the exercise price under each outstanding option, or the price of shares subject to our right of repurchase.

Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2005 Plan provides that, in the event of a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a transaction providing for the sale of all or substantially all of our stock or assets, all outstanding options will be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement may provide for one or more of the following:

 

   

the continuation of the options by us (if we are the surviving corporation);

 

   

the assumption of the options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

 

   

the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options with substantially similar terms;

 

113


Table of Contents
   

immediate exercisability of the options, followed by cancellation of the options; or

 

   

the cancellation of the options and payments to optionees equal to the full value of the options.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under the 2005 Plan, our repurchase rights with respect to restricted shares held by our non-employee directors will lapse, and all other restricted shares will be treated as set forth in the applicable restricted share award agreement.

Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2005 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not adversely affect a participant’s rights under outstanding awards granted under the 2005 Plan without such participant’s written consent. As noted above, upon completion of this offering, our 2005 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

We expect our board of directors to adopt an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will become effective immediately prior to this offering and be administered by our compensation committee following the completion of this offering. The Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings, (iii) business divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interested, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income, (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, (xxxiii) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria, and (xxxiv) consummation of financial transactions. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures, and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the compensation committee determines relevant, and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

 

114


Table of Contents

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid. Our compensation committee has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. We may make a discretionary matching and profit sharing contribution to the 401(k) plan, and may make a discretionary employer contribution to each eligible employee each year. To date, we have not made any matching or profits sharing contributions into the 401(k) plan. All participants’ interests in our matching and profit sharing contributions, if any, vest pursuant to a four-year graded vesting schedule from the time of contribution. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

115


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2012, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive Compensation.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 200,000 shares of common stock, or 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus, for our employees, directors and other persons associated with us. Any directed shares purchased by our officers and directors will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. Any other participants in the directed share program will not be subject to any lock-up arrangements with any underwriter with respect to the directed shares sold to them. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to the directed share program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. The directed share program will be arranged through Piper Jaffray & Co.

Loan Agreement

In February 2014, we entered into a loan agreement with HealthCare Royalty Partners, or HCRP, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million in two separate tranches. We drew down the first tranche of $10.0 million upon execution of the loan agreement and the second tranche of $5.0 million in March 2015. Interest is payable quarterly at a fixed rate of 12.5% per annum with interest-only payments to be made from the effective date of the loan until March 31, 2017. Thereafter, we will make principal and interest payments until the maturity of the loan on December 31, 2020. We are permitted to make a voluntary prepayment in full, but not in part, prior to December 31, 2020, which prepayment must be made together with accrued and unpaid fixed interest on the amount prepaid and any additional amounts due in respect thereof, including an additional percentage of the aggregate loan amount or outstanding principal amount, depending on the date of prepayment. The prepayment amounts are as follows:

 

Prepayment Date

  

Prepayment Amount

After December 31, 2014 and on or prior to December 31, 2015    140% of the aggregate loan amount, less any previously made payments of accrued fixed interest
After December 31, 2015 and on or prior to December 31, 2016    150% of the aggregate loan amount, less any previously made payments of accrued fixed interest
After December 31, 2016 and on or prior to December 31, 2017    112% of the outstanding principal amount
After December 31, 2017 and on or prior to December 31, 2018    108% of the outstanding principal amount

 

116


Table of Contents

Prepayment Date

  

Prepayment Amount

After December 31, 2018 and on or prior to December 31, 2019    104% of the outstanding principal amount
After December 31, 2019 and on or prior to December 31, 2020    100% of the outstanding principal amount

In connection with the loan agreement, we issued HCRP a warrant to purchase 84,553 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $13.3052 per share. The $572,000 estimated fair value of the warrant was recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the debt. We also paid $200,000 in debt issuance costs to HCRP in 2014, which were recorded as a debt discount. In 2014, we made interest payments to HCRP pursuant to the loan agreement in the amount of $1.1 million and no payments of principal were made. The outstanding principal balance of the loan was $10.0 million and $15.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

Gregory B. Brown, M.D., a member of our board of directors, is a Founding Managing Director of HealthCare Royalty Management, LLC, the investment manager of HCRP.

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In February and March 2015, we issued an aggregate of 1,596,212 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $14.3449. The shares of Series F convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares of
Series F
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Wellington (1)

     1,394,223       $ 19,999,999.99   

Robertson Revocable Trust (2)

     47,868       $ 686,668.66   

RiverRoad Capital Partners, LLC (3)

     17,427       $ 249,999.82   

 

(1)  

Affiliates of Wellington holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. (Nominee Italianflare & Co.) and the Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund (Nominee: Cudd & Co.). As a result of the Series F preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Wellington became holders of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock.

(2)  

Brett Robertson, an executive officer, is related to Sanford Robertson, trustee of the Robertson Revocable Trust.

(3)  

Gregory T. Lucier, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of RiverRoad Capital Partners, LLC.

 

117


Table of Contents

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In February 2014, we issued an aggregate of 1,597,814 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $13.3052. The shares of Series E convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares of
Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P. (1)

     1,127,378       $ 14,999,999.84   

InterWest Partners X, LP (2)

     56,368       $ 749,999.74   

CDK Associates, L.L.C. (3)

     40,585       $ 539,999.82   

Helix Founders Fund, L.P. (4)

     39,458       $ 524,999.46   

Valence CDK SPV, L.P. (5)

     38,065       $ 506,467.84   

Entities affiliated with Legacy (6)

     19,540       $ 259,998.72   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     18,789       $ 249,999.68   

Robertson Revocable Trust (7)

     14,875       $ 197,917.37   

Eric W. Roberts.

     11,273       $ 149,999.95   

Lipps Family Ventures (8)

     7,515       $ 99,999.73   

 

(1)  

As a result of the Series E preferred stock financing, HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P. became a holder of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock.

(2)  

Reza Zadno, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with InterWest Partners X, LP.

(3)  

Eric W. Roberts, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with CDK Associates, L.L.C.

(4)  

Philip Sawyer, our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Helix Founders Fund, L.P.

(5)  

Mr. Roberts, a member of our board of directors is affiliated with Valence CDK SPV, L.P.

(6)  

Affiliates of Legacy holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Legacy Life Sciences, LLC, Covenant Properties, LLC and Heritage Holding Co. LLC. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series E preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Legacy were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(7)  

Brett Robertson, an executive officer, is related to Sanford Robertson, trustee of the Robertson Revocable Trust.

(8)  

Randall A. Lipps, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with the Lipps Family Ventures.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In June 2012, we issued an aggregate of 2,016,929 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $12.395. The shares of Series D convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series D convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares of
Series D
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Valence (1)

     806,776       $ 9,999,999.24   

Wex Invuity Investors LLC (2)

     500,201       $ 6,199,999.77   

InterWest Partners X, LP (3)

     262,310       $ 3,251,340.49   

KPCB Holdings, Inc.

     206,137       $ 2,555,068.45   

Entities affiliated with Legacy (4)

     83,218       $ 1,031,509.89   

Helix Founders Fund, L.P. (5)

     52,462       $ 650,267.83   

Philip Sawyer and Grace Sawyer (6)

     1,613       $ 19,999.50   

 

118


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Affiliates of Valence holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are CDK Associates, L.L.C., Valence Advantage Life Sciences Fund II, L.P. and Valence Advantage Life Sciences Side Fund II, L.P. As a result of the Series D preferred stock financing, entities affiliated with Valence became holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(2)  

As a result of the Series D preferred stock financing, Wex Invuity Investors LLC became a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(3)  

Reza Zadno, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with InterWest Partners X, LP.

(4)  

Affiliates of Legacy holding our securities, whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting the above share ownership information, are Legacy Life Sciences, LLC, Covenant Properties, LLC and Heritage Holding Co. LLC. Immediately prior to the closing of the Series D preferred stock financing, the entities affiliated with Legacy were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(5)  

Philip Sawyer, our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Helix Founders Fund, L.P.

(6)  

Philip Sawyer, our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our board of directors, is related to Philip Sawyer and Grace Sawyer.

Investor Rights Agreement

In February 2015, in connection with the closing of our Series F convertible preferred stock financing, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. In March 2015, we amended this agreement to increase the dollar threshold for agreements requiring the consent of our board of directors. Pursuant to the agreement, these holders are entitled to registration under the Securities Act of the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The agreement also provides certain additional rights to these holders, including with respect to access to financial information, inspection of our properties and, for certain investors, a right of first offer with respect to future sales by us of our equity securities (which right of first offer does not apply to this offering). All of the rights granted under the agreement, other than the registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors, and certain holders have the right to have a designated representative present at meetings of our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate by its terms and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of capital stock of the company.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, which imposes restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock. Upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock set forth in this agreement will no longer apply.

Employment Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into employment and consulting arrangements with certain of our current executive officers. See “Executive Compensation—Executive Officer Employment Letters.”

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws in effect upon the

 

119


Table of Contents

completion of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or officer in any action or proceedings, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s service as a director or officer. See “Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers and Directors

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and our non-employee directors. See “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Director Compensation” for stock options granted to our executive officers and non-employee directors prior to December 31, 2014.

Stock Option Repricing

In April 2014, we amended certain of our outstanding stock options to reset their respective exercise prices to $3.15 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as of April 30, 2014, as determined by our board of directors. Options repriced included all then current employee options with an exercise price higher than $3.15 per share that remained outstanding and unexercised on April 30, 2014. Pursuant to this repricing, options to purchase 275,212 shares of common stock held by our directors and executive officers were repriced, as set forth below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Repriced
Options
 

Philip Sawyer

     130,200   

Robert Gerberich

     50,717   

Michael Gandy

     50,717   

Brett Robertson

     26,631   

Alex Vayser

     16,947   

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

The audit committee of our board of directors has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related parties. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transactions.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that:

 

   

We shall indemnify our directors and officers for serving in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in

 

120


Table of Contents
 

good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

We will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

   

The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

We may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

Our policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. We also maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between us and our officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

121


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at May 29, 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Percentage ownership of our common stock “Before Offering” in the table is based on 8,564,168 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of May 29, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock. Percentage ownership of our common stock “After Offering” in the table is based on 12,564,168 shares of common stock issued and outstanding on May 29, 2015, which gives effect to the issuance of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other equity awards held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015. However, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The table below excludes any shares of common stock that may be purchased in this offering pursuant to the directed share program or otherwise. See “Underwriting.”

 

122


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Invuity, Inc., 444 De Haro St., San Francisco, CA 94107.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner+

          Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned  
   Shares Beneficially Owned      Before Offering     After Offering  

5% Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with the Wellington Entities (1)

     1,394,223         16.3     11.1

Entities affiliated with HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P. (2)

     1,211,931         14.0     9.6

Entities affiliated with InterWest Partners X, L.P. (3)

     1,076,399         12.6     8.6

Entities affiliated with KPCB Holdings, Inc. (4)

     959,362         11.2     7.6

Hadley Harbor Master Investors
(Cayman) L.P.
(5)

     906,244         10.6     7.2

Entities affiliated with the Wexford Entities (6)

     500,201         5.8     4.0

The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund (7)

     487,979         5.7     3.9

Entities affiliated with CDK Associates, L.L.C. (8)

     443,973         5.2     3.5

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Philip Sawyer (9)

     807,349         8.8     6.1

Paul O. Davison (10)

     96,922         1.1     *   

Doug Heigel (11)

     96,922         1.1     *   

Gregory B. Brown, M.D. (12)

     —           *        *   

William W. Burke (13)

     44,306         *        *   

Randall A. Lipps (14)

     30,109         *        *   

Gregory T. Lucier (15)

     46,129         *        *   

Eric W. Roberts (16)

     376,060         4.4     3.0

Reza Zadno, Ph.D.

     —           *        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)

     2,221,340         22.4     16.0

 

   *

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).

   +

Options to purchase shares of our capital stock included in this table are early exercisable, and to the extent such shares are early exercised but remain unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase held by us.

  (1)

Consists of (i) 906,244 shares held of record by Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. (Nominee: Italianflare & Co.) and (ii) 487,979 shares held of record by The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund (Nominee: Cudd & Co.) (collectively referred to as the “Wellington Entities”). Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) is the investment adviser to several entities that own shares of Invuity, Inc. (each a “Wellington Client”), as reflected in the aggregate in the table and two of which are specifically named in the footnotes to the table of Principal Stockholders. Wellington Management Company LLP is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is an indirect subsidiary of Wellington Management Group LLP. Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP may each be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares indicated in the table, all of which are held of record by the entity named in the table or a nominee on its behalf. The business address of the entity named in the table is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The business address of Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP is 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

  (2)

Consists of (i) 1,127,378 shares held of record by HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P. (HCRPII) and (ii) 84,553 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding warrants held by HCRPII. HealthCare Royalty Management, LLC is the investment manager of HCRPII and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by HCRPII. Gregory B. Brown, MD, Todd C. Davis and Clarke B. Futch comprise the investment committee that, through HealthCare Royalty Management, LLC, is responsible for the voting and investment decisions relating to the shares beneficially owned by HCRPII. The reporting persons may be deemed to be a group as defined in Rule 13d-5(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and each

 

footnotes continued on following page

 

123


Table of Contents
 

member of such group may be deemed to beneficially own the ordinary shares beneficially owned by other members constituting such group. Each of Dr. Brown and Messrs. Davis and Futch disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock. The address for these entities is 300 Atlantic Street, Suite 600, Stamford, CT 06901.

  (3)

Consists of 1,076,399 shares held of record by InterWest Partners X, L.P. (IW10). InterWest Management Partners X, LLC (IMP 10) is the General Partner of IW10 and has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by IW10. The Managing Directors of IMP10 are Bruce A. Cleveland, Philip T. Gianos, W. Stephen Holmes, Nina Kjellson, Gilbert H. Kliman, Arnold L. Oronsky and Douglas A. Pepper. The Venture Members of IMP10 are Keval Desai and Khaled A. Nasr. Each of the Managing Directors and Venture Members of IMP10 share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by IW10. Each of the Managing Directors and Venture Members disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by IW10 except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is c/o InterWest Partners, 2710 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

  (4)

Consists of (i) 856,503 shares beneficially owned by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers XII, LLC, or KPCB XII; (ii) 13,255 shares beneficially owned by KPCB XII Founders Fund, LLC, or KPCB XII FF; and (iii) 89,604 shares beneficially owned by individuals and entities associated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers. All shares are held for convenience in the name of “KPCB Holdings, Inc. as nominee,” for the accounts of such individuals and entities who each exercise their own voting and dispositive control over such shares. The Managing Member of KPCB XII and KPCB XII FF is KPCB XII Associates, LLC, or KPCB XII Associates. Brook H. Byers, L. John Doerr, Joseph Lacob, Raymond J. Lane, Theodore E. Schlein and Russ Siegelman, the Managers of KPCB XII Associates, exercise shared voting and dispositive control over the shares directly held by KPCB XII and KPCB XII FF. The principal business address for all entities and individuals affiliated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

  (5)

The address for Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

  (6)

Consists of (i) 403,388 shares held of record by Wexford Spectrum Investors LLC and (ii) 96,813 shares held of record by Wex SP LLC (collectively referred to as the “Wexford Entities”). Wexford Capital LP (WC) is the investment manager of the Wexford Entities and Wexford GP LLC (WGP) is the General Partner of WC. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, WC and WGP may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Wexford Entities. In addition, as controlling persons of WGP, each of Joseph Jacobs and Charles E. Davidson may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Wexford Entities. WC, WGP and Messrs. Jacobs and Davidson disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Wexford Entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 411 West Putnam Ave., Greenwich, CT 06830.

  (7)

The address for The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

  (8)

Consists of 443,973 shares held of record by CDK Associates, L.L.C. (CDK). Caxton Corporation is the manager of CDK. Bruce Kovner, as the controlling person of Caxton Corporation, may be deemed, by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by CDK. Mr. Kovner disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by CDK except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for CDK is 731 Alexander Road, Building 2, Princeton, NJ 08540.

  (9)

Consists of (i) 215,047 shares held of record by Helix Founders Fund, L.P. (HFF) and (ii) 592,302 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, of which 410,995 shares were fully vested as of such date. HFF GP, LLC (HFFGP) is the General Partner of HFF and Helix Ventures, LLC (Helix Ventures) is the management company of HFF. Mr. Sawyer is a General Partner of Helix Ventures. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Mr. Sawyer may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by HFF. Mr. Sawyer disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by HFF except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities is 1717 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, CA 94303.

(10)

Consists of 96,922 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, of which 1,483 shares were fully vested as of such date.

(11)

Consists of 96,922 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, of which 1,483 shares were fully vested as of such date.

(12)  

The address for Gregory B. Brown, M.D. is 300 Atlantic Street, Suite 600, Stamford, CT 06901.

(13)  

Consists of 44,306 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, of which 2,461 shares were fully vested as of such date.

(14)  

Consists of (i) 20,540 shares held of record by Randall A. Lipps, 9,842 shares of which have been issued upon early exercise of stock options and remain subject to further vesting as of 60 days following May 29, 2015, (ii) 7,515 shares held of record by Lipps Family Ventures, and (iii) 2,054 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, all of which were fully vested as of such date. Mr. Lipps shares beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by Lipps Family Ventures. The address for these entities is 39 Melanie Lane, Atherton, CA 94027.

(15)  

Consists of (i) 17,427 shares held of record by RiverRoad Capital Partners, LLC and (ii) 28,702 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, of which 8,675 shares were fully vested as of such date. Gregory T. Lucier is a Managing Member of RiverRoad Capital Partners, LLC. As a result, Mr. Lucier may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by RiverRoad Capital Partners, LLC. The address for RiverRoad Capital Partners, LLC is 11988 El Camino Real, Suite 500, San Diego, CA 92130.

(16)  

Consists of (i) 42,725 shares held of record by Eric W. Roberts, (ii) 322,525 shares held of record by Valence CDK SPV, L.P. (Valence CDK), and (iii) 10,810 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 29, 2015, of which 6,531 shares were fully vested as of such date. Valence Life Sciences GP II, LLC (Valence) is the General Partner of Valence CDK and has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Valence CDK. Mr. Roberts is a Managing Member of Valence. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Mr. Roberts may deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valence CDK. Mr. Roberts disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Valence CDK except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

124


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 110,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

   

100,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2015, we had outstanding 721,760 shares of common stock, 396,590 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, each of which is convertible into one (1) share of common stock; 478,718 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, each of which is convertible into 1.1877952253 shares of common stock; 1,566,352 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, each of which is convertible into 1.0637813212 shares of common stock; 2,016,929 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock, each of which is convertible into one (1) share of common stock; 1,597,814 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock, each of which is convertible into one (1) share of common stock; and 1,596,212 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock, each of which is convertible into one (1) share of common stock. Assuming the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 into common stock upon completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2015, we would have 8,564,168 shares of common stock outstanding, held by approximately 97 stockholders, and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

In addition, as of March 31, 2015, we had outstanding options to acquire 1,359,142 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire 138,102 shares of our common stock, assuming the conversion of warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase shares of common stock, upon the completion of this offering.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock

 

125


Table of Contents

in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. While providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock, or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2015, a warrant to purchase 3,532 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.30 per share was outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, the warrant will expire.

As of March 31, 2015, a warrant to purchase 14,660 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $17.2124 per share was outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, the warrant will become exercisable for 17,413 shares of common stock. The warrant expires on September 15, 2018.

As of March 31, 2015, a warrant to purchase 20,033 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock was outstanding at an exercise price of $11.2314 per share. Upon the completion of this offering, the warrant will become exercisable for 21,310 shares of common stock. The warrant expires on December 17, 2020.

As of March 31, 2015, a warrant to purchase 11,294 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of approximately $12.395 per share was outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, the warrant will become exercisable for 11,294 of shares of common stock. The warrant expires on July 25, 2023.

As of March 31, 2015, a warrant to purchase 84,553 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock was outstanding at an exercise price of $13.3052 per share. Upon the completion of this offering, the warrant will become exercisable for 84,553 shares of common stock. The warrant expires on February 28, 2024.

Each of these warrants has a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of the underlying shares at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of a number of shares equal in value to the aggregate exercise price. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. The holders of the shares issuable upon exercise of our warrants are entitled to registration rights with respect to such shares as described in greater detail below under the heading “—Registration Rights.”

Options

As of March 31, 2015, options to purchase 1,359,142 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, 818,536 of which were vested as of that date.

Registration Rights

Certain holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights with respect to the

 

126


Table of Contents

registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investor rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such investor rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including estimated underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

The registration rights terminate seven years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part that such stockholder can sell all of its shares without restriction pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exemption under the Securities Act.

Demand Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 7,842,408 shares of our common stock, including warrants to purchase 101,966 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to demand registration rights. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the investor rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 40% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the agreement, to register, as soon as practicable, all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investor rights agreement, and each registration must have an anticipated aggregate offering price in excess of $5.0 million. We are not required to effect a demand registration earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering.

Short-Form Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 7,842,408 shares of our common stock, including warrants to purchase 134,570 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to short-form registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request from holders of these shares, to have such shares registered by us if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1.0 million, subject to exceptions set forth in the investor rights agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 7,842,408 shares of our common stock, including warrants to purchase 134,570 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for our own account, after the completion of this offering, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to limitations set forth in the investor rights agreement, the underwriters of any underwritten offering, including this offering have the right to limit the number of shares or, in the case of this offering, to exclude altogether the shares to be registered by these holders for marketing reasons. If the underwriters for this offering do not determine to exclude any shares belonging to these holders for this offering, we intend to obtain a waiver of the piggyback registration rights in connection with this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, could discourage takeovers, coercive or otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control

 

127


Table of Contents

of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock .     As discussed above under “—Preferred Stock,” our board of directors will have the ability to designate and issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could deter hostile takeovers or delay changes in our control or management.

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting .     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, the holders of a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend the bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), or our board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals .     Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These advance notice procedures may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification .      Our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute .     We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

128


Table of Contents
   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is also possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royal Street, Canton MA 02021.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “IVTY.”

 

129


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015, a total of 12,564,168 shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are purchased by our officers and directors in the directed share program or by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of common stock that will be deemed restricted securities after this offering will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

no shares will be available for sale until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain limited exceptions provided for in the lock-up agreements; and

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, 8,564,168 shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which 869,021 shares are expected to be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares at any time.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 125,642 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

130


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, our officers and directors, and substantially all of our stockholders, warrant holders and option holders, have each entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering that prohibits the sale of shares of our common stock by those parties, subject to limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC. Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, choose to release any or all of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreements at any time prior to the expiration of the lock-up period without notice. For more additional information, see “Underwriting—No Sales of Similar Securities.”

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 7,842,408 shares of common stock, including warrants to purchase 134,570 shares of common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issuable in the future under our stock option plans. Shares covered by such registration statement on Form S-8 will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements and subject to vesting of such shares.

 

131


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders with respect to their purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock purchased in this offering. This discussion is for general information only, is not tax advice, and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to differing interpretation. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. income taxes or any non-income taxes. This discussion also does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax, the tax on net investment income, or any specific tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

banks or other financial institutions;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities, and traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and other pass-through entities;

 

   

regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

persons that own or are deemed to own more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations” or “passive foreign investment companies;”

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment;

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and

 

132


Table of Contents

partners or members in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock. We urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, except as modified for estate tax purposes, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not have any plans to make any distributions on our common stock. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s capital, and will reduce such holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by such non-U.S. holder) are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

In order to claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E

 

133


Table of Contents

for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS designates, prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on such holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by such non-U.S. holder), in which case the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons will apply, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the additional branch profits tax described above in “—Distributions on Our Common Stock” may also apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any; or

 

   

we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “United States real property holding corporation” (a “USRPHC”).

We believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if a non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds more than 5% of such regularly-traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such holder’s disposition of, or such holder’s holding period for, our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be included in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, their name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to each non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in such non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

 

134


Table of Contents

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless a non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that such holder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock, and under current transitional rules are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares
 

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 200,000 shares of common stock, or 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus, for our employees, directors and other persons associated with us. Any directed shares purchased by our officers and directors will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction described in “—No Sales of Similar Securities” below. Any other participants in the directed share program will not be subject to any lock-up arrangements with any underwriter with respect to the directed shares sold to them. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to the directed share program. Any directed shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the directed shares. The directed share program will be arranged through Piper Jaffray & Co.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Discounts and Commissions

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

136


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Public Offering Price

   $         $         $     

Underwriting Discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                    $                

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discount and commissions, are approximately $3.5 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount not to exceed $20,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the table above bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and all of our other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of the prospectus used to sell our common stock without first obtaining the written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of our common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares of our common stock;

 

   

make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock;

 

137


Table of Contents
   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

   

demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock.

The restrictions in the preceding paragraph do not apply to transfers of securities:

 

   

as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

   

to an immediate family member or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or an immediate family member of the stockholder;

 

   

if the stockholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund, trust or other business entity (i) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate of the stockholder or (ii) distributions of shares of our common stock to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the stockholder, or to any investment fund or other entity that controls or manages the stockholder;

 

   

if the stockholder is a trust, to the beneficiary of such trust;

 

   

by testate succession or intestate succession; or

 

   

pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

provided, in the case of a transfer described in bullets one through five above, that such transfer does not involve a disposition for value, and each transferee agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and that no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer other than a required Form 5 filing filed within 45 days of December 31, 2015, in which case such Form 5 shall include a footnote describing the transaction being reported.

In addition, the transfer restrictions described above do not apply to:

 

   

the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our equity plans or warrants described in this prospectus; provided that no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be made voluntarily;

 

   

forfeitures to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the conversion or exercise of our options or warrants; provided that if the stockholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, the stockholder will include a statement in such report to the effect that the purpose of the transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations;

 

   

if the stockholder is not one of our officers or directors, transactions relating to shares of common stock acquired in the directed share program instituted in connection with this offering and described in this prospectus; provided that no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with subsequent sales of our common stock acquired in such manner;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions on or after the date of this prospectus; provided that no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with subsequent sales of our common stock acquired in such open market transactions;

 

138


Table of Contents
   

transfers upon a termination of employment of shares of our common stock or any securities to us in connection with the repurchase of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to an employee benefit plan disclosed in this prospectus or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued as disclosed in this prospectus;

 

   

transfers pursuant to a “change of control” of our company;

 

   

the conversion of the outstanding preferred shares into our common stock;

 

   

transfers of shares of our common stock or other securities by operation of law to a spouse, former spouse, domestic partner, former domestic partner, child or other dependent pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided, that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, the stockholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that the transfer occurred by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, as applicable; or

 

   

the establishment of any 10b5-1 plan, provided that no sales of the stockholders common stock will be made under such plans for 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “IVTY.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations and the prospects for, and timing of, our future net sales;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

 

139


Table of Contents

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

 

140


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

141


Table of Contents

Canada

The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Hong Kong

The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of

 

142


Table of Contents
 

that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the “SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common stock.

United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (the “UAE”), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France

This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”) for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

 

143


Table of Contents

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

 

1. the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

 

2. persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

 

3. the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

144


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa, California is acting as counsel to the underwriters. An investment fund associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation holds shares of our convertible preferred stock convertible into an aggregate of 2,016 shares of common stock, which represents less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.invuity.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

145


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Invuity, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Invuity, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 13, 2015, except for the effects of the reverse stock split, as to which the date is May 27, 2015, and except for the effects of the Company’s reincorporation in Delaware, as to which the date is May 28, 2015, both described in Note 1.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,     March 31,     Pro Forma as of
March 31,

2015
 
     2013     2014     2015    

Assets

         (unaudited     (unaudited

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,953      $ 6,048      $ 25,251     

Short-term investments

     853        —          —       

Accounts receivable, net

     1,501        2,798        3,625     

Inventory

     3,485        4,271        4,400     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     563        2,486        1,391     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     11,355        15,603        34,667     

Restricted cash

     35        1,125        1,125     

Property and equipment, net

     663        8,541        9,005     

Other non-current assets

     —          55        1,354     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 12,053      $ 25,324      $ 46,151     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 954      $ 1,075      $ 1,278     

Accrued and other current liabilities

     1,455        4,162        5,159     

Long-term debt, current portion

     460        —          —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     2,869        5,237        6,437     

Accrued interest payable

     38        —          —       

Deferred rent

     —          2,676        2,836     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     86        136        640      $ —     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     2,017        —          —       

Long-term debt, net of current portion—related party

     —          9,347        14,382     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     5,010        17,396        24,295     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value—4,553,302, 6,207,320 and 7,861,914 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively; 4,458,589, 6,056,403 and 7,652,615 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $74,806 and $97,704 (unaudited) at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     52,949        73,755        96,524        —     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value—7,027,027, 9,189,189 and 11,384,324 (unaudited) shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively; 656,184, 711,249 and 721,760 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively; 8,564,168 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     1        1        1        9   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,468        2,209        2,400        99,556   

Accumulated deficit

     (47,375     (68,037     (77,069     (77,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (45,906     (65,827     (74,668   $ 22,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 12,053      $ 25,324      $ 46,151     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 7,186      $ 13,103      $ 2,154      $ 4,442   

Cost of goods sold

     2,294        4,871        747        1,731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     4,892        8,232        1,407        2,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     12,402        22,803        4,574        8,923   

Research and development

     4,445        5,181        1,203        1,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     16,847        27,984        5,777        10,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (11,955     (19,752     (4,370     (8,112

Interest expense

     (284     (1,402     (370     (369

Interest and other income (expense), net

     130        492        28        (551
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (19.15   $ (31.63   $ (7.34   $ (12.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     632,407        653,195        641,810        703,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (3.18     $ (1.09
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       6,671,757          7,836,506   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
           2013                 2014                 2014                 2015        
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032

Other comprehensive loss:

        

Unrealized loss on investments

     (4     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (12,113     (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount     Shares      Amount            

Balance at December 31, 2012

     4,458,589       $ 52,949        632,486       $ 1       $ 1,124       $ 4      $ (35,266   $ (34,137

Exercise of common stock options

     —           —          23,698         —           65         —          —          65   

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —          —           —           279         —          —          279   

Unrealized loss on investments

     —           —          —           —           —           (4     —          (4

Net loss

     —           —          —           —           —           —          (12,109     (12,109
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     4,458,589         52,949        656,184         1         1,468         —          (47,375     (45,906

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock for cash at $13.3052 per share, net of issuance costs of $454

     1,597,814         20,806        —           —           —           —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

     —           —          55,065         —           78         —          —          78   

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —          —           —           663         —          —          663   

Net loss

     —           —          —           —           —           —          (20,662     (20,662
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

     6,056,403         73,755        711,249         1         2,209         —          (68,037     (65,827

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock for cash at $14.3449 per share, net of issuance costs of $128 (unaudited)

     1,596,212         22,769        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

     —           —          10,511         —           17         —          —          17   

Vesting of early exercise options (unaudited)

     —           —          —           —           1         —          —          1   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

     —           —          —           —           173         —          —          173   

Net loss (unaudited)

     —           —          —           —           —           —          (9,032     (9,032
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     7,652,615         96,524        721,760       $ 1       $ 2,400         —        $ (77,069   $ (74,668
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2013             2014             2014             2015      
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

        

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     227        344        67        398   

Stock-based compensation

     279        663        87        173   

Changes in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (168     (522     (10     504   

Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts

     (1     87        57        26  

Noncash interest expense (credit)

     68        90        (11     56   

Accretion of premium on marketable securities

     191        243        22        —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

        

Accounts receivable

     (677     (1,384     (55     (853

Inventory

     (2,384     (786     (80     (129

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (177     (1,923     130        1,110   

Other non-current assets

     —          (55     —          —     

Accounts payable

     413        143        (164     (249

Accrued and other current liabilities

     441        1,034        67        924   

Deferred rent

     —          2,910        (6     131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (13,897     (19,818     (4,608     (6,941
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (468     (6,791     (66     (1,467

Purchases of marketable securities

     (2,156     (17,510     (15,912     —     

Sales of marketable securities

     —          17,270        —          —     

Maturities of marketable securities

     18,120        850        850        —     

Increase in restricted cash

     —          (1,090     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     15,496        (7,271     (15,128     (1,467
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

        

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     2,500        —          —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt -related party, net of issuance costs

     —          9,800        9,800        5,000   

Payments of long-term debt

     (3,016     (2,500     (2,500     —     

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     65        78        26        20   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     —          20,806        20,806        22,769   

Payments of initial public offering costs

     —          —          —          (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (451     28,184        28,132        27,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,148        1,095        8,396        19,203   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,805        4,953       4,953        6,048   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 4,953      $ 6,048      $ 13,349      $ 25,251   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

        

Interest paid

   $ 165      $ 275      $ 275      $ —     

Interest paid to related party

   $ —        $ 1,052      $ 115      $ 313   

Non-cash investing and financing activities

        

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 31      $ 1,462      $ 67      $ 857   

Initial public offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ —        $ 30      $ —        $ 1,176   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Invuity, Inc. (the “Company”), was incorporated in the state of California on November 29, 2004 and reincorporated in Delaware in May 2015. The Company is a commercial-stage medical technology company which utilizes its proprietary Intelligent Photonics technology to develop single-use and reusable illuminated surgical devices, which provide surgeons with illumination and direct visualization of surgical cavities during open minimally invasive and minimal access procedures. The Company’s facilities are located in San Francisco, California.

Liquidity

The Company has incurred net losses from operations since inception and has an accumulated deficit of $68.0 million and $77.1 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. The Company expects to incur additional losses and negative cash flows and, as a result will require additional capital to fund its operations and execute its business plan. Management plans to finance its operations in the future with additional equity and debt financing arrangements. In February and March 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,596,212 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock for $22.9 million in net proceeds (see Note 14). Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents of $25.3 million (unaudited) as of March 31, 2015 and borrowings available under the accounts receivable credit facility entered into in February 2015 (see Note 14), will provide sufficient funds to enable the Company to meet its operating plan through at least December 31, 2015. However, if the Company’s anticipated operating results are not achieved in future periods, management believes that planned expenditures may need to be reduced in order to extend the time period over which the then-available resources would be able to fund the Company’s operations.

Reverse Stock Split

In May 2015, the Company’s board of directors and its stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation to effect a reverse split of shares of the Company’s common stock on a 1-for-18.5 basis (the “Reverse Stock Split”). All authorized, issued and outstanding shares of common stock, convertible preferred stock, warrants for common stock and preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and the related per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this Reverse Stock Split for all periods presented. The Reverse Stock Split was effected on May 27, 2015.

Reincorporation in Delaware

On May 28, 2015, the Company reincorporated in Delaware and established the par value of each share of common and convertible preferred stock to be $0.001. In connection with the reincorporation, common stock and additional paid-in capital amounts in these financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the par value of common stock. All share information included in these financial statements has been adjusted to reflect this reincorporation.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, fair value of assets and liabilities, inventory, income taxes, convertible preferred stock and related warrants, common stock, and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Out-of-period and Other Adjustments

In the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded an out-of-period adjustment to increase the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, which was incorrectly valued at December 31, 2014 due to an error in the expected term assumption. The correction of this error resulted in an increase to the Company’s net loss of $370,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and a corresponding increase to the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. Management has assessed the impact of the adjustment and does not believe that the amount is material to any prior period financial statements, and the impact of correcting the error in the three months ended March 31, 2015 is not material to those financial statements and is not expected to be material to the financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2015. As a result, the Company has not restated any prior period amounts.

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company determined that expenses relating to research and development in 2014 had been incorrectly classified within selling, general and administrative expenses, due to an erroneous allocation of departmental expenses. The Company has revised the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 to correct the classification, which resulted in an increase to research and development expenses of $564,000, with a corresponding decrease to selling, general and administrative expenses. Management has assessed the impact of the correction and has concluded that it is not material to the previously issued statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as March 31, 2015 presents the Company’s balance sheet information as though all of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock had automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (an “IPO”). In addition, the pro forma balance sheet information assumes the reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity upon completion of an IPO, as the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock warrants. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information does not assume any proceeds from the proposed IPO.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2015, the statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit as of March 31, 2015, are unaudited. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to March 31, 2015, and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, are also unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015, or for any other interim period or for any future year.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market funds.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents a certificate of deposit held at a financial institution as collateral for the Company credit cards and a letter of credit related to the Company’s facility lease.

Short-Term Investments

All short-term investments are classified as “available-for-sale” and carried at estimated fair value as determined based upon quoted market prices or pricing models for similar securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported as a component of comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value judged to be other than temporary, if any, on available-for-sale securities are included in interest and other income, net, respectively, and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold. Interest on available-for-sale securities is included in interest and other income, net. Unrealized gains and losses and realized gains and losses on sale of short-term investments were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Company did not hold any short-term investments as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security in support of accounts receivable. Allowances are provided for individual accounts receivable when the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, such as in the case of bankruptcy, deterioration in the customer’s operating results or change in financial position. If circumstances related to customers change, estimates of the recoverability of receivables would be further adjusted. The Company also considers broad factors in evaluating the sufficiency of its allowance for doubtful accounts, including the length of time receivables are past due, significant one-time events, creditworthiness of customers and historical experience. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance was $11,000, $98,000 and $42,000 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. The Company did not have any write-offs relating to uncollectible accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. The Company has written off $84,000 (unaudited) as uncollectible accounts receivable to the allowance for doubtful accounts during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, based on Level 2 inputs and the borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms and consideration of the Company’s credit risk, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates its fair value.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 consist primarily of cash, which is held primarily by one domestic financial institution and exceeds federally insured limits, cash equivalents, and available for sale securities. The Company manages its liquidity risk by investing in a variety of money market funds and corporate debt. This diversification of investments is consistent with the Company’s policy to maintain liquidity and ensure the ability to collect principal. All investments are made pursuant to corporate investment policy guidelines which restrict investments to issuers evaluated as creditworthy.

Significant customers are those which represent 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue or net accounts receivable balance at each respective balance sheet date. For each significant customer, revenue as a percentage of total revenue and accounts receivable as a percentage of net accounts receivable are as follows:

 

     Revenue     Revenue      Accounts Receivable, net  
     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,      December 31,     March 31,
2015
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015      2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)                  (unaudited)  

Customers:

               

Customer A

     12     12     16     *         11     12      

Customer B

     —          *        *        *         —          12     10

Customer C

     13     *        *        *         *        —          —     

 

* Less than 10%

Inventory

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market (estimated net realizable value). Cost is determined using the standard cost method, which approximates the first-in, first out basis. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories, including raw materials and finished goods, to determine whether adjustments to the carrying value are required. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of goods sold and establish a new cost basis for the inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s assets are as follows:

 

Laboratory equipment

     3 years   

Leasehold improvements

     Shorter of lease term or estimated life of the assets   

Furniture and fixtures

     3 years   

Computer equipment and software

     2 to 3 years   

Manufacturing equipment

     5 years   

Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life or improve the asset are expensed when incurred.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Deferred Initial Public Offering Costs

Deferred initial public offering costs, primarily consisting of legal, accounting, printer and other direct fees and costs relating to the initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred initial public offering costs will be offset against the Company’s planned initial public offering proceeds upon the closing of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all of the deferred initial public offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company capitalized $40,000 and $1.4 million (unaudited), respectively, of deferred initial public offering costs within other non-current assets on the balance sheets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the total of estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, would be assessed using discounted cash flows or other appropriate measures of fair value. The Company has not recorded impairment charges on long-lived assets for the periods presented in these financial statements.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Freestanding warrants for shares that are contingently redeemable are classified as liabilities on the balance sheet at their estimated fair value because the shares underlying the warrants may obligate the Company to transfer assets to the holders at a future date under certain circumstances such as a deemed liquidation event. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date and the change in fair value, if any, is recognized as interest and other income, net in the statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (i) exercise or expiration of the warrants, or (ii) the completion of an IPO, at which time all convertible preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents all changes in stockholders’ deficit except those resulting from and distributions to stockholders. The Company’s unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments represent the only component of other comprehensive loss that is excluded from the reported net loss and has been presented in the statements of comprehensive loss.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of its products to hospitals and medical centers through direct sales representatives and independent sales agents. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

 

   

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

   

the sales price is fixed or determinable;

 

   

collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured at the time of sale; and

 

   

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company recognizes revenue when title to the goods and risk of loss transfers to the customer, which is upon shipment of the product under the Company’s standard terms and conditions. Shipping and handling costs billed to the customer are recorded in revenue.

Warranty Obligations

The Company does not offer rights of return or price protection and has no post-delivery obligations other than its standard warranty which entitles the customer to return defective products for a period of one year after sale. A warranty liability was not recorded for the periods presented in these financial statements as the estimated future warranty costs were insignificant based on the Company’s historical experience.

Medical Device Excise Tax

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, effective January 1, 2013, the Company began to incur a 2.3% excise tax on sales of medical devices in the United States. The medical device excise tax is included in cost of goods sold in the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015.

Research and Development

The Company’s research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs includes but are not limited to, payroll and personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, and allocated facilities and information services costs.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when, in management’s estimate, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The tax effects of the Company’s income tax positions are recognized only if they are more likely than not to be sustained based solely on the technical merits as of the reporting date. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company measures its stock-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair values of the awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, the Company’s stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

Segment Reporting

The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. All of the Company’s assets are maintained in the United States. The Company derives its revenue from sales to customers in the United States, based upon the billing address of the customer.

Net Loss per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share since the effect of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. Shares subject to repurchase are excluded from the weighted-average shares.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Common Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability as it will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of an IPO of the Company’s common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share does not include the shares to be sold and related proceeds to be received from an IPO.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, at which time the Company may adopt the new standard under the full retrospective method or the modified retrospective method. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. In doing so, companies will have reduced diversity in the timing and content of footnote disclosures than under today’s guidance. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15 on its financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03 , Interest-Imputation of Interest (“ASU No. 2015-03”). ASU No. 2015-03 which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance of debt issuance costs is not affected by the amendments in this update. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2016 and requires the Company to apply the new guidance on a retrospective basis on adoption. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company discloses and recognizes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to valuations based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to valuations based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation (Level 3 measurements). The guidance establishes three levels of the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1 —Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2— Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3 —Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level 1 and 2 assets and Level 3 liabilities. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1. Level 1 assets consist primarily of highly liquid money market funds that are included in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. At December 31, 2013, the Company’s Level 2 investments include corporate bonds that are based upon observable inputs that may include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, and issuer spreads. Level 3 liabilities consist of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The determination of the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability is discussed in Note 8. Generally, increases or decreases in the fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock would result in a directionally similar impact in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on the three-tier fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Money market funds (a)

   $ 4,563       $ —         $ —         $ 4,563   

Corporate debt

     —           853         —           853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,563       $ 853       $ —         $ 5,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —         $ —         $ 86       $ 86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 86       $ 86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets

           

Money market funds (a)

   $ 5,768       $ —         $ —         $ 5,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,768       $ —         $ —         $ 5,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —         $ —         $ 136       $ 136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 136       $ 136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
            (unaudited)         

Assets

        

Money market funds (a)

   $  19,768       $ —         $ —         $ 19,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,768       $ —         $ —         $ 19,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —         $ —         $ 640       $ 640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 640       $ 640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)  

Balances include $35,000 classified as non-current restricted cash as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability, the Company’s Level 3 financial liability, which is measured on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
   

Three Months

ended March 31,

 
     2013     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 232      $ 86      $ 136   

Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants

     22        572        —     

Change in fair value recorded in interest and other income (expense), net

     (168     (522     504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 86      $ 136      $ 640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

         December 31,          March 31,  
         2013              2014          2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $  1,421       $ 894       $ 698   

Work-in-process

     189         768         569   

Finished goods

     1,875         2,609         3,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory

   $ 3,485       $ 4,271       $ 4,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2013      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 547       $ 420       $ 702   

Tenant improvement allowance receivable

     —           2,064         670   

Other

     16         2         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 563       $ 2,486       $ 1,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     March 31,  
     2013     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Computer equipment and software

   $     249      $ 633      $ 691   

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment

     608        816        948   

Furniture and fixtures

     245        1,409        1,387   

Leasehold improvements

     257        6,541        6,909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, gross

     1,359        9,399        9,935   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (696     (858     (930
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 663      $ 8,541      $ 9,005   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $227,000 and $344,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $67,000 (unaudited) and $398,000 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2013      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued payroll-related expenses

   $ 941       $ 1,599       $ 1,874   

Accrued independent sales agent commissions

     153         227         329   

Accrued professional fees

     138         89         1,068   

Accrued costs for property and equipment

     —           1,453         793   

Accrued sales and marketing expenses

     —           95         351   

Deferred rent

     56         290         261   

Other

     167         409         483   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other current liabilities

   $ 1,455       $ 4,162       $ 5,159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases laboratory and office space in San Francisco, California, under a non-cancelable operating lease entered into in 2007 and expiring on January 31, 2016. In September 2013, the Company paid a security deposit of $90,000 that will be applied against the rent due under this lease in various periods from July 2014 until the expiration of the lease. In May 2014, the Company entered into a new non-cancelable facility lease agreement to relocate its operations to a larger facility in San Francisco. The lease commencement date was November 1, 2014 and the lease expires on October 31, 2024. At the inception of the lease, the Company provided the landlord with a security deposit of $1.1 million in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit, which was recorded in restricted cash on the balance sheet at both December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. The balance of the security deposit related to the first leased

 

F-18


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

facility was $90,000 and $67,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $45,000 (unaudited) at March 31, 2015, and was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases and accordingly, the Company records the difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of rent expense as a deferred rent liability. Incentives granted under the Company’s facilities leases, including allowances to fund leasehold improvements, are deferred and are recognized as adjustments to rental expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company is entitled to a $2.6 million tenant allowance in connection with the lease entered into in November 2014. The Company has utilized the entire $2.6 million allowance in connection with the costs incurred in connection with qualified costs as of December 31, 2014. The Company has recorded $2.1 million and $0.7 million (unaudited) as a receivable from the landlord for the reimbursement for costs incurred and not reimbursed as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively, which has been recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

The following table summarizes the Company’s future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2015

   $ 2,053   

2016

     2,053   

2017

     2,114   

2018

     2,178   

2019

     2,243   

Thereafter

     11,821   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,462   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s rent expense was $315,000 and $570,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively and $61,000 (unaudited) and $529,000 (unaudited) for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings arising from the ordinary course of its business. Management is currently not aware of any matters that will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. Pursuant to such agreements, the Company may indemnify, hold harmless and defend an indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. Some of the provisions will limit losses to those arising from third-party actions. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company has never incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification provisions. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by California corporate law. The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ insurance.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

6. DEBT

In December 2010, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) whereby the Company may borrow funds via a series of term loans. The first term loan (“Tranche I”) in the amount of $2.8 million was issued by SVB upon the signing of the loan agreement and the second term loan (“Tranche II”) in the amount of $2.1 million was issued in September 2011. Tranches I and II were repayable in monthly installments over three years from the issuance date, with the first six payments being interest only. Interest was payable at the U.S. Treasury note to maturity for a term equal to the Treasury Note Maturity as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15-Select Interest Rates under the heading “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Constant Maturities” on the funding date of the applicable loan plus a margin of 5.52% per annum. The loan and security agreement contains restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends.

In connection with Tranche I, in December 2010, the Company granted SVB a warrant to purchase 20,033 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $11.2314 per share. The warrant was recorded as a liability on the balance sheet on the date of issuance at its fair value of $141,000 and recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the debt. This debt discount was amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement. See Note 8 for further discussion regarding the warrants.

In July 2013, the Company entered into the first amendment to the loan and security agreement with SVB. The Company repaid the outstanding balance of $1.9 million on Tranches I and II including accrued interest and drew down a new term loan (“Tranche III”) in the amount of $2.5 million. Pursuant to the Tranche III loan agreement, the Company made interest-only payments at a stated rate of 6% per annum for the first eleven months from the funding date. Thereafter, the Company was obligated to pay monthly cash payments of principal and interest for a 30-month period with a balloon payment at maturity which was accreted as interest expense over the term of the loan. The Company was subject to a prepayment penalty equal to 2% of the outstanding principal amount at the prepayment date if the loan is prepaid on or before 18 months after its funding date. At December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance of the term loan was $2.5 million. The loan was repaid in February 2014.

In connection with Tranche III, in July 2013, the Company granted SVB a warrant to purchase 11,294 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at $12.395 per share. The warrant was recorded on the balance sheet on the date of issuance at its fair value of $23,000 and recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the debt. This debt discount was initially amortized to interest expense over the term of the agreement, resulting in an effective interest rate of approximately 13.3% per annum, until the repayment of Tranche III in February 2014 at which time the remaining unamortized balance of the debt discount of $19,000 was recognized in interest expense, together with a prepayment penalty of $50,000 and the unamortized portion of the balloon interest payment of $143,000. See Note 8 for further discussions regarding the warrants.

 

7. RELATED PARTY LOAN AGREEMENT

In February 2014, the Company entered into a loan agreement with HealthCare Royalty Partners (“HCRP”), a related party due to its equity ownership interest in the Company, for an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million in two separate tranches. The Company drew down the first tranche of $10.0 million upon execution of the loan agreement and repaid the outstanding balance of the Tranche III loan payable to SVB of $2.7 million. The second tranche of $5.0 million (unaudited) was drawn down in March 2015. Interest is payable quarterly at a fixed rate of 12.5% per annum with interest-only payments to be made from the effective date of the loan until March 31, 2017. Thereafter, the Company will make principal and interest payments until the maturity of the loan on December 31,

 

F-20


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

2020. The Company is permitted to make a voluntary prepayment in full, but not in part, prior to December 31, 2020, which prepayment must be made together with accrued and unpaid fixed interest on the amount prepaid and any additional amounts due in respect thereof, including an additional percentage of the aggregate loan amount or outstanding principal amount, depending on the date of prepayment. The Company’s obligations under the loan agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s assets, other than bank accounts, accounts receivable and inventory. The loan agreement imposes customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to fundamental transactions, the incurrence of additional indebtedness or liens and the payment of cash dividends, but does not include any financial covenants. The loan agreement contains a material adverse event clause which provides that an event of default will occur if, among other triggers, there occurs any circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operations or condition, or on the Company’s ability to perform its obligations under the loan. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, management does not believe that it is probable that the clause will be triggered within the next twelve months, and therefore the debt is classified as long-term. The loan agreement also includes customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and termination provisions. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

In connection with the loan agreement, the Company issued HCRP a warrant to purchase 84,553 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $13.3052 per share. The warrant was recorded on the balance sheet on the date of issuance at its fair value of $572,000 and recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the debt. See Note 8 for further discussion regarding the warrants. The Company also paid $200,000 in debt issuance costs to HCRP, which were recorded as a debt discount. The total debt discount is being amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loan.

Future payments due under the Company’s loan agreements as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2015

   $ 1,250   

2016

     1,250   

2017

     2,203   

2018

     3,034   

2019

     3,734   

Thereafter

     4,313   
  

 

 

 
     15,784   

Less: Amount representing interest

     (5,784

Less: Amount representing debt discount

     (653
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

   $ 9,347   
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Future payments due under the Company’s loan agreements as of March 31, 2015, which includes the $5.0 million (unaudited) additional borrowings in March 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31 (unaudited):

  

2015 (remaining nine months)

   $ 1,405   

2016

     1,875   

2017

     3,305   

2018

     4,547   

2019

     5,602   

Thereafter

     6,469   
  

 

 

 
     23,203   

Less: Amount representing interest

     (8,203

Less: Amount representing debt discount

     (618
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum payments

   $ 14,382   
  

 

 

 

 

8. WARRANTS

Common Stock Warrants

In March 2010, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 3,532 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.30 per share to a third party in exchange for recruiting services. The warrant is fully exercisable and expires upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the close of business on March 17, 2020, (b) a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or (c) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering. The Company recorded the warrants in equity at their fair value of $3,000 on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield, an estimated life equal to ten years, a risk-free interest rate of 3.73%, and volatility of 50%. The warrants remain outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

Preferred Stock Warrants

In September 2008, the Company issued a warrant to purchase a total of 14,660 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $17.2124 per share to a third party in conjunction with a loan. The warrant is fully exercisable and expires upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the close of business on September 15, 2018, or (b) a merger as defined in the loan agreement. The Company recorded the warrant as a liability on the balance sheet at its fair value of $150,000 on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield, an estimated life equal to ten years, a risk-free interest rate of 3.61%, and volatility of 49%. The fair value of the Series B warrant was $23,000, $5,000 and $43,000 (unaudited) at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

In December 2010, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 20,033 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.2314 per share to SVB in conjunction with the Tranche I loan. The warrant was immediately exercisable and expires upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the close of business on December 17, 2020, or (b) an acquisition as defined in the loan agreement. The Company recorded the warrant as a liability on the balance sheet at its fair value of $141,000 on the date of issuance using the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield, an estimated life equal to ten years, a risk-free interest rate of 3.29%, and volatility of 48%. The fair value of the Series C warrant was $41,000, $51,000 and $100,000 (unaudited) at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In July, 2013, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 11,294 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $12.395 per share to SVB in conjunction with the Tranche III loan. The warrant was immediately exercisable and expires upon the earliest to occur of: (a) the close of business on July 25, 2023, or (b) an acquisition as defined in the loan agreement. The Company recorded the warrant as a liability on the balance sheet at its fair value of $23,000 on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield, an estimated life equal to ten years, a risk-free interest rate of 2.90%, and volatility of 43%. The fair value of the Series D warrant was $22,000, $15,000 and $59,000 (unaudited) at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

In February 2014, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 84,553 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $13.3052 per share to HCRP, a related party, in conjunction with a loan. The warrant is immediately exercisable and expires upon the earliest to occur of: (a) February 28, 2024, or (b) an acquisition as defined in the warrant agreement. The Company recorded the warrant as a liability on the balance sheet at its fair value of $572,000 on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend yield, an estimated life equal to ten years, a risk-free interest rate of 2.71%, and volatility of 38%. The fair value of the Series E warrant was $65,000 at December 31, 2014 and $438,000 (unaudited) at March 31, 2015.

The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the valuation of the convertible preferred stock warrants at December 31, 2013 were: estimated life of 4.8 to 9.6 years, volatility of 43%, risk free rate of 1.58% to 2.90%, and no dividend yield. The fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrants at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 was determined using a hybrid method of the option-pricing model and a probability of various liquidity events required to trigger the conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrants. The scenarios included merger and acquisition events ranging in time to liquidity event of one to three years, an IPO occurring within six months to two years, and dissolution of the Company. The scenarios were weighted based on the Company’s estimate of each event occurring in deriving the estimated fair value of $136,000 and $640,000 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively.

The Company recorded a gain of $168,000 and $522,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and a gain of $10,000 (unaudited) and a loss of $504,000 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, representing the change in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability during the periods.

 

9. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     405,224         396,590       $ 2,646       $ 2,715   

Series B

     501,147         478,718         8,141         8,240   

Series C

     1,602,962         1,566,352         17,412         17,592   

Series D

     2,043,969         2,016,929         24,750         25,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,553,302         4,458,589       $ 52,949       $ 53,547   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     396,605         396,590       $ 2,646       $ 2,715   

Series B

     493,385         478,718         8,141         8,240   

Series C

     1,586,392         1,566,352         17,412         17,592   

Series D

     2,028,236         2,016,929         24,750         25,000   

Series E

     1,702,702         1,597,814         20,806         21,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,207,320         6,056,403       $ 73,755       $ 74,806   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

     March 31, 2015  
     (unaudited)  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     396,605         396,590       $ 2,646       $ 2,715   

Series B

     493,385         478,718         8,141         8,240   

Series C

     1,586,392         1,566,352         17,412         17,592   

Series D

     2,028,236         2,016,929         24,750         25,000   

Series E

     1,702,702         1,597,814         20,806         21,259   

Series F

     1,654,594         1,596,212         22,769         22,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7,861,914         7,652,615       $ 96,524       $ 97,704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant provisions of the convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Voting —Each share is entitled to voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which such share can be converted. Holders of the common stock voting as a separate class are entitled to elect two out of the nine members of the Board of Directors; holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock voting as separate classes are each entitled to elect one out of the nine members of the Board of Directors; and holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of common stock and preferred stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis, are entitled to elect two out of the nine members of the Board of Directors. Certain corporate actions require approval of holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis. In addition, certain corporate actions require the approval of at least 66 and 2/3% of the outstanding Series D convertible preferred stock or Series E convertible preferred stock, as applicable, voting as separate classes.

Conversion —Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock is convertible at the holder’s option at any time into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price of $6.8450, $17.2124, $11.2314, $12.395, $13.3052 and $14.3449 respectively, by the conversion price of $6.8450,

 

F-24


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

$14.4911, $10.558, $12.395, $13.3052 and $14.3449, respectively, and is subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and dilution. Each share of preferred stock automatically converts into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then applicable conversion ratio (i) immediately prior to the completion of the sale of shares of common stock in a public offering with a price of not less than $14.3449 per share, resulting in at least $40.0 million of gross proceeds to the Company or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least 65% of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock then outstanding (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), or with respect to the Series F preferred stock, the vote of the holders of a majority of the Series F preferred stock then outstanding. The Series A, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis. The Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock are convertible into common stock on a one-for-1.1878 and one-for-1.0638 basis, respectively.

Dividends Holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to noncumulative dividends of $0.4107, $1.032744, $0.673881, $0.7437, $0.798312 and $0.860694 respectively, per share per annum, if and when declared by the Board of Directors. These dividends are to be paid in advance of any distributions to common stockholders. No dividends have been declared through March 31, 2015, and the payment of cash dividends is restricted under the terms of the loan agreement with HCRP.

Liquidation Preferences In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of Series F are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $14.3449 per share, plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends. After this, the holders of Series E are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holders of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $13.3052 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. If upon occurrence of such an event, the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of Series E are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series E. Upon completion of the distribution to the holders of Series E, holders of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive prior and in preference to holders of common stock, an amount equal to $6.8450, $17.2124, $11.2314 and $12.395 per share for Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. If upon occurrence of such an event, after payment in full of preferential amounts due to holders of Series E convertible preferred stock, the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D convertible preferred stock. All remaining legally available assets of the Company are to be distributed pro rata to the holders of common stock. A liquidation may be deemed to be occasioned by or to include (i) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation in which the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction will, immediately after such transaction, fail to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the result of the surviving corporation; or (ii) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (an “Acquisition”). In the event of an Acquisition, each holder of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive the greater of the liquidation preference described above or the amount of cash, securities or other property to which the holder would be entitled to receive with respect to their shares if the convertible preferred stock had been converted into common stock immediately prior to such Acquisition.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Other Matters

The Company and certain of its preferred and common stockholders have entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement and an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, respectively. Among other things, the investor rights agreement provides the holders who are party to the agreement with registration rights and, in the event the Company proposes to make certain sales of its equity securities, provides major investors (as defined therein) with a right of first offer. Among other things, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement provides the Company and certain of its preferred and common stockholders with a right of first refusal, and stockholders with a right of co-sale in certain circumstances in which other stockholders propose to sell equity securities of the Company.

The Company has classified the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity on the balance sheets as the shares can be redeemed upon the occurrence of certain change in control events that are outside the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company. The Company has elected not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of shares of convertible preferred stock. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

Common Stock

The Company had reserved shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, for future issuance as follows:

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2013      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     4,648,382         6,246,196         7,842,408   

Options issued and outstanding

     911,403         1,379,503         1,359,142   

Shares available for future stock option grants

     503,906         315,876         682,971   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     3,532         3,532         3,532   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     50,017         134,570         134,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,117,240         8,079,677         10,022,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10. STOCK OPTION PLAN

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”), options and restricted stock may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 Plan is 1,915,340 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2,272,585 (unaudited) as of March 31, 2015, of which 315,876 and 682,971 (unaudited) shares were available for grant at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Any options under the 2005 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate will revert to the 2005 Plan and again become available for issuance.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Options granted under the Company’s 2005 Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than 100% the fair value of the common stock on the grant date and nonstatutory options may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices of no less than 85% of the fair value of the common stock on the grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors. All options granted under the 2005 Plan may be exercised before they are vested. Employee stock options generally vest 25% upon one year of continued service to the Company, with the remainder in monthly increments over three additional years. Stock options granted to consultants generally vest over the performance period of the consultancy agreement, ranging from two to four years. Options expire no more than ten years after the date of grant.

In the event of stock splits and stock dividends, the Board of Directors may increase or decrease proportionately the number of shares and the exercise (purchase) price per share deliverable to the 2005 Plan participants. In the event of a merger in which the Company is not the surviving entity or sale of substantially all the Company’s assets, all outstanding options must be either assumed or substituted by the surviving corporation, or may be required to be exercised or settled.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2005 Plan and related information:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Options
Available
for Grant
    Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                        (in thousands)  

Balances at December 31, 2012

     671,182        767,825      $ 2.41      

Options granted

     (193,844     193,844      $ 4.32      

Options exercised

     —          (23,698   $ 2.74      

Options forfeited

     26,568        (26,568   $ 3.10      
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances at December 31, 2013

     503,906        911,403      $ 2.79       $ 640   

Options authorized

     335,135        —          

Options granted

     (631,320     631,320      $ 3.15      

Options exercised

     —          (55,065   $ 1.43      

Options forfeited

     108,155        (108,155   $ 3.47      
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances at December 31, 2014

     315,876        1,379,503      $ 2.57       $ 9,483   
         

Options authorized (unaudited)

     357,245       
—  
  
    

Options exercised (unaudited)

     —          (10,511   $ 1.89      

Options forfeited (unaudited)

     9,850        (9,850   $ 3.04      
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Balances at March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

     682,971        1,359,142      $ 2.57       $ 11,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Options exercisable—December 31, 2014

       1,379,503      $ 2.57       $ 9,483   
    

 

 

      

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2014

       1,299,466      $ 2.53       $ 8,978   
    

 

 

      

Options exercisable—March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

       1,359,142      $ 2.57       $ 11,596   
    

 

 

      

Options vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

       1,291,804      $ 2.54       $ 11,059   
    

 

 

      

 

F-27


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors, as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company granted options with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $4.32 and $5.99 per share, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company granted options with a weighted average grant date fair value of $3.15 per share (unaudited). No options were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $24,000 and $310,000 in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $23,000 (unaudited) and $79,000 (unaudited) during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the period was $299,000 and $335,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $161,000 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding was 6.9 years and 7.8 years at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding was 7.6 years (unaudited) at March 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 the weighted-average remaining contractual life was 7.7 years and 6.5 years (unaudited), respectively, for vested and expected to vest options.

The options outstanding, vested and currently exercisable by exercise price under the 2005 Plan at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding and
Exercisable
     Options Vested  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

$0.19

     21,032         1.0         21,032       $ 0.19         1.0   

$1.30

     349,733         5.7         349,280       $ 1.30         5.7   

$1.48-1.67

     54,683         6.6         48,150       $ 1.65         6.5   

$2.22-2.78

     35,936         7.7         26,143       $ 2.35         7.5   

$3.15

     909,747         9.0         332,203       $ 3.15         8.1   

$4.81

     8,372         8.2         7,380       $ 4.81         8.2   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       
     1,379,503         7.8         784,188       $ 2.14         6.7   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

F-28


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The options outstanding, vested and currently exercisable by exercise price under the 2005 Plan at March 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding and
Exercisable
     Options Vested  
     (unaudited)  

Exercise Price

   Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

$0.19

     21,032         0.7         21,032       $ 0.19         0.7   

$1.30

     349,733         5.5         349,647       $ 1.30         5.5   

$1.48-1.67

     45,000         6.2         40,927       $ 1.64         6.1   

$2.22-2.78

     35,936         7.4         27,967       $ 2.35         7.3   

$3.15

     899,069         8.6         370,843       $ 3.15         7.9   

$4.81

     8,372         7.9         8,120       $ 4.81         7.9   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       
     1,359,142         7.6         818,536       $ 2.20         6.6   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

Early Exercise of Stock Options

The 2005 Plan allows for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Shares issued as a result of early exercise that have not vested are subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of the purchaser’s employment or services, at the price paid by the purchaser. The Company’s right to repurchase these shares generally lapses 1/48 of the original grant date amount per month over four years. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, there were 17,972 and 17,566 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively, subject to the Company’s right of repurchase at a weighted-average price of $2.59 and $2.34 per share, respectively. As of March 31, 2015, there were 16,272 (unaudited) shares of common stock outstanding subject to the Company’s right of repurchase at a weighted-average price of $2.37 (unaudited) per share.

Employee Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, includes compensation expense for stock-based awards granted to employees based on the grant date fair value of $266,000 and $606,000, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, includes compensation expense for stock-based awards granted to employees based on the grant date fair value of $82,000 (unaudited) and $163,000 (unaudited), respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, there were total unamortized compensation costs of $2.0 million related to unvested stock options which the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 3.0 years. As of March 31, 2015, there were total unamortized compensation costs of $1.7 million (unaudited) related to unvested stock options which the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 3.0 years.

On April 30, 2014, the Company modified the terms of 348,871 vested and unvested stock option awards by reducing their exercise price from $4.81 to $3.15 per share. There was no change in any of the other terms of the option awards. The modification resulted in an incremental value of $226,000 being allocated to the options, of which $158,000 was recognized to expense immediately based on options that were vested at the time of the modification. The remaining incremental value of $68,000 attributable to unvested shares is being recognized over their remaining vesting term.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the assumptions below. Each of these inputs is subjective and its determination generally requires significant judgment.

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended March 31,
     2013    2014                2014                             2015 (A )             
               (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

   6.0    6.0    6.0    —  

Expected volatility

   43%    35% – 38%    38%    —  

Risk-free interest rate

   1.08% – 1.82%    1.80% – 1.93%    1.91%    —  

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    —  

 

(A)

No stock options were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Fair Value of Common Stock —The fair value of the shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, its Board of Directors has determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including the Company’s stage of development, sales of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the Company’s operating and financial performance, equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, the lack of liquidity of the Company’s capital stock, and the general and industry-specific economic outlooks.

Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that the share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company used the simplified method to determine the expected term, which is calculated as the average of the time to vesting and the contractual life of the options.

Expected Volatility —Because the Company is privately held and does not have any trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. When selecting comparable publicly traded companies in a similar industry on which it has based its expected stock price volatility, the Company selected companies with comparable characteristics to it, including enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock-based awards. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ common stock during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option.

Dividend Yield —The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Non-Employee Stock-Based Compensation

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company granted options to purchase 11,615 and 9,239 shares, respectively, of common stock to consultants for research and development and

 

F-30


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

general and administrative services. No options were granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, none of the consultants’ options had been exercised, and 36,846 options remained outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.98 per share.

The fair value of non-employee awards is estimated at the time the services are delivered and is remeasured at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended March 31,
     2013    2014    2014    2015
               (unaudited)

Expected term (in years)

   8.0 – 9.6    8.0 – 9.3    8.0 – 10.0    8.1 – 9.1

Expected volatility

   43%    35%    43%    34%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.76% – 2.90%    2.21% – 2.72%    2.72%    1.79% – 1.86%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    0%

Stock-based compensation expense related to non-employee awards was $13,000 and $57,000 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense related to non-employee awards was $5,000 (unaudited) and $10,000 (unaudited) during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Total Stock-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, which was included in the statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
          2013                2014           2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of goods sold

   $ 4       $ 23       $ 1       $ 17   

Selling, general and administrative

     233         547         76         95   

Research and development

     42         93         10         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 279       $ 663       $ 87       $ 173   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11. INCOME TAXES

The Company has incurred net operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, therefore has no provision for income taxes recorded for such years. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company generated losses before taxes in the United States of $12.1 million and $20.7 million, respectively and no foreign income or losses. The Company’s deferred tax assets continue to be fully offset by a valuation allowance.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2013               2014       

Tax at statutory federal rate

     34.0     34.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     4.9        3.8   

Tax credits

     1.0        1.3   

Change in valuation allowance

     (40.1     (37.8

Other

     0.2        (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2014  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 17,364      $ 23,574   

Research and development

     626        782   

Accrued liabilities and other

     509        590   

Stock-based compensation

     194        259   

Fixed assets

     95        100   

Tenant improvement allowance

     —          970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     18,788        26,275   

Valuation allowance

     (18,788     (26,275
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $4.9 million and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and there were no releases of the valuation allowance in these years.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards (before tax effects) for federal and state income tax purposes of $60.9 million and $53.8 million, respectively. These federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2026 and 2016, respectively, if not utilized. In addition, the Company has federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $591,000 and $684,000, respectively, to offset future income tax liabilities. The federal research and development tax credits will begin to expire in 2024, if not utilized, while the state research and development tax credit can be carried forward indefinitely.

Federal and California tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and credit carry-forwards in the event of an “ownership change” for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Due to ownership changes since inception, the Company’s net operating losses may be limited as to their usage. In the event the Company has additional changes in ownership, utilization of the carryforwards could be further restricted.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2013                2014       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 157       $ 209   

Additions for tax positions taken in current year

     52         69   

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

     —           (17
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 209       $ 261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would not have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate to the extent that the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. The Company does not expect a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months. The unrecognized tax benefits may increase or change during the year for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes. Management determined that no accrual for interest and penalties was required as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

The Company’s tax years 2005-2014 will remain open for examination by the federal and state authorities for three and four years, respectively, from the date of utilization of any NOL or research and development credits.

 

12. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The Company computes net income (loss) per share of common stock in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders of the convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a noncumulative dividend on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on common stock. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to convertible preferred stock are excluded from the computation of net income per common share, basic and diluted. The holders of all series of convertible preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. As such, the Company’s net losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 were not allocated to these participating securities. As the Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, all potential common shares were determined to be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share during

 

F-33


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
                 (Unaudited)  
     2013     2014     2014     2015  

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (12,109   $ (20,662   $ (4,712   $ (9,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     633,146        673,573        661,325        720,874   

Less: weighted-average unvested common shares subject to repurchase

     (739     (20,378     (19,515     (17,237
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     632,407        653,195        641,810        703,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (19.15   $ (31.63   $ (7.34   $ (12.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from diluted net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

     Years ended December 31,      Quarter ended March 31,  
     2013      2014      2014      2015  
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     4,648,382         6,246,196         6,246,196         7,842,408   

Options to purchase common stock

     911,403         1,379,503         1,316,819         1,359,142   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     3,532         3,532         3,532         3,532   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     50,017         134,570         134,570         134,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,613,334         7,763,801         7,701,117         9,339,652   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13. PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the convertible preferred

 

F-34


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

stock warrant liability as it will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of an IPO of the Company’s common stock.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,

2015
 
            (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (20,662    $ (9,032

Less: Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (522      504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (21,184    $ (8,528
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic

     653,195         703,637   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     6,018,562         7,132,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,671,757         7,836,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.18    $ (1.09
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In February and March 2015, the Company entered into the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with new and existing investors and issued an aggregate of 1,596,212 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock at a price of $14.3449 per share for net proceeds of $22.9 million. The holders of the Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non- cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.860694 per share when and if declared by the board of directors. In connection with the issuance of the Series F convertible preferred stock, the Company amended its articles of incorporation and revised the conditions under which all series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock would automatically convert into common stock. Based on the revised terms, the Company’s convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock upon the earlier of (i) an IPO with gross proceeds of not less than $40.0 million to the Company and in which the per share price is at least $14.3449; or (ii) with respect to the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, the vote of the holders of at least 65% of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis, or (iii) with respect to the Series F convertible preferred stock, the vote of the holders of a majority of the Series F convertible preferred stock then outstanding. Shares of Series F convertible preferred stock convert into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

In February 2015, the Company entered into an accounts receivable credit facility with SVB that permits the borrowing of the lesser of $7.5 million or an amount representing up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable. The credit facility matures in February 2018 and the Company’s obligations under the credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in the Company’s bank accounts, accounts receivable, and inventory. Interest on borrowed amounts is payable monthly at the prime rate plus 0.75%. The credit facility imposes customary affirmative and restrictive covenants, including with respect to fundamental transactions, changes to the Company’s business, the incurrence of additional indebtedness or liens and the payment of dividends, but does not include any financial covenants. In addition, the credit facility states that if the Company maintains a net cash balance, defined as

 

F-35


Table of Contents

INVUITY, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

unrestricted cash held with SVB less any borrowings on the revolving line of credit, of more than $3.0 million, then all collections will be deposited in the Company’s operating account. If the net cash balance is below $3.0 million, then all collections will be held in an SVB-controlled account and applied to reduce the loan balance. The credit facility also includes customary representations and warranties, events of defaults and termination provisions. As of March 13, 2015, the Company has not drawn down on the credit facility.

On May 27, 2015, the Company effected a 1-for-18.5 reverse stock split. On May 28, 2015, the Company reincorporated in Delaware. Refer to Note 1 for further details.

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through March 13, 2015, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. For the reissuance of the financial statements, the Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through May 29, 2015.

 

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

In April and May 2015, the Company granted options to purchase 521,512 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.48 per share.

On May 27, 2015, the Company effected a 1-for-18.5 reverse stock split. On May 28, 2015, the Company reincorporated in Delaware. Refer to Note 1 for further details.

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through May 12, 2015, the date these unaudited interim financial statements were available to be issued. For the reissuance of these unaudited interim financial statements, the Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through May 29, 2015.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LOGO

Enhancing direct visualization in minimally invasive and minimal access surgery


Table of Contents
LOGO
INVUITY intelligent photonics TM 4,000,000 Shares INVUITY, INC. Common Stock PROSPECTUS Piper Jaffray
Leerink Partners Stifel William Blair , 2015


Table of Contents

PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 8,553   

FINRA filing fee

     11,540   

Exchange listing fee

     125,000   

Printing and engraving

     310,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,725,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,282,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     5,000   

Miscellaneous

     32,907   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,500,000   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of the Registrant will provide that:

 

   

The Registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the Registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the Registrant’s request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

   

The Registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

   

The Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

   

The Registrant will not be obligated pursuant to the amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the Registrant’s board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

The rights conferred in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and the Registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

   

The Registrant may not retroactively amend the bylaw provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.

The Registrant’s policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also to provide for certain additional procedural protections. The Registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the Registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to the Registrant’s directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “Item 17. Undertakings” for more information on the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding such indemnification provisions.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the last three years, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Warrants

In July 2013, the Registrant issued a warrant to purchase 11,294 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor at an exercise price of $12.395 per share.

In February 2014, the Registrant issued a warrant to purchase 84,553 shares of its Series E convertible preferred stock to one accredited investor at an exercise price of $13.3052 per share.

Sales of Convertible Preferred Stock

In June 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 2,016,929 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock to a total of 26 accredited investors at a purchase price of $12.395 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $25,000,000.

In February 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,597,814 shares of its Series E convertible preferred stock to a total of 21 accredited investors at a purchase price of $13.3052 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $21,260,000.

In February 2015, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,411,650 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock to a total of three accredited investors at a purchase price of $14.3449 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $20,250,000.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

In March 2015, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 184,562 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock to a total of eight accredited investors at a purchase price of $14.3449 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $2,647,572.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

From May 29, 2012 through May 29, 2015, pursuant to the terms of its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, the Registrant granted to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 1,572,494 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.59 to $15.91 per share.

From May 29, 2012 through May 29, 2015, pursuant to the terms of its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, the Registrant issued and sold to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 95,264 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options at exercise prices ranging from $1.30 to $4.81 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $172,072.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales, and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this registration statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction

 

II-3


Table of Contents

the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Francisco, California, on June 1, 2015.

 

Invuity, Inc.

By:  

/s/ Philip Sawyer

  Philip Sawyer
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Philip Sawyer

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  June 1, 2015

Philip Sawyer

 

    
/s/ Michael Gandy   

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  June 1, 2015
Michael Gandy     

*

  

Director

  June 1, 2015
Gregory B. Brown     

/s/ William W. Burke

  

Director

  June 1, 2015
William W. Burke     

*

  

Director

  June 1, 2015
Randall A. Lipps     

*

  

Director

  June 1, 2015
Gregory T. Lucier     

*

  

Director

  June 1, 2015
Eric W. Roberts     

*

  

Director

  June 1, 2015
Reza Zadno     

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Gandy

  Michael Gandy
  Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

    1.1             Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1             Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as currently in effect.
    3.2             Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon closing of the offering.
    3.3             Bylaws of the Registrant as currently in effect.
    3.4             Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon closing of the offering.
    4.1             Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2**         Fourth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated February 6, 2015, as amended on March 4, 2015, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  4.3**         Warrant to purchase shares of Series B convertible preferred stock issued to Lighthouse Capital Partners VI, L.P., dated September 15, 2008.
  4.4**         Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 17, 2010.
  4.5**         Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated July 25, 2013.
  4.6**         Warrant to purchase shares of Series E convertible preferred stock issued to HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P., dated February 28, 2014.
  5.1             Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
  10.1             Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.
  10.2**         Invuity, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and form of agreement thereunder, as currently in effect.
  10.3+**      

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan of the Registrant to be effective upon closing of the offering.

  10.4             2015 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder to be effective upon closing of the offering.
  10.5**         Lease, dated as of October 29, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Peter P. Tong, as amended on May 6, 2010, September 6, 2011 and November 10, 2012. (Terminated)
  10.6**         Office Lease Agreement, dated May 9, 2014, by and between the Registrant and 444 De Haro VEF VI, LLC, as amended on November 7, 2014, and currently in effect.
  10.7**         Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
  10.8             Loan Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P., as amended on May 19, 2015 and May 28, 2015, and currently in effect.
  10.9+           Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 15, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Philip Sawyer.
  10.10+         Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 19, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Doug Heigel.
  10.11+         Executive Employment Agreement, dated May 19, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Paul O. Davison.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Description

  23.1             Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  23.2             Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1**         Power of Attorney (included in page II-5 to the registration statement on Form S-1 filed on April 17, 2015).
  24.2             Power of Attorney for William W. Burke.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 1.1

[ ] Shares 1

Invuity, Inc.

Common Stock

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

[ ] , 2015

PIPER JAFFRAY & CO.;

LEERINK PARTNERS LLC;

As Representatives of the several

  Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Piper Jaffray & Co.

  800 Nicollet Mall

  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

c/o Leerink Partners LLC

  299 Park Avenue, 21st Floor

  New York, New York 10171

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Invuity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company” ) proposes to sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters” ) an aggregate of [ ] shares (the “Firm Shares” ) of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock” ), of the Company. The Firm Shares consist of [ ] authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to be issued and sold by the Company. The Company has also granted to the several Underwriters an option to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of Common Stock on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 3 hereof (the “Option Shares” ). The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement” ) are herein collectively called the “Securities.”

As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Piper Jaffray & Co. (the “Designated Underwriter” ) has agreed to reserve out of the Firm Shares purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [ ] shares for sale to the Company’s directors, employees and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, the “Directed Stock Participants” ), as set forth in the Prospectus (as defined herein) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Stock Program” ) and subject to the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ( FINRA ). The Firm Shares to be sold by the Designated Underwriter

 

1  

Plus an option to purchase up to [ ] Option Shares.


pursuant to the Directed Stock Program (the “Directed Stock” ) will be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Stock not subscribed for by [the end of the business day] [9:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the business day after the date] on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with respect to the sale of the Securities to the several Underwriters, for whom Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC are acting as representatives (the “Representatives” ).

1. Registration Statement and Prospectus . A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-203505) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act” ), and the rules and regulations ( “Rules and Regulations” ) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) thereunder and has been filed with the Commission. Such registration statement, including the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto, as of the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information (as defined below), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement” . The Company will prepare and file a prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations that discloses the information previously omitted from the prospectus in the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, which information will be deemed retroactively to be a part of the Registration Statement in accordance with Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations ( “Rule 430A Information” ). If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations to increase the size of the offering registered under the Act, the Company will prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such increase pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations (such registration statement, including the contents of the Registration Statement incorporated by reference therein is the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” ). References herein to the “Registration Statement” will be deemed to include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement at and after the time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. “Preliminary Prospectus” means any prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the effective time of the Registration Statement, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Rules and Regulations and each prospectus that omits Rule 430A Information used after the effective time of the Registration Statement. “Prospectus” means the prospectus that discloses the public offering price and other final terms of the Securities and the offering and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the Act. All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, is deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System or any successor system thereto ( “EDGAR” ).

 

2


2. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

(a) Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . The Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has been declared effective by the Commission. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) has been issued by the Commission and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. As of the time each part of the Registration Statement (or any post-effective amendment thereto) became or becomes effective, such part conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. Upon the filing or first use within the meaning of the Rules and Regulations, each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any supplement to either) conformed or will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof or the time of first use within the meaning of the Rules and Regulations, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at the effective time of each part thereof, at the First Closing Date (as defined below) or at the Second Closing Date (as defined below), contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Time of Sale (as defined below), neither (A) the Time of Sale Disclosure Package (as defined below) nor (B) any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined below), when considered together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, at the First Closing Date or at the Second Closing, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties in this Section 2(a)(ii) shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation of such document, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

 

3


Each reference to an “issuer free writing prospectus” herein means an issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Rules and Regulations.

“Time of Sale Disclosure Package” means the Preliminary Prospectus dated [                    ], any free writing prospectus set forth on Schedule III and the information on Schedule IV, all considered together.

Each reference to a “free writing prospectus” herein means a free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

“Time of Sale” means [ ] :00 ** [a/p] m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement.

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .

(A) Each issuer free writing prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in Section 4(a)(iii)(B), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any issuer free writing prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you or by any Underwriter through you specifically for use therein; it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e).

(B) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(C) Each issuer free writing prospectus satisfied, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities, all other conditions to use thereof as set forth in Rules 164 and 433 under the Act.

(iv) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below)) through the date

 

4


hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company” ). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act.

(v) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as defined below) other than those listed on Schedule V hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Act, and when taken together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package as of the Time of Sale, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(vi) No Other Offering Materials . The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the Company; provided, however, that, except as set forth on Schedule III, the Company has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a free writing prospectus, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(a)(xiii) of this Agreement, and, except as set forth on Schedule V, the Company has not made and will not make any communication relating to the Securities that would constitute a Testing-the-Waters Communication, except in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a)(v) of this Agreement.

(vii) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes, set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and fairly present the financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistently applied throughout the periods involved; the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein; all non-GAAP financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus complies with the requirements of

 

5


Regulation G and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Act; and, except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K under the Act, Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) or any other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons, that may have a material current or, to the Company’s knowledge, material future effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources or significant components of revenue or expenses. No other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has delivered its opinion with respect to the financial statements filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is (x) an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (y) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” )) and (z) not in violation of the auditor independence requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(viii) Organization and Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the business, prospects, management, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company, taken as a whole ( “Material Adverse Effect” ).

(ix) Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Company has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock, of the Company, or any material adverse change in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, management, properties, operations or results of operations of the Company, taken as a whole ( “Material Adverse Change” ) or any development which could reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Change.

(x) Absence of Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of

 

6


the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit or proceeding (a) to which the Company is a party or (b) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of the Company, any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any property or assets owned or leased by the Company before or by any court or Governmental Authority (as defined below), or any arbitrator, which, individually or in the aggregate, might result in any Material Adverse Change, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Securities. There are no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, pending, legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings (x) to which the Company is subject or (y) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director of the Company, any employee plan sponsored by the Company or any property or assets owned or leased by the Company, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Disclosure Package and Prospectus by the Act or by the Rules and Regulations and that have not been so described.

(xi) Authorization; No Conflicts; Authority . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s charter or by-laws or (C) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or arbitrator or federal, state, local or foreign governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of their properties or assets (each, a “Governmental Authority” ), except in the case of clause (A) as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or registration or filing with any Governmental Authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except such as may be required under the Act, the rules of FINRA or The NASDAQ Global Market or state securities or blue sky laws; and the Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement.

(xii) Capitalization; the Securities; Registration Rights . All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the outstanding shares of Common Stock, are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state and foreign

 

7


securities laws, were not issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities that have not been waived in writing (a copy of which has been delivered to counsel to the Representatives); the Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of the Company, including the Common Stock, conforms to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, (A) there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s charter, by-laws or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, (B) neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company that have not been validly waived in writing (collectively “Registration Rights” ) and (C) any person to whom the Company has granted Registration Rights has agreed not to exercise or has otherwise validly waived in writing such rights until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below). The Company has authorized, except for subsequent issuances, if any, contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus under the caption “Capitalization.” The Common Stock (including the Securities) conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xiii) Stock Options . Except as described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements (the “Company Stock Plans” ), and the options (the “Options” ) or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. Each grant of an Option (A) was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Option was by its terms to be effective by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and (B) was made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Stock Plan, and all applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including all applicable federal securities laws.

 

8


(xiv) Compliance with Laws . The Company holds, and is operating in compliance in all respects with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business except where the failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Effect and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect except where the failure to be valid and in full force and effect would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company has not received written notice of any revocation or modification of any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order that is required for its operation and does not have reason to believe that any such franchise, grant, authorization, license, permit, easement, consent, certification or order will not be renewed in the ordinary course; and the Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees, except where the failure to comply would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xv) Ownership of Assets . The Company has good and marketable title to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus as being owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects except such as are described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus or do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company. The property held under lease by the Company is held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company.

(xvi) Intellectual Property . The Company owns, possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be conducted, except as such failure to own, possess, or acquire such rights would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Furthermore, (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any such Intellectual Property, except as such infringement, misappropriation or violation would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (C) the Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company, has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (D) there is

 

9


no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim except as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company, except as such violation would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. “Intellectual Property” shall mean all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, domain names, technology, know-how and other intellectual property.

(xvii) Regulatory Compliance . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company: (i) has not received any unresolved FDA Form 483, notice of observations, warning letter, untitled letter or other written correspondence from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ( “FDA” ), or any other court or arbitrator or federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authority, alleging or asserting noncompliance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.); (ii) is and has been in material compliance with applicable health care laws, including without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.), the federal Anti-kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Anti-Inducement Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a(a)(5)), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, the exclusion laws, Social Security Act § 1128 (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws, and all other local, state, federal, national, supranational and foreign laws relating to the regulation of the Company (collectively, “Health Care Laws” ); (iii) possesses all material licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Health Care Laws and/or to carry on its businesses as now conducted ( “Authorizations” ) and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (iv) has not received written notice of any ongoing claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Authority or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation,

 

10


arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (v) has not received written notice that any Governmental Authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to suspend or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Authority is considering such action; (vi) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments thereto as required by any Health Care Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission); (vii) has not, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated, conducted, or issued or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, “dear doctor” letter, or other notice or action relating to the alleged lack of safety or efficacy of any product or any alleged product defect or violation and, to the Company’s knowledge, no third party has initiated or conducted any such notice or action; (viii) is not party to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or similar agreements, or have any reporting obligations pursuant to any such agreement, plan or correction or other remedial measure entered into with any Governmental Authority; and (ix) neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, its respective officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors has been or is currently excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs or any other state or federal health care program.

(xviii) Clinical Studies . The studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials conducted by or, to the knowledge of the Company, on behalf of, the Company with respect to programs that are currently in development or in discovery that are described in the Prospectus, were and, if still pending, are, in all material respects, being conducted in accordance with applicable experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to applicable laws and Authorizations; the descriptions of the results of such studies, tests and trials contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are accurate and complete in all material respects and fairly present the data derived from such studies, tests and trials; except to the extent disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has no knowledge of any studies, tests or trials the results of which the Company believes reasonably call into question the study, test, or trial results described or referred to in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus when viewed in the context in which such results are described and the clinical state of development; and the Company has not received any notices or correspondence from any Governmental Authority requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of any studies, tests or preclinical or clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of the Company.

(xix) No Violations or Defaults . The Company is not (a) in violation of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents or (b) in breach of or otherwise in default, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default in the performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other material contract, lease or other instrument to which it is subject or by which any of them

 

11


may be bound, or to which any of the material property or assets of the Company is subject, other than, with respect to clause (b) hereof, such breaches or defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Taxes . The Company has timely filed all federal and foreign income tax returns required to be filed and all material state, local and franchise tax returns required to be filed and is not in default in the payment of any taxes which were payable pursuant to said returns or any assessments with respect thereto, other than any which the Company is contesting in good faith. There is no pending dispute with any taxing authority relating to any of such returns, and the Company has no knowledge of any proposed liability for any tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of the Company for which there is not an adequate reserve reflected in the Company’s financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(xxi) Exchange Listing and Exchange Act Registration . The Securities have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market upon official notice of issuance and, on the date the Registration Statement became effective, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A or other applicable form under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), became effective. Except as previously disclosed to counsel for the Underwriters or as set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no affiliations with members of FINRA among the Company’s officers or directors or, to the knowledge of the Company, any five percent or greater stockholders of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the submission date of the first confidential draft registration statement relating to the Registration Statement, or at any time thereafter.

(xxii) Ownership of Other Entities . The Company has no subsidiaries. The Company does not, directly or indirectly, own any capital stock or other equity or ownership or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, association, trust or other entity.

(xxiii) Internal Controls . The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and none of the Company, its board of directors and audit committee is aware of any “significant deficiencies” or “material weaknesses” (each as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in its internal control over financial reporting, or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other

 

12


employees of the Company who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls; and since the end of the latest audited fiscal year, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s board of directors has, subject to the exceptions, cure periods and the phase-in periods specified in the applicable stock exchange rules ( “Exchange Rules” ), validly appointed an audit committee to oversee internal accounting controls whose composition satisfies the applicable requirements of the Exchange Rules and the Company’s board of directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the Exchange Rules.

(xxiv) No Brokers or Finders . Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company has not incurred and will not incur any liability for any finder’s or broker’s fee or agent’s commission in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(xxv) Insurance . The Company carries, or is covered by, insurance from reputable insurers in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries; all policies of insurance and any fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; there are no claims by the Company under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxvi) Investment Company Act . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(xxvii) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company is in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as an Emerging Growth Company and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(xxviii) Disclosure Controls . The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) and such controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company is made known to the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer.

(xxix) Anti-Bribery and Anti-Money Laundering Laws . Each of the Company and any of its officers, directors, supervisors, managers or employees, and, to the

 

13


Company’s knowledge, its affiliates and any of their respective officers, directors, supervisors, managers, agents or employees, has not violated, and the Company’s participation in the offering will not violate, each of the following laws, if applicable to the Company: (A) anti-bribery laws, including but not limited to, any applicable law, rule, or regulation of any locality, including but not limited to any law, rule, or regulation promulgated to implement the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed December 17, 1997, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or any other law, rule or regulation of similar purposes and scope or (B) anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to, applicable federal, state, international, foreign or other laws, or regulations regarding anti-money laundering, including, without limitation, Title 18 U.S. Code section 1956 and 1957, the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, and international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the United States is a member and with which the designation the United States representative to the group or organization continues to occur, all as amended, and any Executive order, directive, or regulation pursuant to the authority of any of the foregoing, or any orders or licenses issued thereunder. The Company has adopted a policy, effective as of the First Closing Date, designed to ensure compliance with applicable anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws.

(xxx) OFAC .

(A) Neither the Company nor any of its directors, officers or employees, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of the Company, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by an individual or entity that is:

(1) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions” ), nor

(2) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(B) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity:

(1) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any individual or entity or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

14


(2) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(C) For the past five years, the Company has not knowingly engaged in, and is not now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any individual or entity, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(xxxi) Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except as disclosed in the Time of Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (A) is not in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any Governmental Authority or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “Environmental Laws” ), (B) has not released hazardous or toxic substances on any real property, (C) is not liable for any off-site disposal of hazardous or toxic substances pursuant to any Environmental Laws, and (D) is not subject to any claim arising under any Environmental Laws, except for such violation, release, liability or claim that would not individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware of any pending investigation which would reasonably be expected to result in a claim arising under Environmental Law that could individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware of any material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws that will be required in the next twelve months.

(xxxii) Compliance with Occupational Laws . The Company (A) is in compliance, in all material respects, with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, treaties, statutes and codes promulgated by any and all Governmental Authorities (including pursuant to the Occupational Health and Safety Act) relating to the protection of human health and safety in the workplace ( “Occupational Laws” ); (B) has received all material permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Occupational Laws to conduct its business as currently conducted; and (C) is in compliance, in all material respects, with all terms and conditions of such permit, license or approval, except for non-compliances, failure to receive permits, licenses, approvals, or failure to comply with such permit, license, or approval would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. No action, proceeding, revocation proceeding, writ, injunction or claim is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company relating to the Company’s compliance with Occupational Laws that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company does not have knowledge of any facts, relating to its operations or cost accounting practices that would reasonably be expected to form the basis for or give rise to such actions, suits, investigations or proceedings that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15


(xxxiii) ERISA and Employee Benefits Matters . (A) To the knowledge of the Company, no “prohibited transaction” as defined under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code and not exempt under ERISA Section 408 and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan. At no time has the Company or any ERISA Affiliate maintained, sponsored, participated in, contributed to or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, or Section 412 of the Code or any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or any multiple employer plan for which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or could incur liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA. Each Employee Benefit Plan is and has been operated in material compliance with its terms and all applicable laws, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code and, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred (including a “reportable event” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) and no condition exists that would subject the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to any material tax, fine, lien, penalty or liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law. Each Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a) is so qualified and has a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS upon which it can rely, and any such determination or opinion letter remains in effect and has not been revoked; to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred since the date of any such determination or opinion letter that is reasonably likely to adversely affect such qualification. As used in this Agreement, “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; “Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA and all stock purchase, stock option, stock-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, under which (x) any current or former employee, director or independent contractor of the Company has any present or future right to benefits and which are contributed to, sponsored by or maintained by the Company or (y) the Company has had or has any present or future obligation or liability; “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; and “ERISA Affiliate” means any member of the company’s controlled group as defined in Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

(xxxiv) Labor Matters . No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxv) Disclosure of Legal Matters . There are no statutes, regulations, legal or governmental proceedings or contracts or other documents required to be described in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or in the Prospectus or included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or included as required.

 

16


(xxxvi) DSP Compliance . Except with notice to the Representatives and compliance with applicable laws, none of the Directed Stock distributed in connection with the Directed Stock Program will be offered or sold outside of the United States.

(xxxvii) Statistical Information . Any third-party statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(xxxviii) Forward-looking Statements . No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(xxxix) Rated Securities . The Company does not have any preferred stock or debt securities that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for the purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act.

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Securities .

(a) Firm Shares . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell [ ] Firm Shares to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto. The purchase price for each Firm Share shall be $ [ ] per share. The obligation of each Underwriter to the Company shall be to purchase from the Company that number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives to avoid fractional shares) which represents the same proportion of the number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company pursuant to this Agreement as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto represents to the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting severally and not jointly; except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3 and in Section 8 hereof, the agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase only the respective number of Firm Shares specified in Schedule I.

(b) Option Shares . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares, for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by the Underwriters in the sale and distribution of the Firm Shares. The option granted hereunder may be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) within 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the Representatives to the Company and to the Attorneys-in-Fact setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the date and time, as determined by

 

17


you, when the Option Shares are to be delivered, but in no event earlier than the First Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day or later than the tenth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. If the option is exercised, each Underwriter shall be obligated to purchase from the Company the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by the several Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representatives in such manner as the Representatives deem advisable to avoid fractional shares. No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

(c) Payment and Delivery .

(i) The Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in book-entry form in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as Piper Jaffray & Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company, shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to Piper Jaffray & Co., through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ), for the account of such Underwriter, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to Piper Jaffray & Co. at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [ ] , 2015 or such other time and date as Piper Jaffray & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Option Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by Piper Jaffray & Co. in each written notice given by Piper Jaffray & Co. of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares, or such other time and date as Piper Jaffray & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Closing Date” , each such time and date for delivery of the Option Shares, if not the First Closing Date, is herein called a “Second Closing Date” , and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Closing” .

(ii) The documents to be delivered at each Closing by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 5 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(l) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 650 Town Center, 20 th Floor, Costa Mesa, California, 92626 (the “Closing Location” ), and the Securities will be delivered to Piper Jaffray & Co., through the facilities of the DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, all at such Closing. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at  [ ]  [a.m./p.m.], New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Closing, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 3, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

18


(d) Purchase by Representatives on Behalf of Underwriters . It is understood that you, individually and not as Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment to the Company, on behalf of any Underwriter for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter. Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such Underwriter of any of its obligations hereunder. Nothing herein contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an unincorporated association or partner with the Company.

4. Covenants .

(a) Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters as follows:

(i) Required Filings . The Company will prepare and file a Prospectus with the Commission containing the Rule 430A Information omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and Regulations. If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations to increase the size of the offering registered under the Act and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has not yet been filed and become effective, the Company will prepare and file the Rule 462 Registration Statement with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rule 462(b) and the Act. The Company will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your request, any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in your opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will furnish the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus and will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus to which you shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.

(ii) Notification of Certain Commission Actions . The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

(iii) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .

(A) Within the time during which a prospectus (assuming the absence of Rule 172) relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act by any Underwriter or dealer, the Company will comply with all

 

19


requirements imposed upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective investors, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) to comply with the Act, the Company promptly will (x) notify you of such untrue statement or omission, (y) amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and (z) notify you when any amendment to the Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or when any supplement to the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) is filed.

(B) If at any time following issuance of an issuer free writing prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such issuer free writing prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the Securities or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company (x) has promptly notified or promptly will notify the Representatives of such conflict, untrue statement or omission, (y) has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such issuer free writing prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission and (z) has notified or promptly will notify you when such amendment or supplement was or is filed with the Commission to the extent required to be filed by the Rules and Regulations.

(iv) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities for sale under the securities laws of such domestic United States or foreign jurisdictions as you reasonably designate or as is necessary to effect the distribution of the Directed Stock and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process in any state.

 

20


(v) Provision of Documents . The Company will furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all consents and exhibits filed therewith), and to the Underwriters and any dealer each Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.

(vi) Rule 158 . The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (which, for purposes of this paragraph, will be deemed to be the effective date of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if applicable) that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

(vii) Payment and Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (B) all expenses and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not including fees of the Underwriters’ counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Securities, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and the printing, delivery, and shipping of this Agreement and other underwriting documents, including Blue Sky Memoranda (covering the states and other applicable jurisdictions), (C) all filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriters’ counsel incurred in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale by the Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of the states and other jurisdictions which you shall designate, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar, (E) the filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of Underwriters’ counsel incident to any required review and approval by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities (such fees and expenses of counsel not to exceed $20,000, excluding filing fees), (F) listing fees, if any, (G) the cost and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with marketing of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants (other than representatives of the Underwriters), including 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (with the remaining 50% of such costs to be paid by the Underwriters), (H) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the

 

21


Directed Stock Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Stock Program and (I) all other costs and expenses of the Company incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein. Except as provided in this Section and Section 6 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 9 hereof or if the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled, the Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all out-of-pocket accountable disbursements (including but not limited to fees and disbursements of counsel, printing expenses, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder.

(viii) Use of Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required in accordance with Rule 463 of the Rules and Regulations.

(ix) Company Lock Up .

(A) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period” ), (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

(B) The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (1) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (2) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding as of the date hereof and described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, (3) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the

 

22


Prospectus; provided, that, prior to the issuance of any such shares of Common Stock or other securities where the shares of Common Stock or other securities vest within the Restricted Period, the Company shall cause each recipient of such grant or issuance to execute and deliver to you a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) and issue stop order restrictions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement, (4) the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the Company’s equity incentive plans in effect on the date hereof and described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (5) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock, or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, in connection with the acquisition by the Company of the securities, business or assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, or in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (5) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and provided further, that the Company shall cause each recipient of such shares or other securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to such issuance, a Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop order restrictions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement.

(x) Stockholder Lock-Ups . The Company has caused to be delivered to you prior to the date of this Agreement a Lock-Up Agreement, from each individual or entity that is a holder of securities of the Company, other than those individuals or entities listed on Schedule II. The Company will enforce the terms of each Lock-Up Agreement and issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-Up Agreement. If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions of any Lock-Up Agreement between an officer or director of the Company and the Representatives and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by means of a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, issued through a major news service, at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(xi) No Market Stabilization or Manipulation . The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or

 

23


manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has not effected any sales of Common Stock which are required to be disclosed in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Act which have not been so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

(xii) SEC Reports . The Company will file on a timely basis with the Commission such periodic and special reports as required by the Rules and Regulations.

(xiii) Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter severally represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule III. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representatives is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an issuer free writing prospectus, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 of the Rules and Regulations applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions in Rule 433 to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show. Each Underwriter severally represents and agrees that, (A) unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not distributed, and will not distribute any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication other than those listed on Schedule V, and (B) any Testing-the-Waters Communication undertaken by it was with entities that are qualified institutional buyers with the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act.

(xiv) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (A) completion of the distribution of Securities within the meaning of the Act and (B) completion of the 180-day restricted period referenced to in Section 4(a)(ix) hereof.

(b) [RESERVED.]

5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at each of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, to the

 

24


performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Required Filings; Absence of Certain Commission Actions . All filings required by Rules 424, 430A and 433 of the Rules and Regulations shall have been timely made (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . No Underwriter shall have advised the Company that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact which, in your opinion, is material or omits to state a material fact which, in your opinion, is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any issuer free writing prospectus contains an untrue statement of fact which, in your opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in your opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

(c) Absence of Certain Events . Except as contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company shall not have incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt of the Company (other than as a result of the conversion of convertible securities), or any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company, or any Material Adverse Change or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

(d) Opinion of Company Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, the opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1.

(e) Opinion of Intellectual Property Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, the opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, intellectual property counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2.

 

25


With respect to Sections 5(d) and 5(e) above, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinions of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation described in Sections 5(d) and 5(e) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company, as the case may be, and shall so state therein.

(f) Opinion of Underwriters’ Counsel . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the several Underwriters, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, with respect to the formation of the Company, the validity of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and other related matters as you reasonably may request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(g) Comfort Letter . On the date hereof, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed after the date hereof and on each Closing Date you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall have received a letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated such date and addressed to you, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

(h) Officers’ Certificate . On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as Representatives of the Underwriters, a certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you, signed by the chief executive officer and by the chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect that:

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct as if made at and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date; and

(ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body.

 

26


(i) Lock-Up Agreement . The Underwriters shall have received all of the Lock-Up Agreements referenced in Section 4 and the Lock-Up Agreements shall remain in full force and effect.

(j) Other Documents . The Company shall have furnished to you and counsel for the Underwriters such additional documents, certificates and evidence as you or they may have reasonably requested.

(k) FINRA No Objections . FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

(l) Exchange Listing . The Securities to be delivered on such Closing Date will have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory in form and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters. The Company will furnish you with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as you shall reasonably request.

6. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the 430A Information and any other information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to the Rules and Regulations, if applicable, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, any issuer information that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “road show” ), or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof; it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by an Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(f).

 

27


The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the “Designated Entities” ), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Directed Stock Participants in connection with the Directed Stock Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which they were made; (ii) caused by the failure of any Directed Stock Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Stock that the Directed Stock Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Stock Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Designated Entities.

(b) Indemnification by the Underwriters . Each Underwriter will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus, any issuer information that the Company has filed or is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any road show, or (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you, or by such Underwriter through you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof (it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by an Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(e)), and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Notice and Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any

 

28


liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, it is advisable for the Underwriters to be represented as a group by separate counsel, the Representatives shall have the right to employ a single counsel (in addition to local counsel) to represent the Representatives and all Underwriters who may be subject to liability arising from any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters under subsection (a) of this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the Underwriters as incurred. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the last paragraph in Section 6(a) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Designated Entities for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Stock Program if representation of the Underwriters and the Designated Entities by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. An indemnifying party shall not be obligated under any settlement agreement relating to any action under this Section 6 to which it has not agreed in writing. In addition, no indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party for all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to this Section 6(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

(d) Contribution; Limitations on Liability; Non-Exclusive Remedy . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative

 

29


benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint. The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that might otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(e) Information Provided by the Underwriters . The Underwriters severally confirm and the Company acknowledges that the statements with respect to (i) the concession figure set forth in first paragraph under the subheading “Discounts and Commissions,” (ii) sales to accounts over which the underwriters exercise discretionary authority set forth in the last paragraph under the subheading “Listing” and (iii) the public offering of the Securities by the Underwriters set forth in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the subheading “Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” under the caption “Underwriting” in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus are correct and constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus.

7. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the several Underwriters and the Company contained in Section 6 hereof, shall

 

30


remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Securities to and by the Underwriters hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

8. Substitution of Underwriters .

(a) Obligation to Purchase Under Certain Circumstances . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased does not aggregate more than 10% of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for (in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations hereunder as set forth in Schedule I hereto except as may otherwise be determined by you) the Firm Shares that the withdrawing or defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) Termination Under Certain Circumstances . If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be purchased hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased aggregates more than 10% of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto, and arrangements satisfactory to you for the purchase of such Firm Shares by other persons are not made within 36 hours thereafter, this Agreement shall terminate. In the event of any such termination neither the Company shall be under any liability to any Underwriter (except to the extent provided in Section 4(a)(vii) and Section 6 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter who shall have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted under this Agreement, to purchase the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased hereunder) be under any liability to the Company (except to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof).

(c) Postponement of Closing . If Firm Shares to which a default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters or by any other party or parties, the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that the necessary changes in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, in the Prospectus or in any other documents, as well as any other arrangements, may be effected. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 8.

(d) No Relief from Liability . No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

9. Termination .

(a) Right to Terminate . You, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 3(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall

 

31


have failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on The NASDAQ Global Market or New York Stock Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on The NASDAQ Global Market or New York Stock Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of the Commission or any other Governmental Authority, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, or (vi) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4(a)(vii) and Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

(b) Notice of Termination . If you elect to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company shall be notified promptly by you by telephone, confirmed by letter.

10. Default by the Company .

(a) Default by the Company . If the Company shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and deliver the number of Securities which it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any Underwriter or, except as provided in Section 4(a)(vii) and Section 6 hereof, any non-defaulting party.

(b) No Relief from Liability . No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.

11. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Underwriters, shall be mailed via overnight delivery service or hand delivered via courier, to the Representatives c/o Piper Jaffray & Co., 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, to the attention of Equity Capital Markets and separately, General Counsel, and c/o Leerink Partners LLC, One Federal Street, 37th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 to the attention of Jack Fitzgerald; and (ii) if to the Company, shall be mailed or delivered to it at 444 De Haro Street, San Francisco, California 94107, to the attention of Chief Executive Officer and separately, General Counsel, or in each case to such other address as the person to be notified may have requested in writing. Any party to this Agreement may change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new address for such purpose.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors referred to in Section 6. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from any of the several Underwriters.

 

32


13. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Representatives have been retained solely to act as an underwriter in connection with the sale of the Securities and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives have been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Representatives have advised or are advising the Company on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; (d) it has been advised that the Representatives are acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of the Representatives and the other Underwriters, and not on behalf of the Company; (e) it, he or she waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

14. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

33


16. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The Section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

34


Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this Agreement whereupon this Agreement will become a binding agreement between the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
I NVUITY , I NC .
By:

 

Name:
Title:

 

Confirmed as of the date first above mentioned, on behalf of themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto.
P IPER J AFFRAY  & C O .
By

 

Managing Director

L EERINK P ARTNERS LLC
By

 


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares (1)
Piper Jaffray & Co.   
Leerink Partners LLC   
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated   
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.   
  

 

Total
  

 

 

(1) The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional [ ] Option Shares, to the extent the option described in Section 3(b) of the Agreement is exercised, in the proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.


SCHEDULE II

List of Individuals and Entities Not Executing Lock-Up Agreements


SCHEDULE III

Certain Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses


SCHEDULE IV

Pricing Information


SCHEDULE V

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications


EXHIBIT A

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Company Counsel Opinion

 

B-1


EXHIBIT B-2

Form of Company Intellectual Property Counsel Opinion

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

Form of Company Press Release for Waivers or Releases

of Officer/Director Lock-Up Agreements

Invuity, Inc.

[ ], 2015

Invuity, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Piper Jaffray and Leerink Partners, as the representatives of the underwriters, are [waiving] [releasing] [a] lock-up restriction[s] with respect to an aggregate of [ ] shares of common stock held by certain [officers] [directors] of the Company. These [officers] [directors] entered into lock-up agreements with the representatives in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

This [waiver] [release] will take effect on [ date that is at least 2 business days following date of this press release ].

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

INVUITY, INC.

Invuity, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Invuity, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 6, 2015.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Invuity, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Philip Sawyer, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on April 7, 2015

 

/s/ Philip Sawyer

Philip Sawyer
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Invuity, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

A. Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is Three Hundred Fifty Six Million Fifty-Five Thousand Four Hundred Seventy-Five (356,055,475) of which Two Hundred Ten Million Six Hundred Ten Thousand (210,610,000) shares shall be Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and One Hundred Forty-Five Million Four Hundred Forty-Five Thousand Four Hundred Seventy-Five (145,445,475) shares shall be Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), Seven Million Three Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand Two Hundred Four (7,337,204) shares of which are designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), Nine Million One Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Nine (9,127,629) shares of which are designated as Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), Twenty-Nine Million Three Hundred Forty-Eight Thousand Two Hundred Sixty-Four (29,348,264) shares of which are designated as Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), Thirty-Seven Million Five Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Eight (37,522,378) shares of which are designated as Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”), Thirty One Million Five Hundred Thousand (31,500,000) shares of which are designated as Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”), and Thirty Million Six Hundred Ten Thousand (30,610,000) shares of which are designated as Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Preferred Stock ”).

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The voting power, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Preferred Stock are as follows:


  1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis and prior to and in preference to the holders of Common Stock dividends at the rate of (i) $0.0222 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, subdivisions and the like after the filing date hereof (collectively, “ Recapitalizations ”)) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them; (ii) $0.055824 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any Recapitalizations) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them; (iii) $0.036426 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any Recapitalizations) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them; (iv) $0.0402 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any Recapitalizations) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them; (v) $0.043152 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any Recapitalizations) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them; and (vi) $0.046524 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any Recapitalizations) for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them; per annum, payable out of funds legally available therefor. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) No dividends (other than those payable solely in the Common Stock of the Company) shall be paid on any Common Stock of the Company during any fiscal year of the Company unless the full preferential dividends of the Preferred Stock set forth in Section 1(a) above shall have first been declared and paid. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(c) The holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock can waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under this Section 1 upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as converted to common basis (the “ Requisite Percentage ”).

 

  2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Company by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $0.7754 for each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series F Issue Price ”), plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts,

 

-2-


then, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

(b) After the payment or setting aside for payment to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 2(a), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Company by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to seventy-one and ninety-two hundredth cents ($0.7192) for each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series E Issue Price ”), plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled.

(c) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall, upon completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a) and 2(b), be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Common Stock of the Company by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) for the outstanding shares of each such series of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock as follows, plus any and all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares: (A) thirty-seven cents ($0.37) for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series A Issue Price ”); (B) ninety three and four hundredths cents ($0.9304) for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series B Issue Price ”); (C) sixty and seventy-one hundredths cents ($0.6071) for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series C Issue Price ”) and (D) sixty-seven cents ($0.67) for each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series D Issue Price ”) (each of the Original Series A Issue Price, the Original Series B Issue Price, the Original Series C Issue Price, the Original Series D Issue Price, the Original Series E Issue Price and the Original Series F Issue Price, an “ Original Issue Price ” and, collectively, the “ Original Issue Prices ”). If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled. Upon the completion of the distributions required by Sections 2(a) and 2(b) and this Section 2(c), the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

-3-


(d) (i) For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than (i) any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, or (ii) any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company; or (B) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (which includes the exclusive, irrevocable licensing of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to a third party) (any such acquisition or sale described in clause (A) or (B), an “ Acquisition ”); provided, however , that the treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as an Acquisition pursuant to clause (A) or (B) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of the Requisite Percentage. In the event of an Acquisition that is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall be entitled to receive at the closing of such Acquisition (and at each date after the closing on which additional amounts (such as earnout payments, escrow amounts and other contingent payments) are paid to stockholders of the Company) in cash, securities or other property the amounts as specified in Sections 2(a), 2(b) and Section 2(c). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any Acquisition, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive at the closing of such Acquisition (and at each date after the closing on which additional amounts (such as earnout payments, escrow amounts and other contingent payments) are paid to stockholders of the Company), for each share of each series of Preferred Stock then held, out of the proceeds available for distribution, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive with respect to such shares in an Acquisition pursuant to Section 2(a), Section 2(b) or Section 2(c), as the case may be (without giving effect to this Section 2(d)) or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in an Acquisition with respect to such shares (together with all other shares of Preferred Stock) if such shares (together with all other shares of Preferred Stock) had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition.

(ii) In any of such events, if the consideration received by the Company is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or other last sale reporting system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 20-day period ending two (2) days prior to the closing (or such other period as is set forth in the agreement or agreements setting forth the terms of such Acquisition);

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter (but not on a last sale reporting system), the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 20-day period ending two days prior to the closing (or such other period as is set forth in the agreement or agreements setting forth the terms of such Acquisition); and

 

-4-


(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount, if any, from the market value determined as set forth above in Section 2(d)(ii)(A)(1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(iii) The Company shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than ten (10) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or ten (10) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Company shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than ten (10) days after the Company has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than five (5) days after the Company has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the vote or written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to common basis.

(iv) In the event the requirements of this Section 2(d) are not complied with, the Company shall forthwith either:

(A) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or

(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(d)(iii) hereof.

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holders thereof.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the

 

-5-


Company or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by (i) dividing the Original Series A Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, for each such share of Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) dividing the Original Series B Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, for each such share of Series B Preferred Stock; (iii) dividing the Original Series C Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, for each such share of Series C Preferred Stock; (iv) dividing the Original Series D Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, for each such share of Series D Preferred Stock; (v) dividing the Original Series E Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, for each such share of Series E Preferred Stock; and (vi) dividing the Original Series F Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion, for each such share of Series F Preferred Stock. As of the filing date hereof, the “ Conversion Price ” per share for each series of Preferred Stock is as follows: (A) $0.37 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock; (B) $0.7833 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock; (C) $0.5707 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock; (D) $0.67 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock; (E) $0.7192 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock; and (F) $0.7754 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock. Each of the foregoing Conversion Prices for the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Series A-E Preferred Stock ”) and Series F Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the then applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the sale by the Company of Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Company, that results in gross offering proceeds (before deduction of underwriters’ discounts and commissions and expenses) to the Company of not less than $40,000,000 and in which the per share price is at least $0.7754 (as appropriately adjusted for any Recapitalizations) (the “ Initial Offering ”), or (ii) with respect to the Series A-E Preferred Stock, the vote of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Series A-E Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common basis, or (iii) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock, the vote of the holders of a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

-6-


(c) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) Before any holder of a share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued; provided, however , that in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b), the outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holder of such shares and whether or not the certificate representing such shares is surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, further, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the surrender by a holder of the certificate representing shares of the Preferred Stock in accordance with this Section 4(c), issue and deliver at such office to such holder of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates, for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(ii) If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of such series of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of such series of Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of such series of Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations .

(i) The applicable Conversion Prices of the series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(A) If the Company shall issue, after the date upon which any share of Series F Preferred Stock was first issued (the “ Purchase Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than, (i) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, (ii) in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock (and for the sake of clarity, not the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock), (iii) in

 

-7-


the case of Series C Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, (iv) in the case of Series D Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, (v) in the case of Series E Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, and (vi) in the case of Series F Preferred Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Company for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Additional Stock so issued. For the purpose of the foregoing calculation, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if all shares of Preferred Stock and all other purchase rights or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (collectively, “ Convertible Securities ”) had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance and any currently exercisable warrants, options or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities had been fully exercised immediately prior to such issuance (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible), but not including in such calculation any additional shares of Common Stock issuable with respect to shares of Preferred Stock, Convertible Securities, or currently exercisable options, warrants or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or Convertible Securities, solely as a result of the adjustment of such Conversion Price (or other conversion ratios) resulting from the issuance of Additional Stock causing such adjustment.

(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(3) and 4(d)(i)(E)(4) below, no adjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Company for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment applicable thereto.

 

-8-


(E) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Purchase Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, Convertible Securities, or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Convertible Securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i) and Section 4(d)(ii):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Sections 4(d)(i)(C) and 4(d)(i)(D)), if any, received by the Company upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange for any such Convertible Securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such Convertible Securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Company for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Sections 4(d)(i)(C) and 4(d)(i)(D)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Company upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such Convertible Securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities; provided, however, that this subsection shall not have any effect on any conversion of the Preferred Stock prior to such change or increase.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities; provided, however, that this subsection shall not have any effect on any conversion of the Preferred Stock prior to such change or increase.

 

-9-


(5) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(1) and 4(d)(i)(E)(2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(3) or 4(d)(i)(E)(4).

(ii) “Additional Stock” with respect to any series of Preferred Stock shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Company after the Purchase Date other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Purchase Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to Board-approved stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements provided that each such other arrangement is approved by a majority vote of directors then serving on the Board of Directors;

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Purchase Date;

(C) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, sale or exchange of stock, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by a majority vote of directors then serving on the Board of Directors;

(D) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company;

(E) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by a majority vote of directors then serving on the Board of Directors;

(G) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with licensing agreements or arrangements or strategic transactions or partnerships involving the Company and other entities, including but not limited to (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by a majority vote of directors then serving on the Board of Directors;

(H) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with the Initial Offering; or

(I) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in any transaction in which exemption from the adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(d)(i) is approved by the affirmative vote of the Requisite Percentage.

 

-10-


(iii) In the event the Company should at any time or from time to time after the Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents.

(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Purchase Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(v) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the operation of, and any adjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to, the provisions of Section 4(d)(i) may be waived with respect to any specific series of Preferred Stock, either prospectively or retroactively in a particular instance by a writing executed by the registered holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any waiver pursuant to this Section 4(d)(v) shall bind all future holders of the shares of Preferred Stock for which rights have been waived. In the event that a waiver of adjustment of a Conversion Price under this Section 4(d)(v) results in different Conversion Prices for shares of a series of Preferred Stock, the Secretary of this Company shall maintain a written ledger identifying the Conversion Price for each share of such series of Preferred Stock. Such information shall be made available to any person upon request.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event the Company shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Company or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which their shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such distribution.

 

-11-


(f) Recapitalizations, Reorganizations, Mergers, etc . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization merger, consolidation, sale of assets, subdivision or reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in Section 2) provisions shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of asset or subdivision. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets, subdivision to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the each series of Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Company, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (C) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (D) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, to receive any other right, or to exchange their shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon a reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the

 

-12-


Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice in accordance with Section 4(j) specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, right or other exchange, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution, right or other exchange.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect such conversion; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect such conversion, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed effective and given upon: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) one (1) business day after delivery by confirmed facsimile transmission, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next day delivery, freight prepaid, or (d) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Post Office for delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the holder at the address appearing in the books and records of this Company on the date of such notice. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, all notice periods or requirements contained in this Certificate of Incorporation may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the Requisite Percentage; provided, however that this Company shall provide notice of such event or action promptly after it has occurred or has been taken.

 

  5. Voting Rights .

(a) Voting Other than for Directors . Except as required by law and in Section 5(b) below, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could be converted on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, and, except as otherwise required by law, with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock. The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote and upon any other matter submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company, except as to those matters required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation to be submitted to a class vote.

 

-13-


(b) Voting for Directors . (A) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Series A Designee ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors; (B) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Series B Designee ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors; (C) the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Series C Designee ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors; (D) the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Series D Designee ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director; (E) the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “ Series E Designee ” and, together with the Series A Designee, the Series B Designee, the Series C Designee and the Series D Designee, the “ Preferred Designees ” and each a “ Preferred Designee ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director; (F) the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors; and (G) the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director; provided, however , that no director may be removed when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect the director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of the director’s most recent election were then being elected.

6. Protective Provisions . In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Company shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, and either directly or indirectly by subsidiary), without first obtaining:

(a) the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock:

(i) authorize, effect or obligate itself to effect, in a single transaction or pursuant to a series of related transactions, (i) any acquisition of or merger with any other company, entity or business (other than an acquisition of or a merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary, whether direct or indirect), whether effected directly or indirectly, including by license or (ii) any exclusive, irrevocable license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property.

 

-14-


(b) the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the Requisite Percentage:

(i) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of any series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue (including any reclassification of any class or series of Common Stock), any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, any series of Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(iii) pay dividends on, exchange, reclassify, cancel, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Common Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Preferred Stock; provided, however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment;

(iv) cause the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Bylaws (including by way of any reorganization, merger or consolidation);

(v) effect any adverse change to the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, any series of Preferred Stock;

(vi) increase or decrease the number of authorized directors (which increase or decrease will require the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the Requisite Percentage);

(vii) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers under any stock option plan or restricted stock plan;

(viii) sell, assign, mortgage, pledge, license or otherwise encumber or transfer any material asset of the Company; or

(ix) guarantee, assume or incur indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $750,000.

 

-15-


(c) for so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock:

(i) adversely alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock, including without limitation by merger or consolidation, in a manner that disproportionately impacts the Series D Preferred Stock relative to one or more other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(iv) reclassify, or incur any obligation to reclassify, any class or series of shares (including any reclassification of any class or series of Common Stock) into any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(v) except as otherwise provided in Article IV, Section B.4(b), (A) adversely affect the priority of the liquidation preference of the Series D Preferred Stock relative to the liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, (B) adversely affect the aggregate amount of the liquidation preference of the Series D Preferred Stock before paying the liquidation preference of any other series of Preferred Stock (other than those having a preference over the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation rights), or (C) take or cause to be taken any vote, action or other event or circumstance that would require or permit conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock to Common Stock or another series of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to the imposition of a “pay to play” that requires holders of Series D Preferred Stock to invest in a future financing transaction in order to avoid conversion of their Series D Preferred Stock to Common Stock or another series of capital stock of the Company);

(vi) cause the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Bylaws (including by way of reorganization, merger or consolidation) if such action would adversely change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock in a manner that disproportionately impacts the Series D Preferred Stock relative to one or more other series of Preferred Stock; or

(vii) pay dividends on, exchange, reclassify, cancel, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of any capital stock (other than those having a preference over the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights, conversion rights or redemption rights) prior to the Series D Preferred

 

-16-


Stock; provided, however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment.

(d) for so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock:

(i) adversely alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock, including without limitation by merger or consolidation, in a manner that disproportionately impacts the Series E Preferred Stock relative to one or more other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(iv) reclassify, or incur any obligation to reclassify, any class or series of shares (including any reclassification of any class or series of Common Stock) into any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(v) except as otherwise provided in Article IV, Section B.4(b), (A) adversely affect the priority of the liquidation preference of the Series E Preferred Stock relative to the liquidation preference of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, (B) adversely affect the aggregate amount of the liquidation preference of the Series E Preferred Stock before paying the liquidation preference of any other series of Preferred Stock (other than those having a preference over the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation rights), or (C) take or cause to be taken any vote, action or other event or circumstance that would require or permit conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock to Common Stock or another series of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to the imposition of a “pay to play” that requires holders of Series E Preferred Stock to invest in a future financing transaction in order to avoid conversion of their Series E Preferred Stock to Common Stock or another series of capital stock of the Company);

(vi) cause the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Bylaws (including by way of reorganization, merger or consolidation) if such action would adversely change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner that disproportionately impacts the Series E Preferred Stock relative to one or more other series of Preferred Stock; or

 

-17-


(vii) pay dividends on, exchange, reclassify, cancel, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of any capital stock prior to the Series E Preferred Stock (other than those having a preference over the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights, conversion rights or redemption rights); provided, however , that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment.

(e) for so long as any shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock:

(i) adversely alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock, including without limitation by merger or consolidation, in a manner that disproportionately impacts the Series F Preferred Stock relative to one or more other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(iv) reclassify, or incur any obligation to reclassify, any class or series of shares (including any reclassification of any class or series of Common Stock) into any equity security having a preference over, or being on a parity or pari passu with, the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights or liquidation rights;

(v) except as otherwise provided in Article IV, Section B.4(b), (A) adversely affect the priority of the liquidation preference of the Series F Preferred Stock relative to the liquidation preference of any other series of Preferred Stock, (B) adversely affect the aggregate amount of the liquidation preference of the Series F Preferred Stock before paying the liquidation preference of any other series of Preferred Stock (other than those having a preference over the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation rights), or (C) take or cause to be taken any vote, action or other event or circumstance that would require or permit conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock to Common Stock or another series of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to the imposition of a “pay to play” that requires holders of Series F Preferred Stock to invest in a future financing transaction in order to avoid conversion of their Series F Preferred Stock to Common Stock or another series of capital stock of the Company);

 

-18-


(vi) cause the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Bylaws (including by way of reorganization, merger or consolidation) if such action would adversely change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock in a manner that disproportionately impacts the Series F Preferred Stock relative to one or more other series of Preferred Stock;

(vii) pay dividends on, exchange, reclassify, cancel, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of any capital stock (other than those having a preference over the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights, conversion rights or redemption rights); provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost or at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment;

(viii) consummate an initial public offering that is not the Initial Offering; or

(ix) undertake an Acquisition, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, unless the assets or funds of the Company to be distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock is to be allocated, paid, distributed or otherwise transferred in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the per share consideration received by the holders of Series F Preferred Stock is at least equal to the Original Series F Issue Price.

7. Status of Converted or Reacquired Shares . Any share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be retired and have the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular series by the Board of Directors.

C. The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Common Stock are as set forth below in this Section C.

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be distributed as provided in Section B.2 of Article IV.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

-19-


4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote for each such share; shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company; and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

ARTICLE V

A. The Board of Directors shall have the power, subject to the provisions of Section B.6 of Article IV, both before and after receipt of any payment for any of the Company’s capital stock, to adopt, amend, repeal or otherwise alter the Bylaws of the Company without any action on the part of the stockholders; provided, however, that the grant of such power to the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of nor limit their power, subject to the provisions of Section B.6 of Article IV, to adopt, amend, repeal or otherwise alter the Bylaws without any action by the Board of Directors.

B. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless (i) a stockholder demands election by ballot at the meeting where the directors are to be elected and before voting begins or (ii) the Bylaws of the Company shall so require.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection

 

-20-


with any such Proceeding. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Company shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-21-

Exhibit 3.2

INVUITY, INC.

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Invuity, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Company is Invuity, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 6, 2015.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Company is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Invuity, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of this Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Company is authorized to issue is One Hundred Ten Million (110,000,000) shares, consisting of One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).


4.2 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV.

4.3 Common Stock .

(a) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Company , as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Company) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Company, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

-2-


4.4 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions that dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including, without limitation, sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

5.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Company shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall

 

-3-


expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

5.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Company only for cause.

5.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

-4-


7.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

8.2 Indemnification .

The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

-5-


Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Company or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Company to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Invuity, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this      day of May, 2015.

 

By:

 

Philip Saywer
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

INVUITY, INC.

Adopted April 7, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   
1.1    Place of Meetings      1   
1.2    Annual Meeting      1   
1.3    Special Meeting      1   
1.4    Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      2   
1.5    Quorum      2   
1.6    Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2   
1.7    Conduct of Business      2   
1.8    Voting      3   
1.9    Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      3   
1.10    Record Dates      4   
1.11    Proxies      5   
1.12    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      5   
ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS      6   
2.1    Powers      6   
2.2    Number of Directors      6   
2.3    Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      6   
2.4    Resignation and Vacancies      6   
2.5    Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      7   
2.6    Conduct of Business      7   
2.7    Regular Meetings      7   
2.8    Special Meetings; Notice      7   
2.9    Quorum; Voting      8   
2.10    Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      8   
2.11    Fees and Compensation of Directors      8   
2.12    Removal of Directors      9   
ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES      9   
3.1    Committees of Directors      9   
3.2    Committee Minutes      9   
3.3    Meetings and Actions of Committees      9   
3.4    Subcommittees      10   
ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS      10   
4.1    Officers      10   
4.2    Appointment of Officers      10   
4.3    Subordinate Officers      10   
4.4    Removal and Resignation of Officers      11   
4.5    Vacancies in Offices      11   
4.6    Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      11   
4.7    Authority and Duties of Officers      11   
ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION      11   
5.1    Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings      11   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

          Page  
5.2    Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company      12   
5.3    Successful Defense      12   
5.4    Indemnification of Others      12   
5.5    Advanced Payment of Expenses      12   
5.6    Limitation on Indemnification      13   
5.7    Determination; Claim      13   
5.8    Non-Exclusivity of Rights      14   
5.9    Insurance      14   
5.10    Survival      14   
5.11    Effect of Repeal or Modification      14   
5.12    Certain Definitions      14   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     15   

6.1

   Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      15   

6.2

   Special Designation on Certificates      15   

6.3

   Lost Certificates      16   

6.4

   Dividends      16   

6.5

   Stock Transfer Agreements      16   

6.6

   Registered Stockholders      16   

6.7

   Transfers      17   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

   Notice of Stockholder Meetings      17   

7.2

   Notice by Electronic Transmission      17   

7.3

   Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address      18   

7.4

   Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful      18   

7.5

   Waiver of Notice      18   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     19   

8.1

   Fiscal Year      19   

8.2

   Seal      19   

8.3

   Annual Report      19   

8.4

   Construction; Definitions      19   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     19   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of Invuity, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated

 

- 2 -


by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can

 

- 3 -


determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate

 

- 4 -


action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

- 6 -


If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

- 7 -


(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

- 8 -


2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

 

- 9 -


(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

- 10 -


4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceeding s. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

- 11 -


5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

- 12 -


Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification . Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall

 

- 13 -


indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of section 5.5 . In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Right s . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent

 

- 14 -


corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the

 

- 15 -


Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

- 16 -


(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

- 17 -


(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawfu l. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

- 18 -


ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Sea l . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definition s . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 3.4

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

INVUITY, INC.

(effective as of                  , 2015, the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

   REGISTERED OFFICE      1   

1.2

   OTHER OFFICES      1   
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

2.1

   PLACE OF MEETINGS      1   

2.2

   ANNUAL MEETING      1   

2.3

   SPECIAL MEETING      1   

2.4

   ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES      2   

2.5

   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      6   

2.6

   QUORUM      6   

2.7

   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      6   

2.8

   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS      6   

2.9

   VOTING      7   

2.10

   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      7   

2.11

   RECORD DATES      7   

2.12

   PROXIES      8   

2.13

   LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      8   

2.14

   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      9   
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS      9   

3.1

   POWERS      9   

3.2

   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      9   

3.3

   ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      9   

3.4

   RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      10   

3.5

   PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      10   

3.6

   REGULAR MEETINGS      10   

3.7

   SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      11   

3.8

   QUORUM; VOTING      11   

3.9

   BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      11   

3.10

   FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      12   

3.11

   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      12   
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES      12   

4.1

   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      12   

4.2

   COMMITTEE MINUTES      12   

4.3

   MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      12   

4.4

   SUBCOMMITTEES      13   
ARTICLE V — OFFICERS      13   

5.1

   OFFICERS      13   

5.2

   APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS      14   

5.3

   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      14   

5.4

   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.5

   VACANCIES IN OFFICES      14   

5.6

   REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS      14   

5.7

   AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      15   
ARTICLE VI — STOCK      15   

6.1

   STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      15   

6.2

   SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      15   

6.3

   LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES      16   

6.4

   DIVIDENDS      16   

6.5

   TRANSFER OF STOCK      16   

6.6

   STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      16   

6.7

   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      17   
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER      17   

7.1

   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      17   

7.2

   NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      17   

7.3

   NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS      18   

7.4

   NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL      18   

7.5

   WAIVER OF NOTICE      18   
ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION      19   

8.1

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS      19   

8.2

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      19   

8.3

   SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE      20   

8.4

   INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS      20   

8.5

   ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES      20   

8.6

   LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION      20   

8.7

   DETERMINATION; CLAIM      21   

8.8

   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS      21   

8.9

   INSURANCE      21   

8.10

   SURVIVAL      22   

8.11

   EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION      22   

8.12

   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS      22   
ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS      22   

9.1

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      22   

9.2

   FISCAL YEAR      23   

9.3

   SEAL      23   

9.4

   CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      23   
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS      23   

 

-ii-


FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF INVUITY, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Invuity, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the

 

-2-


class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than five days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

 

-3-


(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) if the chairperson does not act, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of

 

-6-


such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

-7-


A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of any means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose related to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

-8-


2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine when the polls shall close; (vii) determine the result; and (viii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

 

-9-


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if the directors in office represent less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

-10-


3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto

 

-11-


in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

-12-


(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. In addition, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

-13-


5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-14-


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that

 

-15-


the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

-16-


6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

-17-


  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the

 

-18-


transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-19-


8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-20-


(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-21-


8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-22-


9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-23-

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

LOGO

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

 

PHONE 650.493.9300

FAX 650.493.6811

www.wsgr.com

June 1, 2015

Invuity, Inc.

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-203505), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by Invuity, Inc. (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 4,312,500 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share which (including up to 562,500) shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company) (the “ Shares ”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to a purchase agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

AUSTIN  BRUSSELS  GEORGETOWN, DE  HONG KONG  NEW YORK  PALO ALTO  SAN DIEGO  SAN FRANCISCO  SEATTLE  SHANGHAI WASHINGTON, DC


LOGO

Invuity, Inc.

June 1, 2015

Page 2

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

 

AUSTIN  BRUSSELS  GEORGETOWN, DE  HONG KONG  NEW YORK  PALO ALTO  SAN DIEGO  SAN FRANCISCO  SEATTLE  SHANGHAI WASHINGTON, DC

Exhibit 10.1

INVUITY, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                          by and between Invuity, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                          (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

W HEREAS , Indemnitee has performed and performs a valuable service to the Company in his or her capacity as a director and/or officer of the Company;

W HEREAS , the Company desires to retain highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

W HEREAS , the Company desires to retain Indemnitee to provide services to it;

W HEREAS , the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the significant risk of personal liability for directors and officers that arises from corporate litigation practices;

W HEREAS , the stockholders of the Company have adopted bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) providing for the indemnification of the directors and officers of the Company, including persons serving at the request of the Company in such capacities with other companies or enterprises, to the maximum extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Code ”);

W HEREAS , the Bylaws and the Code, by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and its directors and officers with respect to indemnification of such persons;

W HEREAS , in consideration for Indemnitee’s past service and in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee; and

W HEREAS , in light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s past and continued service as a director and/or officer after the date hereof, and for other good and valid consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

A GREEMENT

1. Certain Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

 

1.


(a) Change in Control ” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the acquisition of assets of another corporation, or other transaction (each, a “Business Combination”), unless, in each case, immediately following such Business Combination, all or substantially all of the beneficial owners of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

(ii) the Company is a party to a reorganization, merger or consolidation, sales of assets, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which Incumbent Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company (or any successor entity) thereafter;

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (including for this purpose any new directors who qualify under the definition of Incumbent Directors) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; or

(iv) approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 5, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(d) Incumbent Directors ” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are directors of the Company and any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination).

(e) Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Indemnifiable Proceeding giving

 

2.


rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(f) “Indemnifiable Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, whether formal or informal, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee, agent, or deemed fiduciary, (ii) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect to any business, transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence, or (iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a current or former director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence or any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status.

(g) Subsidiary ” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are owned directly or indirectly by (i) the Company, (ii) the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or (iii) by one or more other subsidiaries.

(h) References to “ other entity or enterprise ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries.

2. Services to the Company. Indemnitee will serve as a director and/or officer of the Company or as a director and/or officer of a Subsidiary of the Company (including any employee benefit plan of the Company) faithfully and to the best of his or her ability so long as he or she is duly elected and qualified in accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws or other applicable charter documents of the Company or such Subsidiary; provided, however, that Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation that Indemnitee may have assumed apart from this Agreement or any obligation imposed by law) and that the Company or any affiliate shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in any such position.

3. Indemnification of Indemnitee in Third-Party Proceedings. Subject to Sections 6 and 12, the Company hereby agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Bylaws and the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment) against any and all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with any Indemnifiable Proceeding other than an Indemnifiable Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.

 

3.


4. Indemnification of Indemnitee in Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company. Subject to Sections 6 and 12, the Company hereby agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Bylaws and the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment) against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Indemnifiable Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5. Additional Indemnification. In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification otherwise provided for herein, and subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 5 and in Sections 6 and 12, the Company hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee for and, if requested by Indemnitee, advance to Indemnitee (i) any and all Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim by Indemnitee for indemnification by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or insurance policy or provision of the Code or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Proceedings, and/or (ii) any and all Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim by the Company or any other person or entity to enforce their respective rights under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or insurance policy or provision of the Code or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Proceedings. No indemnity shall be paid by the Company under this Section 5 if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determines that each of the material assertions or defenses, as the case may be, made by Indemnitee in connection with such claim was frivolous or not made in good faith. For sake of clarity, to the fullest extent allowed under applicable law, the Company agrees that it will bear the Expenses Indemnitee incurs in bringing or defending a claim under this Section 5, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such claim, unless the court determines that each of the material assertions or defenses, as the case may be, made by Indemnitee in such claim was frivolous or not made in good faith, as mandated by law.

6. Limitations on Indemnification. No payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by the Company:

(a) on account of any claim against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(b) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is established by a final judgment, to which all rights of appeal have either lapsed or been exhausted, as knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or that constituted willful misconduct;

(c) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is established by a final judgment, to which all rights of appeal have either lapsed or been exhausted, as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled;

 

4.


(d) for which payment is actually made to Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy or under a valid and enforceable indemnity clause, bylaw or agreement, except in respect of any excess beyond payment under such insurance policy, indemnity clause, bylaw or agreement, provided, however, that payment made to Indemnitee pursuant to an insurance policy purchased and maintained by Indemnitee at his or her own expense of any amounts otherwise indemnifiable or obligated to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement;

(e) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final decision, to which all rights of appeal have either lapsed or been exhausted, that the indemnification is unlawful;

(f) in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by Indemnitee, or any proceeding by Indemnitee against the Company or any Subsidiary or the directors, officers, employees or other agents of the Company or any Subsidiary, unless (i) the proceeding is brought to enforce a right to indemnification pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (ii) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (iii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company, or (iv) such indemnification is provided by the Company, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under the Code.

7. Contribution. If, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and all directors, officers, employees, or agents other than Indemnitee, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company and all directors, officers, employees, or agents other than Indemnitee, on the one hand, and of Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and all directors, officers, employees, or agents other than Indemnitee, on the one hand, and of Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, whether their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro-rata allocation or any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations. Nothing in this Section 7 shall impact the parties’ rights as they relate to determining whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct, as set forth in Section 12 herein.

8. Procedure for Notification.

(a) Not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof, including a brief description (based upon information then available to Indemnitee) of such action, suit or proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in forfeiture

 

5.


by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage. If at the time of such notification by Indemnitee the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for such action, suit or proceeding is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such action, suit or proceeding to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee: (i) copies of all potentially applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, (ii) a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and (iii) copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the action, suit or proceeding, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.

(b) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor as soon as practicable. Indemnitee’s failure to submit such a request will not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such request and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.

9. Defense of Claim. With respect to any action, suit or proceeding as to which Indemnitee must notify the Company of the commencement thereof pursuant to the procedure set forth in Section 8 of this Agreement:

(a) the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense, provided that Indemnitee provides signed, written consent to such participation, which shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(b) except as otherwise provided below, the Company may, at its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, provided that Indemnitee provides signed, written consent to such assumption, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon the Company delivering to Indemnitee written notice of its election to assume such defense, and Indemnitee providing signed, written consent thereto, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, except as provided in subsections 9(b)(i)-(iv) below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such action, suit or proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof, and Indemnitee’s signed, written consent thereto, shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) it is reasonably determined at any time before or during the course of the action, suit or proceeding, that the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present or presents, as the case may be, such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (iii) it is reasonably determined at any time before or during the course of the action, suit or proceeding, that the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would be or is, as the case may be, precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, or fails to continue to retain such counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel shall be at the expense of the Company; and

(c) the Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without its prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall be permitted to settle any action except that it shall not settle any action or claim in any manner that would impose any Expenses, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, or penalties (whether civil or criminal) on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, and provided further that the Company shall not settle any portion of an action in which

 

6.


Indemnitee is a defendant in a manner that exhausts insurance coverage available to Indemnitee unless (i) the settlement includes a complete release of all claims against Indemnitee in said action, or (ii) Indemnitee provides prior written consent to such settlement, or (iii) a majority of the independent directors of the board approve such settlement; provided, however, that the foregoing constraints on the Company’s ability to exhaust insurance coverage to settle an action shall terminate (y) upon a determination pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement with respect to said action, or (z) any indemnification obligation to Indemnitee with respect to said action has been fully discharged by the Company.

10. Advancement and Repayment of Expenses.

(a) Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company, prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Proceeding by final adjudication to which there are no further rights of appeal, of any and all Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Indemnifiable Proceeding within thirty (30) days after receiving from Indemnitee copies of invoices presented to Indemnitee for such Expenses. Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct.

(b) Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company, prior to the final disposition of Indemnitee’s claim by final adjudication to which there are no further rights of appeal, of any and all Expenses in a proceeding as described in Section 5 of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receiving from Indemnitee copies of invoices presented to Indemnitee for such Expenses. Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct.

(c) In the event that Indemnitee employs his or her own counsel for which the Company must indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 9(b), Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company, prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Proceeding by final adjudication to which there are no further rights of appeal, of any and all Expenses actually and reasonably paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s employment of his or her own counsel within thirty (30) days after receiving from Indemnitee copies of invoices presented to Indemnitee for such Expenses.

(d) Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking by Indemnitee (i) to reimburse the Company for all Expenses paid by the Company in respect of any Indemnifiable Proceeding, in the event and only to the extent it shall be ultimately determined by a final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled, under the provisions of the Code, the Bylaws, this Agreement or otherwise, to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses; (ii) to reimburse the Company for all Expenses paid by the Company in respect of any claim by Indemnitee for indemnification by the Company as provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement, only in the event and only to the extent it shall be ultimately determined by a final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal, that each of the material assertions or defenses, as the case may be, made by Indemnitee in such claim was frivolous or not made in good faith. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the provisions of this Agreement.

11. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any and all losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Proceeding, but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7.


12. Determination of Right to Indemnification

(a) To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Proceeding or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including without limitation dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Proceeding in accordance with Sections 3 and 4, and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 12(b)) shall be required. To the extent that Indemnitee’s only involvement in the Indemnifiable Proceeding is to prepare to serve and serve as a witness, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 12(b)) shall be required.

(b) To the extent that the provisions of Section 12(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable Proceeding that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law that is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any and all losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Proceeding (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows: (i) unless a Change of Control has occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, or (B) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, (A) if the Indemnitee so requests in writing, by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board or (B) otherwise, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within ten (10) business days of such request, any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) incurred by Indemnitee in cooperating with the person or persons making such Standard of Conduct Determination, and under no circumstances is the Indemnitee obligated to repay the Company for these costs and expenses.

(c) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 12(b) to be made as promptly as practicable. If the person or persons determined under Section 12(b) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall not have made a determination within 30 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Indemnifiable Proceeding (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person or persons making such determination in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate information relating thereto.

(d) If (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a), (ii) no determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder for any and all losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Proceeding, or (iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 12(b) or (c) to have satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law which is a legally required condition to indemnification of Indemnitee, then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within ten (10) business days after the later of (x) the Notification Date regarding the Indemnifiable Proceeding giving rise to the losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Indemnifiable Proceeding, and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) is satisfied, an amount equal to such losses.

 

8.


(e) If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(b)(i), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Standard of Conduct Determination is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(b)(ii), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within ten (10) business days after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Counsel” in Section 1(e), and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person or firm so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is properly and timely made and substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit and (ii) the non-objecting party may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written notice to the other party advising such other party of the identity of the alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences and clause (i) of this sentence shall apply to such subsequent selection and notice. If applicable, the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to successive alternative selections. If no Independent Counsel that is permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 12(e) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within 30 days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 12(e) or Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 12(e), as the case may be, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the others’ selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or such other person as the court shall designate, and the person or firm with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so appointed will act as Independent Counsel. In all events, the Company shall pay all of the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination pursuant to Section 12(b).

13. Presumption of Entitlement . In making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the person or persons making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct, and the Company may overcome such presumption only by adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. No determination by the Company (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to any claim by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct.

14. Enforcement. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to Indemnitee shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. Indemnitee, in such enforcement action, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting his or her claim, as provided for under Section 5 herein. It shall be a defense to any action for which a claim for indemnification is made under Sections 3, 4, and 5 hereof (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for advancement pursuant to Section 10 hereof) that Indemnitee is not entitled to

 

9.


indemnification because of the limitations set forth in Section 6 hereof. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors or its stockholders) that such indemnification is improper shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

15. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

16. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall commence upon the date that Indemnitee first became a member of the Board of Directors and/or an officer of the Company or any Subsidiary, and shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director and/or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise) and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Indemnifiable Proceedings (including any rights of appeal thereto) and any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee, the Company or any other person or entity to enforce or interpret their respective rights under this Agreement, or any other agreement or insurance policy or provision of the Code or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Proceedings.

17. Non-Exclusivity of Rights, Etc. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede and replace any prior indemnification agreements entered into by and between the Company and Indemnitee (if any) and that any such prior indemnification agreement shall be terminated upon the execution of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Delaware law or interpretation thereof (whether by statute or judicial decision) expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

18. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

19. Successors and Binding Agreement.

(a) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “ Company ” for purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegable by the Company.

 

10.


(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Indemnitee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, legatees and other successors.

(c) This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 19(a) and 19(b). Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by the Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 19(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

20. Injunctive Relief . The Company and the Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause the Indemnitee and the Company irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that the parties may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, they shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which they may be entitled. The Company and the Indemnitee further agree that they shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required by the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, and they hereby waive any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

21. Liability Insurance and Funding . For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company, and thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any pending or possible Indemnifiable Proceeding, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for directors and officers of the Company that is at least substantially compatible in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. Upon request, the Company will provide to Indemnitee copies of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials. In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance – directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise – in respect of the individual directors and officers of Relevant Companies, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”). Such coverage shall be non-cancellable and shall be placed by the Company’s incumbent insurance broker with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the change of control event (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies.

 

11.


22. Government Investigations. If the Indemnitee is a current or former director or officer of the Company and is a target of a formal or informal government investigation, the Company shall notify the Indemnitee of such investigation and shall share with Indemnitee any documents sourced to Indemnitee that the Company has produced to the government as part of such investigation (“Produced Documents”). By executing this agreement, Indemnitee agrees that such Produced Documents are material non-public information that Indemnitee is obligated to hold in confidence and may not disclose publicly; provided , however , that Indemnitee is permitted to use the Produced Documents and to disclose such Produced Documents to Indemnitee’s legal counsel and third parties solely in connection with defending Indemnitee from legal liability.

23. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by both parties hereto.

24. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

25. Severability. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. Furthermore, if this Agreement shall be invalidated in its entirety on any ground, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent provided by the Bylaws, the Code or any other applicable law.

26. Certain Interpretive Matters. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in favor of, or against, either of the parties hereto by reason of the extent to which any such party or its counsel participated in the drafting thereof or by reason of the extent to which any such provision is inconsistent with any prior draft hereof or thereof.

27. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

28. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such communication was directed or (ii) upon the third business day after the date on which such communication was mailed if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page hereof, or to such other address as may have been furnished to the Company by Indemnitee.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Invuity, Inc.

Attention: [General Counsel]

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, California 94107

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

12.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

I NVUITY , I NC .,

a Delaware corporation

I NDEMNITEE
By:

 

 

Name: Name:
Title: Address:

 

13.

Exhibit 10.4

INVUITY, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or

 

-2-


regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Invuity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such

 

-3-


stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

 

-4-


(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 1,494,272 Shares, plus the sum of (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Existing Plan”), and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any

 

-5-


Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that, on or after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 2,056,665. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2016 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 1,494,272 Shares, (ii) five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board; provided, however, that such determination under clause (iii) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, the Company due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

-6-


4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

-7-


(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

-8-


(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

-9-


(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the

 

-10-


unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

-11-


(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

-12-


(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

-13-


(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “ Performance Period .” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Outside Director Limitations . Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of greater than $500,000, increased to $750,000 in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director. Any Awards granted to an individual while he or she was an Employee, or while he or she was a Consultant but not an Outside Director, will not count for purposes of the limitations under this Section 11.

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

-14-


13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limit in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it previously has not been exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards may be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 14(c), the Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

 

-15-


In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, in the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

-16-


15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-17-


18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-18-

Exhibit 10.8

LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 28, 2014

among

HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P.,

as Lender,

INVUITY, INC.,

as Borrower

and

the Guarantors from time to time party hereto,

as Guarantors


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I CERTAIN DEFINITIONS   

SECTION 1.01.

  Definitions      1   

SECTION 1.02.

  UCC Terms      23   

SECTION 1.03.

  Interpretation; Headings      23   
ARTICLE II COMMITMENT; DISBURSEMENT; FEES   

SECTION 2.01.

  Commitment to Lend and Borrow      24   

SECTION 2.02.

  Notice of Borrowing      24   

SECTION 2.03.

  Disbursement and Borrowing      24   

SECTION 2.04.

  Commitment Not Revolving      24   
ARTICLE III REPAYMENT   

SECTION 3.01.

  Amortization      24   

SECTION 3.02.

  Voluntary Prepayment; Mandatory Prepayment      25   
ARTICLE IV INTEREST; EXPENSES; MAKING OF PAYMENTS   

SECTION 4.01.

  Interest Rate      26   

SECTION 4.03.

  Interest on Late Payments      26   

SECTION 4.04.

  Initial Expenses      27   

SECTION 4.05.

  Administration and Enforcement Expenses      27   

SECTION 4.06.

  Making of Payments      27   

SECTION 4.07.

  Setoff or Counterclaim      27   
ARTICLE V TAXES   

SECTION 5.01.

  Taxes      27   

SECTION 5.02.

  Receipt of Payment      29   

SECTION 5.03.

  Other Taxes      29   

SECTION 5.04.

  Indemnification      29   

SECTION 5.05.

  Tax Reporting      29   

SECTION 5.06.

  Refunds      29   

SECTION 5.07.

  Registered Obligation      30   
ARTICLE VI CLOSING CONDITIONS   

SECTION 6.01.

  Loan Closing Documentation      30   
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

SECTION 7.01.

  Representations and Warranties of Borrower Parties      32   

SECTION 7.02.

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      40   

 

-i-


         Page  
ARTICLE VIII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 8.01.

  Maintenance of Existence      40   

SECTION 8.02.

  Use of Proceeds      41   

SECTION 8.03.

  Financial Statements and Information      41   

SECTION 8.04.

  Books and Records      42   

SECTION 8.05.

  Maintenance of Insurance and Properties      42   

SECTION 8.06.

  Governmental Authorizations      42   

SECTION 8.07.

  Compliance with Laws and Contracts      43   

SECTION 8.08.

  Plan Assets      43   

SECTION 8.09.

  Notices      43   

SECTION 8.10.

  Payment of Taxes      44   

SECTION 8.11.

  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws      44   

SECTION 8.12.

  Intellectual Property      44   

SECTION 8.13.

  Security Documents; Further Assurances      45   

SECTION 8.14.

  Information Regarding Collateral      46   

SECTION 8.15.

  Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors      46   
ARTICLE IX NEGATIVE COVENANTS   

SECTION 9.01.

  Activities of Borrower      47   

SECTION 9.02.

  Merger; Sale of Assets      48   

SECTION 9.03.

  Liens      48   

SECTION 9.04.

  Investment Company Act      48   

SECTION 9.05.

  Limitation on Additional Indebtedness      48   

SECTION 9.06.

  Limitation on Transactions with Controlled Affiliates      49   

SECTION 9.07.

  ERISA      50   

SECTION 9.08.

  Restricted Payments      50   

SECTION 9.09.

  Amendment of Revolving Credit Facility and Organizational Documents      50   
ARTICLE X GUARANTEES   

SECTION 10.01.

  Guarantees      50   
ARTICLE XI EVENTS OF DEFAULT   

SECTION 11.01.

  Events of Default      53   

SECTION 11.02.

  Default Remedies      53   

SECTION 11.03.

  Right of Set-off; Sharing of Set-off      53   

SECTION 11.04.

  Rights Not Exclusive      54   
ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION   

SECTION 12.01.

  Funding Losses      54   

SECTION 12.02.

  Other Losses      54   

SECTION 12.03.

  Assumption of Defense; Settlements      55   

 

-ii-


         Page  
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS   

SECTION 13.01.

  Assignments      55   

SECTION 13.02.

  Successors and Assigns      56   

SECTION 13.03.

  Notices      56   

SECTION 13.04.

  Entire Agreement      57   

SECTION 13.05.

  Modification      57   

SECTION 13.06.

  No Delay; Waivers; etc.      58   

SECTION 13.07.

  Severability      58   

SECTION 13.08.

  Determinations      58   

SECTION 13.09.

  Replacement of Note      58   

SECTION 13.10.

  Governing Law      58   

SECTION 13.11.

  Jurisdiction      58   

SECTION 13.12.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      58   

SECTION 13.13.

  Waiver of Immunity      58   

SECTION 13.14.

  Counterparts      59   

SECTION 13.15.

  Limitation on Rights of Others      59   

SECTION 13.16.

  No Partnership      59   

SECTION 13.17.

  Survival      59   

SECTION 13.18.

  Confidentiality      59   

SECTION 13.19.

  Patriot Act Notification      61   

 

-iii-


Exhibits

 

Exhibit A Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit B Form of Note
Exhibit C Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit D Form of Borrower Corporate Counsel Opinion
Exhibit E Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F-1 Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit F-2 Form of Perfection Certificate Supplement
Exhibit G Form of Warrants

 

-iv-


This LOAN AGREEMENT (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of February 28, 2014, is entered into by and among HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as lender, INVUITY, INC., a California corporation, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”) and the Guarantors (as defined below) from time to time party hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to borrow from the Lender, and the Lender desires to lend to Borrower, the Loans (this and other capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the meanings provided in Article I below);

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Borrower shall borrow from the Lender, and the Lender shall lend to Borrower, the First Tranche Term Loan on the Closing Date;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Borrower may elect to borrow from the Lender, and the Lender shall lend to Borrower, the Second Tranche Term Loan;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the Parties, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is mutually agreed by the Parties as follows:

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. As used herein:

Affiliate ” means any Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” shall mean (i) in the case of corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of at least ten percent (10%) of the stock or shares having the right to vote for the election of directors, and (ii) in the case of non-corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of at least ten percent (10%) of the equity interest with the power to direct the management and policies of such non-corporate entities.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

Aggregate Loan Amount ” means the aggregate amount of the principal amount of the Loans funded pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

Amortization Payments ” means the principal payments of the Loans due under Section 3.01(a) hereof.

Articles ” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Borrower.


Assignee ” means any other Person to which a Lender has assigned or is assigning its rights and obligations hereunder, whether or in whole or in part.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means a written instrument of assignment in the form set forth in Exhibit E , executed by and between the parties to an assignment under Section 13.01 hereof.

Bankruptcy Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) (A) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (x) relief in respect of any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary, or of a substantial part of the property of any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary, under any Bankruptcy Law now or hereafter in effect, (y) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property of any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary or (z) the winding-up or liquidation of any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary, which, in each case, shall continue undismissed for 60 calendar days or (B) an order of a court of competent jurisdiction approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(ii) any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary shall (A) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under any Bankruptcy Law now or hereafter in effect, (B) apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property of any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary, (C) fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner any proceeding or the filing of any petition described in clause (i) of this definition, (D) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding described in clause (i) of this definition, (E) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (F) wind up or liquidate (except as permitted under this Agreement);

(iii) any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of or for the purpose of effecting, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of this definition;

(iv) any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary shall admit in writing its inability, or fail generally, to pay its debts as they become due; or

(v) any Borrower Party shall be in a financial condition such that the sum of its debts, as they become due and mature, is greater than the fair value of its property on a going concern basis, when taken together on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries which are party to the Loan Documents.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the U.S. or other applicable jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

-2-


Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Parties ” means, at any time, Borrower and the Guarantors.

Borrower Party ” means, at any time, Borrower or any of the Guarantors.

Borrower Party Documents ” means, with respect to any Borrower Party, the certificate of incorporation (or equivalent) of such Borrower Party certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent) of its jurisdiction of organization and the by-laws (or similar Governmental Authority) of such Borrower Party (and any similar documentation of any Subsidiary of any Borrower Party which becomes party to the Loan Documents).

Bridge Financing ” means unsecured Indebtedness issued or incurred by the Borrower, which Indebtedness (i) is automatically converted into equity of the Borrower upon the earlier of (a) the next round of equity financing of the Borrower or (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the request of the Lender, (ii) is not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower and (iii) is issued subject to a subordination agreement satisfactory to Lender that does not permit cash payments of principal or interest until the earliest of (a) the issuance of non-redeemable equity by the Borrower with proceeds sufficient to pay the Bridge Financing in full, (b) the sale of substantially all the assets or equity of the Borrower, whether by direct sale, merger or otherwise or (c) the date 91 days after the Scheduled Maturity Date of the Loans.

Bring-Down Certificate ” is defined in Section 6.01(h).

Business Day ” means any day, except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York are required or authorized by law to close.

Calendar Year 2017 ” means the year ended December 31, 2017.

Calendar Year 2018 ” means the year ended December 31, 2018.

Calendar Year 2019 ” means the year ended December 31, 2019.

Calendar Year 2020 ” means the year ended December 31, 2020.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, ownership interest units, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, but excluding Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for such equity and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, shareholder loans.

 

-3-


CFC ” means a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change of Control ” means:

(i) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower or any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Borrower) of beneficial ownership of any Capital Stock of Borrower, if after such acquisition, such Person or group would be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of Borrower then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) during any one year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new directors (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with Borrower to effect a transaction described in clause (i) of this definition of “ Change of Control ”), whose election by such Board of Directors or nomination for election by Borrower’s shareholders, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower then in office.

Closing Date ” means either the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means, with respect to Borrower and any other Borrower Party granting a security interest in its assets in favor of Lender, all “Collateral”, as such term is defined in the Security Agreement.

Confidential Information ” means any and all information, whether communicated orally or in any physical form, including without limitation, financial and all other information which Disclosing Party or its authorized Representatives provide to the Receiving Party, together with such portions of analyses, compilations, studies, or other documents, prepared by or for the Receiving Party and its Representatives, which contain or are derived from information provided by Disclosing Party. Without limiting the foregoing, information shall be deemed to be provided by Disclosing Party to the extent it is learned or derived by Receiving Party or Receiving Party’s Representatives (a) from any inspection, examination or other review of books, records, contracts, other documentation or operations of Disclosing Party, (b) from communications with authorized Representatives of Disclosing Party or (c) created, developed, gathered, prepared or otherwise derived by Receiving Party while in discussions with Disclosing Party. However, Confidential Information does not include any information which Receiving Party can demonstrate (i) is or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of Receiving Party or its Representatives, (ii) was known by Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure,

 

-4-


or (iii) was independently developed by Persons who were not given access to the Confidential Information disclosed to Receiving Party by Disclosing Party. For purposes of this Agreement, the party disclosing the Confidential Information shall be referred to as “Disclosing Party” and the party receiving the Confidential Information shall be referred to as the “Receiving Party.”

Confidentiality Agreement ” means that certain Confidentiality Agreement by and between Borrower and Healthcare Royalty Management, LLC, dated as of October 24, 2013.

Contract ” means any agreement, contract, lease, commitment, license and other arrangement which is legally binding.

Contract Party ” means any party to a Material Contract.

Controlled Affiliate ” with respect to any Person means any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Copyrights ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common law, whether established or registered in the U.S. or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Pledgor, in each case, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Pledgor, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Default ” means any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both (in each case to the extent described in the relevant subclauses of the definition of “Event of Default”) would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means, for any period for which an amount is overdue, a rate per annum equal for each day in such period to the lesser of (a) (3%) plus the rate otherwise applicable to the Loans as provided in Section 4.01 in respect of the Fixed Interest and (b) the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable Law.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” means an agreement in writing reasonably acceptable to the Lender, by and among the Lender and Borrower or its Subsidiaries and the relevant bank with respect to a Deposit Account at such bank, which, if required hereunder, is sufficient to perfect the security interests of the Lender therein.

 

-5-


Deposit Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all “deposit accounts” as such term is defined in the UCC and all accounts and sub-accounts relating to any of the foregoing accounts and (ii) all cash, funds, checks, notes and instruments from time to time on deposit in any of the accounts or sub-accounts described in clause (i) of this definition.

Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter, dated as of the date hereof, delivered by the Borrower to the Lender.

Dispute ” means, with respect a particular agreement, matter or Person, any opposition, interference, reexamination, injunction, claim, lawsuit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, complaint, arbitration, mediation, demand, International Trade Commission investigation, decree, inter partes review, invalidation proceeding or any other dispute, disagreement, or claim, with respect to such agreement, matter or Person.

Disqualified Capital Stock ” of any Person means any class of Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final Maturity Date; provided , however , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Capital Stock or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Capital Stock so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

Distributor ” means any Third Party that purchases or acquires any Included Product from Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for commercial distribution in any country or jurisdiction in the Territory.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means lawful money of the U.S.

Domestic CFC Holdco ” means a domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than equity in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

EMA ” means the European Medicines Agency.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” at any time means each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that would, at any time, be treated, together with any Borrower Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as a single employer under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

-6-


Equity Investment Documents ” means (i) the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, by and among Borrower and each of the investors listed on the Schedule A thereto, (ii) the Articles, (iii) the Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, by and among Borrower and the persons and entities listed on Schedule A and Schedule B thereto, (iv) the Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, by and among the Borrower and each of the persons and entities listed on Schedule A and Schedule B thereto and (v) the Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, between Borrower and each of the investors listed on Schedule A and Schedule B thereto.

Event of Default ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following:

(a) Borrower fails to pay any principal of the Loans when due, whether on the Maturity Date or otherwise.

(b) Borrower fails to pay any interest on the Loans (including, without limitation, Fixed Interest) or make payment of any other amounts payable under this Agreement within three Business Days after the same becomes due and payable.

(c) Any representation or warranty of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any Transaction Document to which it is party or in any certificate, financial statement or other document delivered by Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with this Agreement proves to have not been true and correct in all material respects at the time it was made or deemed made (except that any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect”, or by reference to an objective standard (e.g., a specified Dollar amount), shall be true and correct in all respects).

(d) Borrower fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.01 (other than clause (a)(ii) thereof), 8.02, 8.03, 8.09, 8.10, 8.15 or Article IX.

(e) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries party to the Loan Documents fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (other than those referred to in the preceding clauses of this definition) if such failure is not remedied on or before the 15 th day after Notice thereof from the Lender.

(f) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) fails to pay when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or (ii) fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement to be performed or observed by it contained in any agreement or in any instrument evidencing any of its Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount and, as a result of such failure, any other party to that agreement or instrument is entitled to exercise the right to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness thereunder.

(g) Any uninsured judgment, decree or order in excess of the Threshold Amount shall be rendered against Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced upon such judgment, decree or order or (ii) such judgment, decree or order shall not have been vacated or discharged within thirty days from entry.

 

-7-


(h) A Bankruptcy Event shall occur.

(i) Any of the Loan Documents, the Articles or the Warrant shall cease to be in full force and effect or its validity or enforceability is disaffirmed or challenged in writing by Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, or this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the Articles or the Warrant shall cease to give the Lender the rights purported to be created hereby or thereby (including a first priority perfected Lien, subject only to Permitted Liens, on the assets of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries party to the Loan Documents) other than as a direct result of any action by the Lender or failure of the Lender to perform an obligation of the Lender hereunder.

(j) Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement contained in any Material Contract or Borrower Party Documents, as applicable, and such failure is not cured or waived within any applicable grace period, except where such failure or cessation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Any security interest purported to be created by this Agreement or the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than through any action or inaction of Lender), or shall cease to give the rights, powers and privileges purported to be created and granted hereunder or thereunder (including a perfected first priority security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral (except as otherwise expressly provided herein and therein)) in favor of the party secured on behalf of the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, or shall be asserted by Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries not to be a valid, perfected, first priority (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or such Security Agreement) security interest in the Collateral.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Taxes ” means (i) any Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income (including branch profits Taxes) of the Lender, or any franchise or similar Taxes imposed in lieu thereof, by any Governmental Authority or taxing authority by the jurisdiction under the laws of which the Lender is organized or any jurisdiction in which the Lender is a resident, has an office, conducts business or has another connection (other than a connection arising solely from having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations, received payments, received or perfected a security interest under, and/or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, any Transaction Document) and (ii) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender (a) under law in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new Office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.01; (iii) any U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to FATCA or (iv) any tax that is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.01(c) or (d).

 

-8-


Exclusively Licensed Patents ” means the Patents exclusively licensed to a Borrower Party (individually or to Borrower and its Subsidiaries collectively).

Exploit ” means, with respect to any Included Product, the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale (including marketing and promotion), importation, distribution or other commercialization; and “ Exploitation ” shall have the correlative meaning.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the First Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement that is included in this definition.

FCPA ” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration.

Financial Statements ” means the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, audited at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, audited for the years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and the accompanying footnotes thereto, and the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012.

First Closing Date ” means February 28, 2014.

First Commitment ” means $10,000,000.

First Notice of Borrowing ” means an irrevocable notice, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto, to be given by Borrower to the Lender in accordance with Section 2.02(a).

First Tranche Term Loan ” means the loan, in the principal amount of $10,000,000, made by the Lender to Borrower on the First Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(a) hereof.

Fixed Interest ” means, interest with respect to the Loans, accruing with respect to the outstanding principal balance thereof at a rate per annum equal to 12.5%.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than the U.S. or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

-9-


GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. in effect from time to time; provided , that in the event such principles change after the Closing Date in a manner which affects compliance with this Agreement by Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the determination of Included Products Payments), such change shall be ignored for the purpose of determining such compliance until such time, if ever, as the Parties enter into an amendment to this Agreement addressing such changes.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person: (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person.

Guaranteed Obligations ” means the prompt payment in full when due (whether at scheduled payment date, by required repayment or otherwise) of the Obligations from time to time owing to the Lender by Borrower or any Guarantor under any Loan Document strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.

Guarantor ” means (i) each domestic Subsidiary of Borrower on the First Closing Date other than any Domestic CFC Holdco, (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary that (a) is not a CFC and (b) is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a CFC and (iii) each Person that becomes a Party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.15.

Included Products ” means any and all existing and future products that, at any time or from time to time during the period from the First Closing Date through the Scheduled Maturity Date, any Borrower Party or any of the Subsidiaries sells, has sold, offers for sale, imports, promotes, markets, distributes or otherwise commercializes (or possesses the rights to sell, have sold, offer for sale, import, promote, market, distribute or otherwise commercialize) anywhere in the Territory.

Included Product Payments ” means, with respect to any period of determination, the net revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to the sale of Included Products, as reflected on Borrower’s consolidated financial statements for such period, prepared in accordance

 

-10-


with GAAP and consistent with past practice. In calculating Included Product Payments, any transfer from Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries to an Affiliate shall be disclosed in writing by Borrower to Lender and shall, at Lender’s discretion, be disregarded and the calculation shall instead be based on the first transfer to a Third Party.

Indebtedness ” with respect to any Person means any (a) indebtedness evidenced by an agreement or instrument involving or evidencing money borrowed, the advance of credit, a conditional sale or a transfer with recourse or with an obligation to repurchase, (b) any capitalized lease, (c) any obligation with regard to Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, (d) indebtedness of a third party secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on assets owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (e) net amounts owing pursuant to an interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement or other hedging arrangement, (f) a reimbursement obligation under a letter of credit issued for the account of such Person, or (g) all Guarantees with respect to Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (f) above of another Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity to the extent such Person is directly liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Liabilities ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever arising from claims of third parties (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Indemnitees in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses actually incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing the indemnity provided herein), whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral)).

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” means each Lender and its Affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees and agents.

Instruments ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all “instruments,” as such term is defined in Article 9, rather than Article 3, of the UCC, and shall include all promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange or acceptances.

Insurance Providers ” means the insurance companies set forth in Schedule 7.01(vv) to the Disclosure Letter or insurance companies rated at least as high as the ratings given, as of the Closing Date (according to A.M. Best Company, Inc.), the insurance companies set forth on Schedule 7.01(vv) to the Disclosure Letter .

 

-11-


Intellectual Property ” means all proprietary information; trade secrets; Know-How; utility models; confidential information; inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice or claimed in a pending patent application) and improvements thereto; Patents; registered or unregistered trademarks, trade names and service marks, including all goodwill associated therewith; registered and unregistered copyrights and all applications thereof, in each such case, (a) owned or controlled by, issued or licensed to, licensed by, or hereafter acquired or licensed by, any Borrower Party or any Subsidiary, including any intellectual property subject to the Contracts listed on Schedule 7.01(bb) of the Disclosure Letter ; and (b) relating to, embodied by, covering or involving, or necessary or used to, (i) manufacture or have manufactured any Included Products for Exploitation or (ii) sell, offer for sale, have sold, market, have marketed, promote, or have promoted, import or export any Included Product.

Intellectual Property Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all license and distribution agreements with, and covenants not to sue, any other party with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Pledgor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) to the extent held by such Pledgor, rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

Intercompany Notes ” shall mean, with respect to each Pledgor, all intercompany notes described in Schedule 9 to the Perfection Certificate and intercompany notes hereafter acquired by such Pledgor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement among Borrower, Lender and the lender or lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility, which shall be on terms satisfactory to Borrower and Lender, each in their sole discretion.

Interest Payment Date ” means quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, beginning on March 31, 2014.

Key Included Products ” means the products set forth in Schedule 1.01 to the Disclosure Letter.

Know-How ” means all non-public information, results and data of any type whatsoever, in any tangible or intangible form (and whether or not patentable), including databases, practices, methods, techniques, specifications, formulations, formulae, knowledge, skill, experience, data and results (including pharmacological, medicinal chemistry, biological, chemical, biochemical, toxicological and clinical study data and results), analytical and quality control data, stability data, studies and procedures, and manufacturing process and development information, results and data.

 

-12-


Knowledge ” means, with respect to any Borrower Party, as applicable, the knowledge of an officer or senior manager or other person with similar responsibility, regardless of title, of Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries relating to a particular matter; provided , however , that a person charged with responsibility for the aspect of the business relevant or related to the matter at issue shall be deemed to have knowledge of a particular matter if, in the prudent exercise of his or her duties and responsibilities in the ordinary course of business, such person should have known of such matter.

Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign law, including common law, treaty, and any regulation, rule, requirement, policy, judgment, order, writ, decree, ruling, award, approval, authorization, consent, license, waiver, variance, guideline or permit of, or any agreement with, any Governmental Authority.

Lender ” means HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and any assignee under Section 13.01(b).

Liabilities ” means the liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” means any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, lien, charge, attachment, set-off, encumbrance or other security interest in the nature thereof (including any conditional sale agreement, equipment trust agreement or other title retention agreement, a lease with substantially the same economic effect as any such agreement or a transfer or other restriction) or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, each Deposit Account Control Agreement and each Securities Account Control Agreement.

Loans ” means the First Tranche Term Loan and the Second Tranche Term Loan.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in the business, operations, properties, liabilities, results of operations or condition (financial or other) of Borrower and the other Borrower Parties, taken as a whole; (b) an adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents taken as a whole or any material provision hereof or thereof; (c) a material adverse effect on the ability of Borrower or any other Borrower Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the Equity Investment Documents, in each case taken as a whole, or on the ability of Borrower or any of the other Borrower Parties to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or the Equity Investment Documents, in each case taken as a whole; (d) an adverse effect on the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of Loan Documents, taken as a whole; (e) a material adverse effect on the right of the Lender to receive any payment due hereunder or under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole; or (f) a material adverse effect on any material portion of the Collateral.

 

-13-


Material Contract ” means any Contract to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or any of the respective assets or properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are bound or committed (other than the Transaction Documents) and for which any breach, violation, nonperformance or early cancellation could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, including, without limitation, any Contract set forth on Schedule 7.01(j) to the Disclosure Letter.

Material Intellectual Property ” means Intellectual Property (a) relating to, embodied by, covering or involving, or necessary to (i) manufacture or have manufactured any Key Included Products for Exploitation or (ii) use, sell, offer for sale, have sold, market, have marketed, promote or have promoted, import or export any Key Included Product or (b) otherwise material to the business of the Borrower Parties and their Subsidiaries.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Maturity Date and (ii) the date of any prepayment in full of the Loans.

Non-Exclusively Licensed Patents ” means Patents licensed to a Borrower Party (individually or to Borrower and its Subsidiaries collectively) on a non-exclusive basis.

Note ” means the note, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , issued by Borrower to Lender evidencing the First Tranche Term Loan or the Second Tranche Term Loan made on the applicable Closing Date to Borrower and any replacement(s) thereof issued in accordance with Section 13.09.

Notice of Borrowing ” means either the First Notice of Borrowing or the Second Notice of Borrowing.

Notices ” means, collectively, notices, consents, approvals, reports, designations, requests, waivers, elections and other communications.

Obligations ” means, without duplication, the Loans, the Fixed Interest, and all present and future Indebtedness, taxes, liabilities, obligations, covenants, duties, and debts, owing by Borrower Parties and Subsidiaries to the Lender, arising under or pursuant to the Loan Documents, including all principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees and any other sums chargeable to Borrower Parties and its Subsidiaries hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (and including any interest, fees, indemnities and other charges that would accrue but for the filing of a bankruptcy action with respect to any Borrower Party, whether or not such claim is allowed in such bankruptcy action).

Office ” means, with respect to the Lender, its Stamford, Connecticut office, and with respect to any other Lender, the office of such Lender designated as its Office in an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other office as may be otherwise designated in writing from time to time by such Lender to Borrower.

Organizational Document ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar documents) of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the certificate of formation and operating agreement (or similar documents) of such Person, (iii) in the case of any limited partnership, the certificate of formation and limited partnership agreement (or similar documents) of such Person, (iv) in the case of any general partnership, the partnership agreement (or similar document) of such Person and (v) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

 

-14-


Outstanding Principal Amount ” means the principal amount of the Loans outstanding from time to time.

Owned Patents ” means the Patents owned by a Borrower Party (individually or by Borrower and its Subsidiaries collectively).

Party ” means Borrower, any other Borrower Party or the Lender; and “ Parties ” means Borrower, any other Borrower Party and the Lender.

Patent Office ” means the respective patent office (foreign or domestic) for any patent.

Patent Rights ” means, collectively, with respect to a Person, all patents issued or assigned to, and all patent applications and registrations made by, such Person (whether established or registered or recorded in the U.S. or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Person’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof and amendments thereto, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Patents ” means any and all issued patents and pending patent applications, including without limitation, all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, and renewals, all letters patent granted thereon, and all patents-of-addition, reissues, reexaminations and extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms (including regulatory extensions), and all supplementary protection certificates, together with any foreign counterparts thereof covering the Included Products, composition of matter, formulation, or methods of manufacture or use thereof that are issued or filed on or after the date of this Agreement, including those identified in Schedule 7.01(bb)(a) to the Disclosure Letter in each such case, which are owned or controlled by, issued or licensed to, licensed by, or hereafter acquired or licensed by, Borrower or any Subsidiary.

Patriot Act ” means the USA Patriot Act, Public Law No. 107-56.

Payment ” means due and owing payments of Amortization Payments (under Section 3.01(a) hereof) and Fixed Interest (under Section 4.01 hereof), including, in each case any default, additional interest or prepayment premium charged hereunder.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean a certificate in the form of Exhibit F-1 or any other form approved by the Lender, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.

 

-15-


Perfection Certificate Supplement ” shall mean a certificate supplement in the form of Exhibit F-2 or any other form approved by the Lender.

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the Closing Date set forth in Schedule 9.03(b) to the Disclosure Letter to the extent and in the manner such Liens are in effect on the Closing Date;

(c) Liens created after the Closing Date in connection with purchase money or capitalized lease obligations, but only to the extent that such Liens encumber property financed by such purchase money or capital lease obligations and the proceeds thereof along with substitutions therefor and accessions thereto so long as the principal component of such purchase money or capital lease obligations is not increased;

(d) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries and not enacted in contemplation of such acquisition;

(e) Liens arising out of (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability to landlords (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of landlords) or for corporate credit cards, and (iii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability to insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Borrower or any Subsidiary (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of such insurance carriers);

(f) Liens in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or under customary contractual provisions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with such banking or other financial institution (including the right of set off and grants of security interests in deposits and/or securities held by such banking or other financial institution) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not materially interfering with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower;

(h) Liens securing taxes, assessments, fees or other governmental charges or levies, Liens securing the claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, landlords, warehousemen and similar Persons, Liens in the ordinary course of business in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other similar Laws, Liens to secure surety, appeal and performance bonds and other similar obligations not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, and attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings so long as the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the judgment claims secured thereby do not otherwise constitute an Event of Default under clause (g) of the definition of “Event of Default”;

 

-16-


(i) leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted to Third Parties in the ordinary course of business, including any Permitted Transfers described in clause (v) of the definition thereof;

(j) any right, title or interest of a licensor under a license;

(k) Liens on imported goods and related shipping documents in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of such goods;

(l) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(m) Liens on cash collateral securing hedging agreements entered into for bona fide hedging purposes and not for speculative purposes;

(n) Liens arising from filing precautionary UCC financing statements regarding leases;

(o) Liens arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that such Indebtedness is not increased and is not secured by any additional assets; and

(p) Liens arising out of Indebtedness associated with the Revolving Credit Facility with respect to inventory, accounts receivable and the proceeds thereof so long as the Liens on such assets under the Loan Documents are permitted to continue as junior liens.

Permitted Transfer ” means (i) any (a) sale of any Included Product by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Subsidiary or Borrower, as applicable, to end users (through wholesalers or other typical sales channels) or to Distributors or (b) dispositions of obsolete equipment or inventory, in each case in the ordinary course of business; (ii) any sale, conveyance, assignment, disposition, lease, sublease, license, sublicense or other form of transfer of any property to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor; (iii) any disposition or other transfer of any Included Product, without the payment or provision of consideration to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such Included Product (other than expense reimbursement), reasonably necessary for the conduct of any then on-going clinical trial or other development or regulatory activities associated with such Included Product; (iv) any disposition or other transfer of any Included Product as promotional support in the ordinary course of business or in consideration of services in the ordinary course of business; and (v) any transfer made in connection with any transaction among Borrower and Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors (A) in the ordinary course of business and (B) reasonably necessary in connection with licenses of Intellectual Property and related rights with respect to the Exploitation of Included Products outside of the U.S.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, partnership, estate, trust, unincorporated organization or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

-17-


Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or any similar plan under non-U.S. law.

Plan Assets ” means assets of any (i) employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) plan (as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code) subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (iii) entity whose underlying assets include assets of any such employee benefit plan or plan by reason of the investment by an employee benefit plan or other plan in such entity.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, (i) all issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each issuer set forth on Schedules 9(a) and 9(b) to the Perfection Certificate as being owned by such Pledgor and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Capital Stock of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Capital Stock in each such issuer or under any Organizational Document of each such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Capital Stock and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Capital Stock, (ii) all Capital Stock of any issuer, which Capital Stock is hereafter acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance) and all options, warrants, rights, agreements and additional Capital Stock of whatever class of any such issuer acquired by such Pledgor (including by issuance), together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Pledgor relating to such Capital Stock or under any Organizational Document of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Capital Stock and any and all interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Capital Stock, from time to time acquired by such Pledgor in any manner, and (iii) all Capital Stock issued in respect of the Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) upon any consolidation or merger of any issuer of such Capital Stock; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, Pledged Securities shall not include any Excluded Property (as defined in the Security Agreement).

Pledgor ” means Borrower or any Borrower Party which provides collateral to secure the Obligations.

Prepayment Trigger ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default and the acceleration of the maturity of the Loans, or (ii) the occurrence of any Change of Control.

Proceeding ” means an action or proceeding brought against a Party as a defendant, for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Qualified Capital Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person other than Disqualified Capital Stock; provided that such Capital Stock shall not be deemed Qualified Capital Stock to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of such Person or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (i) borrowed from such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (ii) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan). Unless otherwise specified, Qualified Capital Stock refers to Qualified Capital Stock of Borrower.

 

-18-


Register ” means a record of ownership in which Borrower registers by book entry the interests (including any rights to receive payment hereunder) of each Lender in the Loans and any assignment of any such interest, obligation or right.

Regulatory Agency ” means a Governmental Authority with responsibility for the regulation of the research, development, marketing or sale of drugs or medical devices in any jurisdiction, including the FDA, the U.S. National Institutes of Health and the EMA.

Regulatory Approval ” means all actions, approvals (including, where applicable, pricing and reimbursement approval and schedule classifications), licenses, registrations or authorizations of a Regulatory Agency necessary for the making, manufacture, sale, offer for sale, distribution, import, export, promotion, marketing or other use of a product or device.

Representative ” means, with respect to any Person, any stockholder, member, partner, manager, director, officer, employee, agent, advisor or other representative of such Person.

Restricted Payment ” means any of the following:

(i) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution on Capital Stock of a Borrower Party or any Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of a Borrower Party or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving a Borrower Party but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Capital Stock or through accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Capital Stock and (b) in the case of Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to a Borrower Party or to a Subsidiary and pro rata dividends or distributions payable to minority stockholders of any Subsidiary;

(ii) the redemption or other purchase by a Borrower Party or any Subsidiary of any Capital Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Borrower but excluding any such Capital Stock held by Borrower or any Subsidiary; or

(iii) the making of (or giving any notice in respect of) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption, scheduled payment or acquisition for value of, or any prepayment or redemption as a result of asset sale, change of control or similar mandatory event of, any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Loans (including any Bridge Financing), or any payment of interest on or fees or other amounts with respect to such Indebtedness.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means the contemplated revolving credit facility that may be obtained by Borrower or other Borrower Party after the First Closing Date which is secured only by Borrower Parties’ accounts receivable, inventory and the proceeds thereof, the terms of which shall be approved by the Lender after consultation with Borrower or other Borrower Party, as applicable, and shall be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement.

 

-19-


Scheduled Maturity Date ” means December 31, 2020.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Closing Date ” means the Business Day during the first quarter of the calendar year of 2015 that is fifteen (15) Business Days after the date of the Second Notice of Borrowing.

Second Commitment ” means an amount up to $5,000,000.

Second Notice of Borrowing ” means an irrevocable notice, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto, to be given by Borrower to the Lender in accordance with Section 2.02(b) that (a) certifies the achievement of the Second Tranche Milestone, (b) includes evidence satisfactory to the Lender of achievement of the Second Tranche Milestone, (c) specifies the Second Commitment and (d) includes a draft of the Updated Letter.

Second Tranche Milestone ” means that the Included Product Payments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 is greater than $13,000,000.

Second Tranche Term Loan ” means the loan, in the principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000, made by the Lender to Borrower on the Second Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(b) hereof.

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means an agreement in writing reasonably acceptable to the Lender, by and among the Lender and Borrower and the relevant securities intermediary with respect to a securities account at such securities intermediary, which, if required hereunder, is sufficient to perfect the security interests of the Lender therein.

Securities Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Note and the Distributions.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the First Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, by and among the Lender, Borrower and each Subsidiary that is a Guarantor securing the Obligations of Borrower hereunder and of each Guarantor, as supplemented by any amendments or joinders thereto.

Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement, each Deposit Account Control Agreement, each Securities Account Control Agreement and each other agreement entered into from time to time that grants (or purports to grant) a security interest in or mortgage on Collateral in favor of the Lenders.

Set-off ” means any right of set off, rescission, counterclaim, reduction, deduction or defense.

 

-20-


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, at any time, any entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Voting Stock or other equity interest entitled ordinarily to vote in the election of the directors or other governing body (however designated) is at the time beneficially owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, by one or more such entities or by such Person and one or more such entities. Unless otherwise indicated herein, “Subsidiary” shall refer to a Subsidiary of Borrower Parties.

Surviving Person ” means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such disposition or the Person to which such disposition is made.

Taxes ” means taxes, levies, duties, imposts, deductions, charges, fees or withholdings, and all interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto.

Territory ” means the entire world.

Third Party ” means any Person other than Borrower or its Affiliates.

Threshold Amount ” means $500,000.

Trademarks ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Pledgor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locators (URL’s), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Pledgor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common law and whether established or registered in the U.S. or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable law with respect to such Pledgor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof and amendments thereto, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

Transaction Documents ” means the Loan Documents, Borrower Party Documents, the Warrant and the Equity Investment Documents.

Transferred Guarantor ” means a Guarantor with respect to which all of the Capital Stock thereof has or is being is sold or otherwise transferred to a Person or Persons, none of which is Borrower Party.

U.S .” means the United States of America.

 

-21-


UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Lender’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Updated Letter ” means an updated Disclosure Letter, to be dated the Second Closing Date, if any, attached to the Bring-Down Certificate. Such Updated Letter shall include all disclosure necessary to make the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7.01 true and correct as of the date of the Second Closing Date and to consist solely of information regarding circumstances, facts, events or conditions that have arisen, occurred or come into existence after the First Closing Date; provided, however, that such Updated Letter (i) shall not correct, supplement or amend the disclosures set forth in the Disclosure Letter delivered on the date hereof for purposes of the representations and warranties made by Borrower as of the date of the First Closing Date, but the disclosures contained in the Updated Letter shall be deemed to modify and qualify all representations and warranties made in this Agreement on and as of the Second Closing Date, other than (x) all references to “Disclosure Letter” shall be to the “Updated Letter” and (y) all references to the “Financial Statements” shall be to the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, audited at December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, audited for the years ended December 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the accompanying footnotes thereto, and the consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ equity of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, (ii) shall not change the nature or scope of the applicable representations and warranties by effectively amending or modifying the language contained in such representations and warranties (as opposed to merely listing exceptions or required disclosures thereto) and (iii) shall be written in specific terms in a manner consistent with the Disclosure Letter delivered to Lender on the First Closing Date and sufficient to put Lender on notice of the information being disclosed. Each item included in the Updated Letter shall identify the particular representation or warranty that must be qualified in light of the event or circumstance requiring disclosure, and in any event such disclosure shall modify the respective representations and warranties of Borrower only to the extent necessary to make them true in light of the item being disclosed.

Voting Stock ” means Capital Stock issued by a company, or equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such contingency.

Warrant ” means a warrant to purchase (a) in the case of the First Closing Date, 1,042,825 shares of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company and (b) in the case of the Second Closing Date, the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock of the Company obtained by multiplying the Second Commitment as specified in the Second Notice of Borrowing by 7.5% and then dividing such product by 0.7192, in each case substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit G hereto.

 

-22-


Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation 100% of whose capital stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is at the time owned by such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity in which such Person and/or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person have a 100% equity interest at such time.

SECTION 1.02. UCC Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC; provided that in any event, the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC:

Accounts ”; “ Bank ”; “ Chattel Paper ”; “ Commercial Tort Claim ”; “ Commodity Account ”; “ Commodity Contract ”; “ Commodity Intermediary ”; “ Documents ”; “ Electronic Chattel Paper ”; “ Entitlement Order ”; “ Equipment ”; “ Financial Asset ”; “ Fixtures ”; “ Goods ,” “ Inventory ”; “ Letter-of-Credit Rights ”; “ Letters of Credit ”; “ Money ”; “ Payment Intangibles ”; “ Proceeds ”; “ Records ”; “ Securities Account ”; “ Securities Intermediary ”; “ Security Entitlement ”; “ Supporting Obligations ”; and “ Tangible Chattel Paper .”

SECTION 1.03. Interpretation; Headings. Each term used in any exhibit to this Agreement and defined in this Agreement but not defined therein shall have the meaning set forth in this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, (a) “including” means “including, without limitation” and (b) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. A reference to any party to this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other agreement or document shall include such party’s successors and permitted assigns. A reference to any agreement or order shall include any amendment of such agreement or order from time to time in accordance with the terms herewith and therewith. A reference to any legislation, to any provision of any legislation or to any regulation issued thereunder shall include any amendment thereto, any modification or re-enactment thereof, any legislative provision or regulation substituted therefor and all regulations and statutory instruments issued thereunder or pursuant thereto. The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement. Section, Article and Exhibit references in this Agreement refer to sections or articles of, or exhibits to, this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it was represented by counsel in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, that it and its counsel reviewed and participated in the preparation and negotiation hereof and thereof and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation hereof or thereof.

 

-23-


ARTICLE II

COMMITMENT; DISBURSEMENT; FEES

SECTION 2.01. Commitment to Lend and Borrow.

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on the First Closing Date, the Lender shall make a loan hereunder to Borrower, and Borrower shall accept and borrow such loan from the Lender, in a principal amount equal to the First Commitment.

(b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on the Second Closing Date, if any, the Lender shall make a loan hereunder to Borrower, and Borrower shall accept and borrow such loan from the Lender, in a principal amount equal to the Second Commitment.

SECTION 2.02. Notice of Borrowing.

(a) Subject to Section 2.01(a), Borrower shall, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parties, deliver to the Lender a First Notice of Borrowing, that Borrower will borrow a principal amount equal to the First Commitment on the First Closing Date. The First Commitment shall automatically terminate on the funding of the First Tranche Term Loan.

(b) Subject to Section 2.01(b) and only upon the achievement of the Second Tranche Milestone, Borrower may, at its election, deliver to the Lender a Second Notice of Borrowing, that Borrower will borrow a principal amount equal to the Second Commitment on the Second Closing Date. If the Second Notice of Borrowing is accompanied by a draft of the Updated Letter or if the Bring-Down Certificate is accompanied by the Updated Letter, Lender shall have no obligation to make the Loan of the Second Commitment unless the matters set forth in the Updated Letter are acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion. The Second Commitment shall automatically terminate on the earlier of (i) the funding of the Second Tranche Term Loan or (ii) March 31, 2015.

SECTION 2.03. Disbursement and Borrowing. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on each of the First Closing Date and Second Closing Date, if any, (i) the Lender shall credit, in same day funds, an amount equal to (A) the First Commitment or the Second Commitment, as applicable, less (B) in the case of the First Closing Date, the expenses referred to in Section 4.04 to the account of Borrower (or such other Person) which Borrower shall have designated for such purpose in the First Notice of Borrowing or the Second Notice of Borrowing, as the case may be, and (ii) Borrower shall accept and borrow such amount.

SECTION 2.04. Commitment Not Revolving. The Lender’s commitment to lend hereunder is not revolving in nature, and any amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

ARTICLE III

REPAYMENT

SECTION 3.01. Amortization.

(a) The principal balance of the Loan shall be paid in quarterly payments with the first such payment due on March 31, 2017, and any remaining outstanding principal balance in respect of the Loan being due and balance as provided below:

 

-24-


(i) 2.5% of the Aggregate Loan Amount shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date during Calendar Year 2017;

(ii) 5.0% of the Aggregate Loan Amount shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date during Calendar Year 2018;

(iii) 7.5% of the Aggregate Loan Amount shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date during Calendar Year 2019; and

(iv) 10.0% of the Aggregate Loan Amount shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date during Calendar Year 2020.

(b) If not earlier repaid in full, the unpaid balance of the Aggregate Loan Amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest (including the Fixed Interest) and all other Obligations then outstanding, shall be due and payable in cash on the Maturity Date.

SECTION 3.02. Voluntary Prepayment; Mandatory Prepayment.

(a) At any time, Borrower may voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole but not in part, together with accrued and unpaid Fixed Interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts due in respect thereof to the extent required by clause (c) below and all other Obligations then outstanding together with other amounts in respect thereof.

(b) If any Prepayment Trigger occurs, then the Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require Borrower to prepay the Loans, together with accrued and unpaid Fixed Interest together with other amounts in respect thereof, pursuant to clause (c) below.

(c) Each prepayment of the Loans due to the occurrence of a Prepayment Trigger, and each voluntary prepayment of the Loans in whole pursuant to Section 3.02(a), shall be subject to the following (in addition to the other provisions contained in this Agreement):

Such prepayment shall be in the amount indicated in the second column of the table below (determined as of the date of the Prepayment Trigger or voluntary prepayment):

 

With respect to voluntary prepayments paid during the period below or owing as a consequence of a Prepayment Trigger occurring during such period Prepayment Amount
On or prior to December 31, 2014 130% of the Aggregate Loan Amount, less any payments of accrued Fixed Interest previously made to the Lender in respect of the Loans
After December 31, 2014 and on or prior to December 31, 2015 140% of the Aggregate Loan Amount, less any payments of accrued Fixed Interest previously made to the Lender in respect of the Loans

 

-25-


After December 31, 2015 and on or prior to December 31, 2016 150% of the Aggregate Loan Amount, less any payments of accrued Fixed Interest previously made to the Lender in respect of the Loans
After December 31, 2016 and on or prior to December 31, 2017 112% of the Outstanding Principal Amount
After December 31, 2017 and on or prior to December 31, 2018 108% of the Outstanding Principal Amount
After December 31, 2018 and on or prior to December 31, 2019 104% of the Outstanding Principal Amount
After December 31, 2019 and on or prior to December 31, 2020 100% of the Outstanding Principal Amount

(d) In addition to the amounts in clause (c) above, in connection with the prepayment in full of a Loan, any unpaid amounts in respect of such prepaid Loan not consisting of principal or Fixed Interest (i.e., any unpaid amounts for indemnification, tax gross-up, default interest, expense reimbursement and other obligations not consisting of principal or interest) shall be immediately due and payable.

ARTICLE IV

INTEREST; EXPENSES; MAKING OF PAYMENTS

SECTION 4.01. Interest Rate.

(a) The Loans shall bear interest consisting of Fixed Interest, which shall be paid in cash as provided in this Section 4.01.

(b) All interest hereunder in respect of the Fixed Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

(c) Accrued Fixed Interest on the Loan shall be payable by Borrower to the Lender in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for the Loan commencing with the first Interest Payment Date occurring after the funding of the Loan; provided that in the event of any repayment or prepayment of the Loan (including, without limitation, principal payments due under Section 3.01), accrued Fixed Interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

SECTION 4.03. Interest on Late Payments. If any amount payable by Borrower to the Lender hereunder is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), interest shall accrue on any such unpaid amounts, both before and after judgment during the period from and including the applicable due date, to but excluding the day the overdue amount is paid in full, at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate. Interest accruing under this Section 4.03 shall be payable on demand of the Lender.

 

-26-


SECTION 4.04. Initial Expenses. Borrower shall reimburse the Lender, on the First Closing Date as provided in Section 2.03, in an amount not to exceed $200,000, for all (a) actual, documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by the Lender (including all fees and expenses of outside counsel to the Lender), supported by reasonable documentation, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents including any amendment or waiver with respect thereto and (b) reasonable fees and expenses, supported by reasonable documentation, of due diligence conducted by the Lender or other Parties (including outside counsel to the Lender) at the request of the Lender.

SECTION 4.05. Administration and Enforcement Expenses. Borrower shall promptly reimburse the Lender on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (including the reasonable fees and expenses of one outside counsel to the Lenders) as a consequence of or in connection with any Default or Event of Default.

SECTION 4.06. Making of Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Payment stated to be due hereunder or under any Note on a given day in a specified month shall be made, (i) if there is no such given day or corresponding day, on the last Business Day of such month or (ii) if such given day or corresponding day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 4.07. Setoff or Counterclaim. Each Payment by Borrower under this Agreement or under any Note shall be made without setoff or counterclaim. The Lender shall have the right to setoff any and all amounts owed by Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries under this Agreement as provided in Section 11.03.

ARTICLE V

TAXES

SECTION 5.01. Taxes.

(a) Except as otherwise required by Law, any and all payments by any Borrower Party under any Loan Document (including payments with respect to the Loan) shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for any and all present and future Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority or taxing authority in any jurisdiction. If any Indemnified Taxes shall be required by Law to be withheld or deducted from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document, (i) the sum payable by the applicable Borrower Party shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required withholding or deductions of Indemnified Taxes (including such withholding or deductions applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section) the Lender shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made and (ii) the applicable Borrower Party shall make such withholding or deductions and pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority or taxing authority in accordance with applicable Law.

(b) Any Lender claiming additional amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01(a) shall use its reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and applicable Law) to change the jurisdiction of its Office if such a change would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole discretion of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

-27-


(c) If a Lender is a Foreign Lender, then such Lender shall provide to Borrower (i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest,” (x) two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or a successor form) properly completed and duly executed by such Foreign Lender and (y) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ Tax Compliance Certificate ”), (ii) if the payments receivable by the Foreign Lender are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or a successor form), (iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender that is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the U.S. is a party that reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest, two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or a successor form) indicating that such Foreign Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement and the Notes with reduced or no deduction of any U.S. federal income withholding tax or (iv) in the case of a Foreign Lender acting as an intermediary, two accurate and complete original signed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or a successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN, a Tax Compliance Certificate, IRS Form W-9 and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable. Such forms shall be delivered by such Foreign Lender on or prior to the date that it becomes a Lender under this Agreement, at any time thereafter when a change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances renders an existing form obsolete or invalid or requires a new form to be provided, and within fifteen Business Days after a reasonable written request of Borrower from time to time thereafter. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.01(c), no Foreign Lender shall be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) that such Foreign Lender is not legally able to deliver.

(d) Each Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall provide two properly completed and duly executed copies of Form W-9 (or successor form) at the times specified for delivery of forms under Section 5.01(c).

(e) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as may be necessary for the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (e), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

-28-


(f) Each Lender having assigned its rights and obligations hereunder in whole or in part shall collect from such assignee the documents described in Sections 5.01(c) and (d) as applicable.

SECTION 5.02. Receipt of Payment. Within thirty days after the date of any payment of Taxes withheld by Borrower in respect of any payment to the Lender, Borrower shall furnish to the Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

SECTION 5.03. Other Taxes. Borrower shall promptly pay any registration or transfer taxes, stamp duties or similar levies, and any penalties or interest that may be due with respect thereto, that may be imposed in connection with the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of this Agreement, the Note issued hereunder or any other Loan Document or the filing, registration, recording or perfecting of any security interest contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 5.04. Indemnification. If the Lender pays any Taxes that Borrower is required to pay pursuant to this Article V (including Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Article V), Borrower shall indemnify the Lender on demand in full in the currency in which such Taxes are paid, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed, together with interest thereon from and including the date of payment to, but excluding, the date of reimbursement at the Default Rate. The Lender shall promptly notify Borrower if any claim is made against the Lender for any Taxes for which Borrower would be responsible to indemnify the Lender pursuant to this Section 5.04.

SECTION 5.05. Tax Reporting.

(a) Loans Treated As Indebtedness . The Parties agree to treat the Loans as indebtedness for borrowed money of Borrower for all tax purposes. The Parties agree not to take any position that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 5.05 on any tax return or in any audit or other administrative or judicial proceeding unless required by applicable Law.

SECTION 5.06. Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Article V (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Article V), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Article V with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 5.06 (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.06, in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.06 the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional

 

-29-


amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

SECTION 5.07. Registered Obligation.

(a) Borrower shall establish and maintain, at its address referred to in Section 13.03, (A) a Register in which Borrower agrees to register by book entry the interests (including any rights to receive payment hereunder) of the Lender in the Loans, each of its obligations under this Agreement to participate in the Loans, and any assignment of any such interest, obligation or right, and (B) accounts in the Register in accordance with its usual practice in which it shall record (1) the names and addresses of the Lender(s) (and each change thereto pursuant to Sections 13.01 and 13.02), (2) the amount of the Loans described in clause (A) above, (3) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or paid, and (4) any other payment received and its application to the Loan.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or elsewhere, the Loans (including any Note evidencing such Loan) are registered obligations, the right, title and interest of the Lender and its assignees in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register and no assignment thereof shall be effective until recorded therein. This Section 5.07 and Sections 13.01 and 13.02 shall be construed so that, and the Lender shall cooperate with Borrower in all respects (notwithstanding anything else whether in the Loan Documents or otherwise) (including, but not limited to, providing appropriate information) so that, the Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Treasury Regulations, Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related regulations (and any successor provisions).

ARTICLE VI

CLOSING CONDITIONS

SECTION 6.01. Loan Closing Documentation. The obligation of the Lender to advance any portion of the Loan on the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date, if any, shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Lender the Note, dated the applicable Closing Date.

(b) Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Lender this Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Warrant, each dated the First Closing Date.

(c) Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender an executed copy of an opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, counsel to Borrower Parties, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit D and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

(d) Each Borrower Party shall have delivered to the Lender a certificate, dated the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date, if any, of a senior officer of such Borrower Party (the statements in which shall be true and correct on and as of the applicable Closing

 

-30-


Date): (i) attaching copies, certified by such officer as true and complete, of such Borrower Party’s certificate of incorporation or other organizational documents (together with any and all amendments thereto) certified by the appropriate Governmental Authority as being true, correct and complete copies; (ii) attaching copies, certified by such officer as true and complete, of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of such Borrower Party authorizing and approving the execution, delivery and performance by such Borrower Party of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated herein and therein; (iii) setting forth the incumbency of the officer of such Borrower Party who executed and delivered this Agreement, including therein a signature specimen of each such officer; and (iv) attaching copies, certified by such officer as true and complete, of certificates of the appropriate Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of formation, stating that such Borrower Party was in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction as of the applicable Closing Date.

(e) Each Borrower Party shall have executed and delivered to the Lender a Deposit Account Control Agreement and a Securities Account Control Agreement, as applicable, dated the First Closing Date and any deliverables contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(f) With respect to the First Closing Date, the Lender shall have exercised setoff pursuant to Section 2.03 with respect to all fees and expenses due and payable to the Lender on the First Closing Date.

(g) No event shall have occurred and be continuing that (i) constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or (ii) could reasonably be expect to constitute a Material Adverse Effect, in each case both at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, the making of the Loans on the applicable Closing Date.

(h) The representations and warranties made by each Borrower Party in Article VII hereof and in the other Transaction Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the applicable Closing Date, before and after giving effect to the Loans (except that any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifier shall be true and correct in all respects), and Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Lender a certificate of an officer, dated as of the applicable Closing Date, certifying the same (the “ Bring-Down Certificate ”). In the case of the Second Closing Date, the Bring-Down Certificate will also certify the Updated Letter, together with documentation reasonably supporting each item disclosed.

(i) All necessary governmental and third-party approvals, consents and filings, including in connection with the Loans, the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have been obtained or made and shall remain in full force and effect.

(j) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have delivered to the Lender all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing any Capital Stock or debt securities or instruments pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement accompanied by instruments of transfer or stock powers undated and endorsed in blank.

 

-31-


(k) Borrower shall have delivered to the Lender the Perfection Certificate and certified copies of UCC, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Borrower Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Borrower Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that are required by the Perfection Certificate or that the Lender deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Loan Documents (other than any Permitted Liens and other Liens acceptable to the Lender).

(l) The Lender shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by Section 8.05, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Lender, as additional insured, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

(m) The Lender shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Patriot Act, including, without limitation, the information described in Section 13.19.

(n) The Lender shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the debt owed by Borrower to Silicon Valley Bank shall be paid and satisfied in full prior to or simultaneous with the First Closing Date, including payoff and release letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender with respect to such debt owed by Borrower to Silicon Valley Bank.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 7.01. Representations and Warranties of Borrower Parties. Each Borrower Party hereby represents and warrants to Lender as of the date of this Agreement and as of each Closing Date (except for any representations and warranties which speak as to a specific date, which representations and warranties shall be made as of the date specified) as follows:

(a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; (ii) has all necessary powers, licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its properties except where the failure to have the same could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, and is in good standing, in every jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 7.01(b) to the Disclosure Letter contains a complete and accurate list as of the First Closing Date of each jurisdiction in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are qualified to do business.

 

-32-


(c) Each Borrower Party has all necessary power and authority to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(d) This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which each Borrower Party is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Borrower Party and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents, when executed and delivered by each Borrower Party, will constitute, the valid and binding obligation of each Borrower Party, enforceable against each Borrower Party in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at Law).

(e) None of the execution and delivery by each Borrower Party of the Loan Documents, the performance by each Borrower Party of any of the obligations to be performed by them hereunder or thereunder, or the consummation by each Borrower Party of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will require any notice to, action, approval or consent by, or in respect of, or filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or other Person, except filings necessary to perfect Liens created by the Loan Documents.

(f) No consent or approval of, or notice to, any Person is required by the terms of any Material Contract for the execution or delivery of, or the performance of the obligations of each Borrower Party under, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which each Borrower Party is party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and such execution, delivery, performance and consummation will not result in any breach or violation of, or constitute a default under Borrower Party Documents, any Material Contract or any Law applicable to Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their assets, subject in each case to the application of Sections 9-406, 9-407 and 9-408 of the UCC as then in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

(g) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are the exclusive owners of the entire right, title (legal and equitable) and interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to all material Collateral, Regulatory Approvals and Intellectual Property for which it is listed as the owner on Schedule 7 to the Perfection Certificate. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not granted to any Person any license or covenant not to sue under any Intellectual Property for which it is listed as the owner on Schedule 7 to the Perfection Certificate or Regulatory Approvals.

(h) There are no actions, proceedings or claims pending or, to the Knowledge of Borrower, threatened which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or that challenge the validity of the Transaction Documents.

(i) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no such event will occur upon the making of the applicable Loan.

 

-33-


(j) With respect to each Material Contract (a) each such Contract is a valid and binding agreement and each such Contract is in full force and effect, and (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with each such Material Contract and no Borrower Party has Knowledge of any default by a Borrower Party under any such Material Contract which could give rise to any termination right of the applicable Contract Party which default has not been cured or waived. Schedule 7.01(j) to the Disclosure Letter is a list of all Material Contracts as of the First Closing Date and Second Closing Date.

(k) All written information heretofore or herein supplied by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Lender is accurate and complete in all material respects, and none of such information, when taken together with all other information furnished, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such information not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which made. There is no fact or circumstance known to Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed in this Agreement, in the other Loan Documents or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Lender for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. All representations and warranties made by each Borrower Party in any of the other Loan Documents to which it is party are true and correct in all material respects.

(l) The Financial Statements (reported on and accompanied by an unqualified report from Borrower’s independent auditor) are complete and accurate in all material respects, were prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto) and present fairly in all material respects, in accordance with applicable requirements of GAAP, the consolidated financial position and the consolidated financial results of the operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods covered thereby and the consolidated statements of cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the periods presented therein. Since December 31, 2012, there has been no Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no Indebtedness (or other Liabilities) other than (i) identified in the audited Financial Statements or (ii) incurred by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2012 or (iii) otherwise listed and described on Schedule 7.01(l) to the Disclosure Letter.

(m) After giving effect to the making of the Loans:

(i) The aggregate value of the assets of Borrower, at fair value and present fair salable value, exceeds (i) its Liabilities and (ii) the amount required to pay such Liabilities as they become absolute and matured in the normal course of business;

(ii) Borrower has the ability to pay its debts and Liabilities as they become absolute and matured in the normal course of business; and

(iii) Borrower does not have an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business.

(n) Borrower’s Subsidiaries as of the First Closing Date are set forth on Schedule 7.01(n) to the Disclosure Letter.

 

-34-


(o) Such Borrower Party’s chief executive office as of the First Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 7.01(o) to the Disclosure Letter.

(p) (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Laws except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To Borrower’s Knowledge, no prospective change in any applicable laws, rules, ordinances or regulations has been proposed or adopted which, when made effective, could individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Borrower and its Subsidiaries possess all material certificates, authorizations and permits issued or required by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their business as presently conducted, including all such certificates, authorizations and permits required by the FDA or any other federal, state, local or foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of medical devices, pharmaceuticals or biohazardous substances or materials except where the failure to possess such certificates, authorizations and permits, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have received any notice of proceedings relating to, and to the Knowledge of each Borrower Party there are no facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to lead to, the revocation, suspension, termination or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit.

(iii) To the Knowledge of Borrower, there has been no indication that the FDA or any other Regulatory Agency has any material concerns with any Included Product or may not approve any Included Product, nor has any Included Product, to the Knowledge of Borrower, suffered any material adverse events in any clinical trial.

(q) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an investment company subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(r) Borrower has timely filed all tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all taxes due reported on such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by Borrower, except for failures to file tax returns or pay taxes that, individually, and in the aggregate, are not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Any charges, accruals or reserves on the books of Borrower in respect of taxes are adequate except for inadequacies that, individually, and in the aggregate, are not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has had no material liability for any taxes imposed on or with respect to its net income (except for state or local income or franchise taxes). Borrower has fulfilled all its obligations with respect to withholding taxes except for failures that, individually, and in the aggregate, are not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(s) Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever incurred any unsatisfied material liability or expects to incur any material liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or any similar non-U.S. law or maintains or contributes to, or is or has been required to maintain or contribute to, any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code

 

-35-


or any non-U.S. law. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not constitute or result in any non-exempt prohibited transaction that would result in material liabilities to Borrower under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or substantially similar provisions under any foreign or U.S. federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any material liability with respect to any obligation to provide benefits, including death or medical benefits, with respect to any person beyond their retirement or the termination of service other than coverage mandated by law.

(t) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of its directors, officers, employees or, to the Knowledge of each Borrower Party, Affiliates or agents, has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such Persons of the FCPA, including making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA. Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of each Borrower Party, its Affiliates have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(u) Borrower and its Subsidiaries maintain a system of accounting controls that is sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(v) The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Lender, legal, valid and enforceable (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at Law)) Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral and, when (x) financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 7.01(v) to the Disclosure Letter and (y) upon the taking of possession or control by the Lender of the Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to Lender to the extent possession or control by the Lender is required by the Security Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Guarantors thereunder in the Collateral, to the extent a security interest in the Collateral can be perfected by the making of such filings or the taking of possession or control, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.

(w) When financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 7.01(v) to the Disclosure Letter and when the Security Agreement or a short form thereof is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United

 

-36-


States Copyright Office, the Liens created by the Security Agreement shall constitute fully perfected Liens on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in the Patents and Trademarks (as such term are defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or Copyrights (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) registered or applied for with the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not granted, nor does there exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of the Collateral, except Permitted Liens.

(x) Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, and are the sole holders of, and/or have and hold a valid, enforceable and subsisting license to, all assets that are required to produce or receive any payments from any contract party or payor under and pursuant to, and subject to the terms of any Material Contract where Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has transferred, sold, or otherwise disposed of, or agreed to transfer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any portion of its respective rights to receive payment of royalties owing or to become owing to it under any Material Contracts, except as expressly provided in such Material Contracts. To the Knowledge of each Borrower Party, no Person other than Borrower or any Subsidiary has any right to receive the payments payable under any Material Contract, other than Lender and other than Persons party to the Material Contracts.

(y) The claims and rights of the Lender created by this Agreement and any other Loan Document in and to the Collateral will be senior to any Indebtedness or other obligation of Borrower Parties, with respect to such Collateral other than with respect to obligations secured by Permitted Liens.

(z) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its tangible personal property material to its business, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and minor irregularities or deficiencies in title that, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such property for its intended purpose. The tangible personal property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (i) is in good operating order, condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted) and (ii) constitutes all the property which is required for the business and operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as presently conducted, except where the failure to be in such order, condition or repair or to constitute all such property required could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) Schedule 7.01(aa) to the Disclosure Letter contains a true and complete list of each interest in real property (i) owned by Borrower and its Subsidiaries (describing the type of interest therein held by Borrower and its Subsidiaries); and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as lessee, sublessee, franchisee or licensee (describing the type of interest therein held by Borrower and its Subsidiaries) and, in each of the cases described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (aa), whether any lease requires the consent of the landlord or tenant thereunder, or other party thereto, to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

-37-


(bb) Schedule 7.01(bb) to the Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and accurate list of the Patents, including the following: Schedule 7.01(bb)(a) to the Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and accurate list of the Owned Patents; Schedule 7.01(bb)(b) to the Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and accurate list of the Exclusively Licensed Patents; and Schedule 7.01(bb)(c) to the Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete and accurate list of the Non-Exclusively Licensed Patents. For each Patent set forth on Schedule 7.01(bb) to the Disclosure Letter, Borrower has indicated: (i) the application number; (ii) the patent or registration number, if any; (iii) the country or other jurisdiction where the Patent was issued, registered, or filed; (iv) the scheduled expiration date of any issued Patent, including a notation if such scheduled expiration date includes a term extension or supplementary protection certificate and (iv) the owner.

(cc) Borrower (or the Borrower Party indicated on Schedule 7.01(bb)(a) ) to the Disclosure Letter) is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire right, title and interest in each of the Owned Patents. The Owned Patents are not subject to any encumbrance, lien or claim of ownership by any Third Party, and there are no facts that would preclude Borrower from having unencumbered title to the Owned Patents. No Borrower Party has received any notice of any claim by any Third Party challenging the ownership of the rights of Borrower Parties in and to the Owned Patents.

(dd) Borrower Parties collectively have a valid, exclusive license to use each of the Exclusively Licensed Patents. There have not been, nor are there any pending or threatened to Borrower’s Knowledge, disputes relating to Borrower’s right to use the Exclusively Licensed Patents. All Contracts relating to Borrower’s rights in the Exclusively Licensed Patents have been provided to the Lender prior to the Closing Date.

(ee) Borrower has a valid, non-exclusive license to use each of the Non-Exclusively Licensed Patents. There have not been, nor are there any pending or threatened to Borrower’s Knowledge, disputes relating to Borrower’s right to use the Non-Exclusively Licensed Patents. All Contracts relating to Borrower’s rights in the Non-Exclusively Licensed Patents have been provided to the Lender prior to the Closing Date.

(ff) To Borrower’s Knowledge, each of the Patents is valid, enforceable and subsisting unless otherwise indicated on Schedule 7.01(bb) to the Disclosure Letter. Borrower has not received any opinion of counsel that any of the Patents is invalid or unenforceable. No Borrower Party has received any notice of any claim by any Third Party challenging the validity or enforceability of any of the Patents.

(gg) Each individual associated with the filing and prosecution of the Patents has complied, and will continue to comply, in all material respects with all applicable duties of candor and good faith in dealing with any Patent Office, including any duty to disclose to any Patent Office all information known by such individual to be material to patentability of each such Patent, in those jurisdictions where such duties exist. Except for information disclosed to the applicable Patent Office during prosecution of the Patents, to Borrower’s Knowledge, there are no patents, published patent applications, articles, abstracts or other prior art deemed material to patentability of any of the inventions claimed in such Patents, or that would otherwise reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any of the claims of such Patents.

 

-38-


(hh) To Borrower’s Knowledge, each of the Patents correctly identifies each and every inventor of the claims thereof as determined in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Patent was issued or is pending. There is not any Person who is or claims to be an inventor of any of the Patents who is not a named inventor thereof. No Borrower Party has received any notice from any Person who is or claims to be an inventor of any of the Patents who is not a named inventor thereof.

(ii) Each Person who has or has had any rights in or to the Patents, including each inventor named on the Patents, has executed a Contract assigning their entire right, title and interest in and to such Patents and the inventions embodied, described and/or claimed therein, to the owner thereof, and each such Contract has been duly recorded at the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(jj) There are no unpaid maintenance fees, annuities or other like payments with respect to the Patents.

(kk) No issued Patent has lapsed, expired or otherwise been terminated unless otherwise indicated on Schedule 7.01(bb) to the Disclosure Letter.

(ll) The conception, development and reduction to practice of the inventions claimed in the Patents have not constituted or involved the misappropriation of trade secrets or other rights or property of any Third Party.

(mm) No Borrower Party has filed any disclaimer, other than a terminal disclaimer, or made or permitted any other voluntary reduction in the scope of any Patent.

(nn) Neither Borrower nor any other Person has undertaken or omitted to undertake any acts, and no circumstances or grounds exist, that would void, invalidate, reduce or eliminate, in whole or in part, the enforceability or scope of any of the Patents.

(oo) There have not been, nor are there any pending or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened, litigations, interferences, reexaminations, oppositions, or like procedures involving any of the Patents.

(pp) No Third Party Patent Right has been, or is, or will be, infringed by Borrower’s Exploitation of the Included Product. To Borrower’s Knowledge, no Patent Right other than the Patents is necessary for Borrower to Exploit the Included Product. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.01(pp) to the Disclosure Letter, Borrower has not received any notice of any claim by any Third Party asserting that Borrower’s Exploitation of the Included Product infringes such Third Party’s Patents Rights. Borrower has not received any opinion of counsel regarding infringement or non-infringement of any Third Party Patent Rights by Borrower’s Exploitation of the Included Product.

(qq) To Borrower Parties’ Knowledge, there are no pending, published patent applications owned by any Third Party, which Borrower Parties do not have the right to use, which if issued, would limit or prohibit in any material respect Borrower Parties’ Exploitation of the Included Product.

 

-39-


(rr) To Borrower Parties’ Knowledge, no Third Party is infringing any of the issued Patents. No Borrower Party has put any Third Party on notice of any of the issued Patents. Absent the ownership of, or a license to, by a Third Party, the manufacture, use or sale of each Key Included Product by such Third Party would be covered by at least one valid issued claim of the patents set forth in Schedule 7.01(bb) to the Disclosure Letter.

(ss) There is no pending, decided or settled Dispute, nor has any such Dispute been threatened, in each case challenging the legality, validity, enforceability or ownership of any Patent.

(tt) There are no Disputes between Borrower and a Third Party relating to Borrower’s Exploitation of the Included Product. Borrower has not received or given notice of any such Dispute, and to Borrower Parties’ Knowledge, there exists no circumstances or grounds upon which any such claims could be asserted. The Patents are not subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment or other decree, ruling, charge settlement or other disposition of any Dispute.

(uu) There are no copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, trade secrets or net names material to Borrower Parties’ Exploitation of the Included Product.

(vv) Borrower and Borrower’s Subsidiaries have the insurance policies with the coverages and limits set forth on Schedule 7.01(vv) to the Disclosure Letter, carried with the insurance companies also set forth therein.

SECTION 7.02. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties of Borrower Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution, delivery and acceptance thereof by the Parties and the closing of the transactions described in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

From the First Closing Date until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, Borrower shall do all of the following:

SECTION 8.01. Maintenance of Existence. Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries party to the Loan Documents shall at all times (a) preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its (i) legal existence (except in each case as otherwise permitted by Section 9.02(a) hereof) and (ii) good standing as a corporation under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) not change its name or its chief executive office as set forth herein without having given the Lender simultaneous notice thereof; (c) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (d) preserve or renew all Intellectual Property of Borrower, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-40-


SECTION 8.02. Use of Proceeds.

(a) Borrower shall use the net proceeds of the Loan received by it (a) to repay in full in cash the outstanding principal amount of the debt, all interest accrued thereon and all fees and other amounts outstanding between the Borrower and Silicon Valley Bank on the First Closing Date and (b) for general corporate purposes.

SECTION 8.03. Financial Statements and Information.

(a) Borrower shall furnish to the Lender, on or before the forty-fifth day after the close of each quarter of each fiscal year, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower as at the close of such quarter and unaudited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows of Borrower for such quarter, duly certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presenting the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Borrower Parties and Subsidiaries. Concurrently with the delivery or filing of the documents described in the preceding sentence, Borrower shall furnish to the Lender a certificate of the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or treasurer of Borrower, which certificate shall include a statement that such officer has no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any condition, event or act which constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(b) On or before the two hundred tenth day after the close of each fiscal year, Borrower’s audited financial statements as at the close of such fiscal year, including the consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such fiscal year and consolidated statement of operations and cash flows of Borrower for such fiscal year, in each case accompanied by the report thereon of independent registered public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. Concurrently with the delivery or filing of the documents described in the preceding sentence, Borrower shall furnish to the Lender a certificate of the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or treasurer of Borrower, which certificate shall include a statement that such officer has no knowledge, except as specifically stated, of any condition, event or act which constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(c) Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Lender from time to time such other information regarding the financial position, assets or prospects of Borrower or any other Subsidiary or its compliance with any Loan Document to which it is a party or the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as presently conducted as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

(d) The Lender and its Representatives shall have the right, from time to time but, except during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, no more than once per six months, during normal business hours and upon at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to Borrower, to visit the offices and properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries where books and records relating or pertaining to the Collateral are kept and maintained, to inspect and make extracts from and copies of such books and records, to discuss, with officers of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

(e) Borrower shall deliver to Lender such information and data relating or pertaining to the Collateral in Borrower’s possession or control, including, without limitation, copies of internally generated marketing plans and information related to the Included Products, as Lender shall reasonably request, promptly upon such request.

 

-41-


(f) Borrower shall, upon at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice from the Lender, (i) cause such of the executive officers, vice presidents, senior directors and directors of Borrower as shall be identified by the Lender in such notice, and, (ii) if requested by the Lender in such notice, request Borrower’s auditors, in each such case, to meet, or, at the Lender’s option, to participate in a conference call with, the Lender for the purpose of discussing the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that in the case of (i) above, absent an Event of Default, such request shall not be made more than once every quarter and provided , further that in the case of (ii) above, (a) absent an Event of Default, such request shall not be made more than once every year and in the case of an Event of Default, such request shall not be made more than once every six months and (b) a Representative of Borrower (chosen by Borrower) shall be permitted to be present for such meetings and discussions with Borrower’s auditors.

(g) All written information supplied by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Lender pursuant to this Section 8.03 shall be accurate and complete in all material respects as of its date or the date so supplied, and, in the case of written information supplied pursuant to Sections 8.03(a) and 8.03(b), none of such information shall contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which made, as of its date or the date filed with the SEC or if not so filed so delivered to the Lender

SECTION 8.04. Books and Records. Borrower shall keep proper books, records and accounts in which entries in conformity with sound business practices and all requirements of Law applicable to it shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business, assets and activities and as shall permit the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of Borrower in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 8.05. Maintenance of Insurance and Properties. Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used and useful in the conduct of the business of Borrower Parties and Subsidiaries as presently conducted, and as presently contemplated to be conducted, in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall maintain insurance policies with the same or better coverages and limits as those set forth on Schedule 7.01(vv) to the Disclosure Letter with an Insurance Provider. Borrower shall furnish to the Lender from time to time upon written request full information as to the insurance carried.

SECTION 8.06. Governmental Authorizations. Borrower shall obtain, make and keep in full force and effect all authorizations from and registrations with Governmental Authorities that may be required for the validity or enforceability against Borrower of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

-42-


SECTION 8.07. Compliance with Laws and Contracts.

(a) Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries shall comply with all applicable Laws and perform its obligations under all Material Contracts relative to the conduct of its business, including the Transaction Documents to which it is party except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to take all actions necessary to enforce its rights under each Material Contract and perform all of its material obligations under each Material Contract, in each case, to the extent commercially reasonable.

(b) Borrower shall at all times comply with the margin requirements set forth in Section 7 of the Exchange Act and any regulations issued pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R., Chapter II.

SECTION 8.08. Plan Assets. Borrower shall not take any action that causes its assets to be deemed to be Plan Assets at any time.

SECTION 8.09. Notices.

(a) Borrower shall promptly give written Notice to the Lender of each Default or Event of Default and each other event that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that in any situation where Borrower knows a press release or other public disclosure is to be made, Borrower shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to provide such information to the Lender as early as possible but in no event later than simultaneously with such release or other public disclosure.

(b) Borrower shall promptly give written notice to the Lender, and forward or cause to be forwarded to the Lender copies of all Notices, upon receiving Notice, or otherwise becoming aware, of any default or event of default under any Material Contract and copies of all other material Notices under any Material Contract.

(c) Borrower shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof, give written Notice to the Lender of any litigation or proceedings to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Borrower shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof, give written Notice to the Lender of any litigation filed or governmental proceedings instituted challenging the validity of the Intellectual Property Licenses, Intellectual Property of Borrower, the Transaction Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated therein.

(e) Borrower shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof, give written Notice to the Lender of any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Borrower in any of the Transaction Documents or in any certificate delivered to the Lender pursuant hereto shall prove to be untrue, inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.

(f) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event; and

 

-43-


(g) with respect to any Included Product, the occurrence of (i) a “serious adverse event”, (ii) a manufacturing disruption which has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the level of inventory of such Included Product available for commercial sale or (iii) any other Material Adverse Effect on the Exploitation of such Included Product.

SECTION 8.10. Payment of Taxes. Borrower shall pay all material taxes of any kind imposed on or in respect of its income or assets before any penalty or interest accrues on the amount payable and before any Lien on any of its assets exists as a result of nonpayment except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof and except for taxes contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 8.11. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. Borrower will not at any time, to the extent that it may lawfully not do so, insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive Borrower from paying all or any portion of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Loans as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Agreement; and, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, Borrower hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and expressly agrees that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Lender, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 8.12. Intellectual Property.

(a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall, at their sole expense, prepare, execute, deliver and file any and all agreements, documents or instruments which are necessary or desirable to (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to prosecute and maintain the Material Intellectual Property (including Patents therein); and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to defend or assert such Material Intellectual Property against commercially significant infringement or interference by any other Persons, and against any claims of invalidity or unenforceability, in any jurisdiction (including by bringing any legal action for infringement or defending any counterclaim of invalidity or action of a Third Party for declaratory judgment of non-infringement or non-interference). Borrower shall keep the Lender informed of all of such actions and the Lender shall have the opportunity to participate and meaningfully consult with Borrower with respect to the direction thereof and Borrower shall consider all of the Lender’s comments in good faith. This subsection (a) shall apply only with respect to Material Intellectual Property owned by Borrower or its Subsidiaries or, to the extent that Borrower or any Subsidiary has prosecution, maintenance and/or enforcement rights with respect thereto, licensed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

(b) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prosecute all pending Patent applications within the Material Intellectual Property for which it is an owner (or otherwise has rights to prosecute such Patents) consistent with standards in the medical device industry for similarly situated entities.

(c) Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

 

-44-


(i) take reasonable measures to protect the proprietary nature of Material Intellectual Property and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information compromising a part thereof;

(ii) not disclose and use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any distribution or disclosure by others (including their employees and contractors) of any item that contains or embodies Material Intellectual Property; and

(iii) take reasonable physical and electronic security measures to prevent disclosure of any item that contains or embodies Material Intellectual Property.

(d) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each individual associated with the filing and prosecution of the Patents material to the conduct of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries to comply in all material respects with all applicable duties of candor and good faith in dealing with any Patent Office, including any duty to disclose to any Patent Office all information known by such individual to be material to patentability of each such Patent, in those jurisdictions where such duties exist.

(e) Borrower shall furnish the Lender from time to time upon Lender’s reasonable written request therefor reasonably detailed statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Intellectual Property and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to any Intellectual Property as the Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 8.13. Security Documents; Further Assurances

(a) Each Borrower Party shall promptly, upon the reasonable request of the Lender, at such Borrower Party’s expense, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter register, file or record, or cause to be registered, filed or recorded, in an appropriate governmental office, any document or instrument supplemental to or confirmatory of the Loan Documents or otherwise deemed by the Lender reasonably necessary or desirable for the continued validity, perfection and priority of the Liens on the Collateral covered thereby subject to no other Liens except as permitted by the applicable Loan Document, or obtain any consents or waivers as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith. Deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lender from time to time such other documentation, consents, authorizations, approvals and orders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and the Lender shall reasonably deem necessary to perfect or maintain the Liens on the Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents. Upon the exercise by the Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to any Loan Document which requires any consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority execute and deliver all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Lender may require. If the Lender determines that it is required by a requirement of Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of the real property of any Borrower Party constituting Collateral, Borrower shall provide to the Lender appraisals in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

-45-


SECTION 8.14. Information Regarding Collateral . No Borrower Party shall effect any change (i) in any Borrower Party legal name, (ii) in the location of any Borrower Party’s chief executive office, (iii) in any Borrower Party’s identity or organizational structure, (iv) in any Borrower Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number, if any, or (v) in any Borrower Party’s jurisdiction of organization (in each case, including by merging with or into any other entity, reorganizing, dissolving, liquidating, reorganizing or organizing in any other jurisdiction), until (A) it shall have given the Lender not less than 10 days’ prior written notice (in the form of an certificate of a duly authorized officer of a Borrower Party ), or such lesser notice period agreed to by the Lender, of its intention so to do, clearly describing such change and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Lender may reasonably request and (B) it shall have taken all action reasonably satisfactory to the Lender to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Lender in the Collateral, if applicable. Each Borrower Party agrees to promptly provide the Lender with certified Borrower Party Documents reflecting any of the changes described in the preceding sentence. Each Borrower Party also agrees to promptly notify the Lender of any change in the location of any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which any portion of Collateral with a value in excess of $250,000 is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), other than (a) changes in location to a mortgaged property, (b) Collateral which is in-transit or in the possession of employees, (c) Collateral which is out for repair or processing and (d) Collateral sold, licensed or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business.

(a) Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 8.03, Borrower shall deliver to the Lender a Perfection Certificate Supplement.

SECTION 8.15. Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.

(a) Subject to this Section 8.15, with respect to any property acquired after the First Closing Date by any Borrower Party that is not already subject to the Lien created by any of the Loan Documents or specifically excluded from the requirement to be subject to such Lien in the Loan Documents, such Borrower Party shall promptly (and in any event within 30 days after the acquisition thereof) (i) execute and deliver to the Lender such amendments or supplements to the relevant Loan Documents or such other documents as the Lender shall deem necessary or advisable to grant for its benefit, a Lien on such property subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens, and (ii) take all actions necessary to cause such Lien to be duly perfected in accordance with all applicable requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Lender. Each Borrower Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Lender such documents as the Lender shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of the Security Documents on such after-acquired properties. Notwithstanding any other provision in any Loan Document, (i) no Borrower Party shall be required to take any actions outside of the U.S. to perfect any Lien or security interest in any assets which are located outside of the U.S. and (ii) no equity interests in (a) CFCs or (b) Domestic CFC Holdcos shall be required to be pledged, other than 65% of the voting and 100% of non-voting equity interests in first-tier Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs or Domestic CFC Holdcos, as applicable.

 

-46-


(b) With respect to any Person, other than a Domestic CFC Holdco, that is or becomes a domestic Subsidiary of Borrower or any other Borrower Party after the Closing Date, such Borrower Party shall promptly (and in any event within 30 days after such Person becomes a Subsidiary) (i) deliver to the Lender the certificates, if any, representing all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of the holder(s) of such Capital Stock, and all Intercompany Notes owing from such Subsidiary to any Borrower Party together with instruments of transfer executed and delivered in blank by a duly authorized officer of such Borrower Party and (ii) cause such new Subsidiary (A) to execute a joinder agreement or such comparable documentation to become a Guarantor and a joinder agreement to the applicable Security Document, substantially in the form annexed thereto, (B) to deliver a Perfection Certificate and (C) to take all actions necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Lender to cause the Lien created by the applicable Security Document to be duly perfected to the extent required by such agreement in accordance with all applicable requirements of Law, including the filing of financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be reasonably requested by the Lender.

(c) Each Borrower Party shall promptly grant to the Lender, within 30 days of the acquisition thereof, a security interest in and mortgage on each real property owned in fee by such Borrower Party that is acquired by such Borrower Party after the First Closing Date and that, together with any improvements thereon, individually has a fair market value of at least $500,000, (unless the subject property is already mortgaged to a third party to the extent permitted by Section 9.03). Such mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and shall constitute valid and enforceable (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at Law)) perfected Liens subject only to Permitted Liens or other Liens acceptable to the Lender. The mortgages or instruments related thereto shall be duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Lender required to be granted pursuant to the mortgages and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall be paid in full. Such Borrower Party shall otherwise take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Lender such documents as the Lender shall reasonably require to confirm the validity, perfection and priority of the Lien of any existing mortgage or new mortgage against such after-acquired real property (including a title policy, a survey and local counsel opinion (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender) in respect of such mortgage).

ARTICLE IX

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

From the First Closing Date until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, Borrower shall not do any of the following without Lender’s prior written consent:

SECTION 9.01. Activities of Borrower. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall amend, modify or waive or terminate (other than expiration in accordance with its terms) any provision of, or permit or agree to the amendment, modification, waiver or termination

 

-47-


(other than expiration in accordance with its terms) of any provision of, any of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Lender or any Material Contract that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect without the prior written consent of the Lender.

SECTION 9.02. Merger; Sale of Assets.

(a) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall merge or consolidate with or into (whether or not Borrower is the Surviving Person) any other Person and Borrower will not, and will not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease, sublease, license, sublicense or otherwise dispose of (“Dispose of”) all or substantially all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries assets (determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries) to any Person in a single transaction or series of related transactions; provided that nothing in this Section 9.02(a) shall prohibit (i) a Change of Control so long as Borrower complies with Section 3.02 in connection therewith, (ii) any merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary with or into any Person who is a Guarantor or Borrower (to the extent a Guarantor or Borrower, as applicable, is the Surviving Person) or thereupon becomes a Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.15, (iii) any Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower Parties merging with any other Foreign Subsidiary; (iv) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or any Guarantor or, if it is a Foreign Subsidiary, any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; and (v) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time so long as its immediate parent becomes the owner of its remaining assets.

(b) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease, sublease, license, sublicense or otherwise dispose of (including by way of merger or consolidation) any right, title or interest in or to any of the Included Products, other than (A) pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, or (B) pursuant to a Change of Control so long as Borrower complies with Section 3.02 in connection therewith; provided , however , that, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior to any such Permitted Transfer or shall occur as a result thereof.

SECTION 9.03. Liens. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall create or suffer to exist any Lien on or with respect to Collateral, except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 9.04. Investment Company Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be or become an investment company subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 9.05. Limitation on Additional Indebtedness. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness; provided that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may incur:

(a) Indebtedness under this Agreement;

(b) Indebtedness secured by Liens of any of the types described under clauses (b), (c), (d), (e), (h), (l) and (m) of the definition of Permitted Liens, but only to the extent of the Indebtedness related thereto;

 

-48-


(c) Indebtedness existing on the First Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.05(c) to the Disclosure Letter ;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $250,000;

(e) Indebtedness arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or refunding of any Indebtedness permitted by any of the foregoing clauses of this Section 9.05, provided that such Indebtedness is not increased and is not secured by any additional assets;

(f) intercompany Indebtedness (i) among Borrower Parties and (ii) owing by any Foreign Subsidiary to any other Foreign Subsidiary or any Borrower Party and (iii) owing by any Borrower Party to any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(g) any Bridge Financings in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000; and

(h) Indebtedness arising out of the Revolving Credit Facility.

SECTION 9.06. Limitation on Transactions with Controlled Affiliates. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related transactions or participate in any arrangement (including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of assets or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Controlled Affiliate other than the Transaction Documents or in the ordinary course of business of Borrower upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Borrower than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a non-Controlled Affiliate; provided that Borrower and its Subsidiaries may engage in the following transactions:

(a) reasonable and customary director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification arrangements, in each case approved in good faith by the Board of Directors of Borrower;

(b) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

(c) transactions (i) among Borrower and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries which are Guarantors and (ii) among Foreign Subsidiaries;

(d) transactions among Borrower and Subsidiaries which are not Guarantors (i) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) reasonably necessary in connection with licenses of Intellectual Property and related rights with respect to the Exploitation of Included Products outside of the U.S.; and

(e) transactions among Borrower Parties and their Foreign Subsidiaries specifically permitted by Sections 9.05(g) and 9.02.

 

-49-


SECTION 9.07. ERISA.

(a) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain or contribute to, or agree to maintain or contribute to or otherwise incur any liability with respect to, any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall engage in a non-exempt prohibited transaction that would result in material liability to Borrower under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or substantially similar provisions under foreign or U.S. federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations or in any transaction that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder (or the exercise by the Lender of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the Security Agreement) to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under such provisions.

(c) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries will incur any material liability with respect to any obligation to provide medical benefits with respect to any person beyond their retirement or other termination of service other than coverage mandated by law.

SECTION 9.08. Restricted Payments. Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, other than: (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities issued and outstanding on the First Closing Date or any Bridge Financing permitted under Section 9.05(g) into non-redeemable equity securities of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange therefor, may pay accrued interest on such securities by issuing additional payment-in-kind securities with the same terms, may undertake cashless exercises of warrants or options, and may pay immaterial amounts of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in shares of capital stock; (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors, officers or consultants (or current or former spouses, successors, administrators, heirs or legatees of the foregoing) pursuant to stock repurchase arrangements at a price equal to or less than the amount paid by such persons for such stock, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) per fiscal year; and (iv) any Subsidiary of Borrower may pay dividends to the Borrower or another Subsidiary of Borrower.

SECTION 9.09. Amendment of Revolving Credit Facility and Organizational Documents. Borrower Parties will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend, modify, waive, terminate or release the documentation governing the Revolving Credit Facility or any Borrower Party Document, in each case if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release is materially adverse to the Lender.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees.

(a) The Guarantors, hereby jointly and severally guarantee, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to the Lender and its permitted successors and assigns, the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if Borrower or any other

 

-50-


Guarantor shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at scheduled payment date, by required repayment or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at scheduled payment date, by requirement prepayment or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

(b) The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 10.01(a) shall constitute a guaranty of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of Borrower and the Guarantors under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the scheduled payment date of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Transaction Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Lender as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.01(h).

(c) The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all Notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement, the Note or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Lender upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively

 

-51-


be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between Borrower and the Lender shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Lender, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Lender or any other Person at any time of any right or remedy against Borrower and the Guarantors or against any other Person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

(d) The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 10.01 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

(e) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Agreement it shall not enforce any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 10.01(a), whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(f) The guarantee in this Section 10.01 is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

(g) In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate, limited partnership, or limited liability company Law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 10.01(a) would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 10.01(a), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any other Guarantor or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 10.01(a)) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

(h) If a Guarantor becomes a Transferred Guarantor, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Article XII) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Security Document and the pledge of such

 

-52-


Capital Stock to the Lender pursuant to the Security Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have provided the Lender such certifications or documents as it shall reasonably request, the Lender shall take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this clause (h) in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Security Documents, so long as Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have provided the Lender such certifications or documents as it shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.

(i) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 10.01(e). The provisions of this Section 10.01(i) shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Lender, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Lender for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

ARTICLE XI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 11.01. Events of Default. If one or more of Events of Default occurs and is continuing, the Lender shall be entitled to the remedies set forth in Section 11.02.

SECTION 11.02. Default Remedies. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Lender may, by Notice to Borrower, (a) exercise all rights and remedies available to the Lender hereunder and under the Security Documents and applicable Law, including enforcement of the security interests created thereby, (b) declare the Loans, all interest thereon and all other Obligations to be immediately due and payable, whereupon all such amounts shall become immediately due and payable, all without diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest or further notice of any kind, which are expressly waived by Borrower and the Guarantors and (c) declare the obligations of the Lender hereunder to be terminated, whereupon such obligations shall terminate; provided , however , that if any event of any kind referred to in clause (h) of the definition of “Event of Default” herein occurs, the obligations of the Lender hereunder shall immediately terminate, all amounts payable hereunder by Borrower shall become immediately due and payable and the Lender shall be entitled to exercise rights and remedies under the Security Documents and applicable Law without diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower and the Guarantors. Each Notice delivered pursuant to this Section 11.02 shall be effective when sent.

SECTION 11.03. Right of Set-off; Sharing of Set-off.

(a) If any amount payable hereunder is not paid as and when due, Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Lender and each Affiliate of the Lender (i) to proceed, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, without prior notice, by right of set-off, bankers’ lien, counterclaim or otherwise, against any assets of Borrower in any currency that may at any time be in the possession of the Lender or such Affiliate, to the full extent of all amounts payable to the Lender hereunder or (ii) to charge to Borrower’s account with Lender the full extent of all amounts payable by Borrower to the Lender hereunder; provided , however , that the Lender shall notify Borrower of the exercise of such right promptly following such exercise.

 

-53-


(b) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations owed to such Lender resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other obligations owed to such Lender greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the other Lenders of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided that the provisions of this Section 11.03(b) shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee.

SECTION 11.04. Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by Law.

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 12.01. Funding Losses. If Borrower fails to borrow the Loans on either Closing Date after the applicable Notice of Borrowing has been given to the Lender in accordance herewith, Borrower shall reimburse the Lender within three Business Days after demand for any resulting loss or expense incurred by the Lender including any loss incurred in obtaining, liquidating or redeploying deposits from third parties; provided that the Lender shall have delivered to Borrower a certificate showing the calculation of such loss or expense in reasonable detail.

SECTION 12.02. Other Losses.

(a) Borrower agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Indemnitee from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities, in all cases, or in any such case arising, in whole or in part, out of or relating to any claim, action, suit or proceeding commenced or threatened by any Person (including any Governmental Authority), other than Borrower or any of the Lender’s Affiliates; provided Borrower shall not have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee. To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 12.02 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

 

-54-


(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Party shall assert, and each Party hereby waives, any claim against each other Party and such Party’s Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys or agents, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the Loans or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

SECTION 12.03. Assumption of Defense; Settlements. If the Lender is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII with respect to any action or proceeding brought by a third party that is also brought against Borrower, Borrower shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such action or proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lender. Upon assumption by Borrower of the defense of any such action or proceeding, Borrower shall have the right to participate in such action or proceeding and to retain its own counsel but Borrower shall not be liable for any legal expenses of other counsel subsequently incurred by the Lender in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) Borrower has otherwise agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) Borrower shall have failed to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lender in a timely manner or (iii) the Lender shall have been advised by counsel that there are actual or potential conflicting interests between Borrower and the Lender, including situations in which there are one or more legal defenses available to the Lender that are different from or additional to those available to Borrower; provided , however , that Borrower shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar actions or proceedings arising out of the same general allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for the Lender, except to the extent that local counsel, in addition to its regular counsel, is required in order to effectively defend against such action or proceeding. Borrower shall not consent to the terms of any compromise or settlement of any action defended by Borrower in accordance with the foregoing without the prior written consent of the Lender unless such compromise or settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of the Lender from all liability arising out of such action and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the Lender. Borrower shall not be required to indemnify the Lender for any amount paid or payable by the Lender in the settlement of any action, proceeding or investigation without the written consent of Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01. Assignments.

(a) Borrower shall not be permitted to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lender and any purported assignment in violation of this Section 13.01 shall be null and void.

 

-55-


(b) Lender may at any time, upon written notice to Borrower, assign its rights and obligations hereunder, in whole or in part, to an Assignee and may pledge its rights and obligations hereunder to such Assignee.

(c) The parties to each permitted assignment shall execute and deliver to Borrower an Assignment and Acceptance. Upon the effectiveness of a permitted assignment hereunder, (i) each reference in this Agreement to “Lender” shall be deemed to be a reference to the assignor and the assignee to the extent of their respective interests, (ii) such assignee shall be a Lender party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender and (iii) the assignor shall be released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent of the assignment, and no further consent or action by any party shall be required.

(d) In the event there are multiple Lenders, all payments of principal, interest, fees and any other amounts payable pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among the Lenders according to their proportionate interests in the applicable Loans.

(e) Borrower shall, from time to time at the request of the Lender, execute and deliver any documents that are necessary to give full force and effect to an assignment permitted hereunder, including new Note in exchange for the Note held by the Lender.

SECTION 13.02. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 13.03. Notices. All Notices authorized or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and either personally delivered to the Party to whom it is given or delivered by an established delivery service by which receipts are given or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile or electronic mail with a copy sent on the following Business Day by one of the other methods of giving notice described herein, addressed to the Party at its address listed below:

 

  (a) If to Borrower:

Invuity, Inc.

39 Stillman Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention:

Facsimile:

E-mail:

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Invuity, Inc.

39 Stillman Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention:

Facsimile:

E-mail:

 

-56-


in each case with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

Attention: Scott K. Murano

Facsimile: (650) 493-6811

E-mail: (650) 849-3316

 

  (b) If to a Lender:

HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P.

300 Atlantic Street, Suite 600

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Gregory B. Brown, M.D.

Email: greg.brown@hcroyalty.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

HealthCare Royalty Partners II, L.P.

300 Atlantic Street, Suite 600

Stamford, CT 06901

Attention: Vice President – Legal

Email: Royalty@hcroyalty.com

and

Ropes & Gray LLP

800 Boylston Street

Prudential Tower

Boston, MA 02199

Attn: Patrick O’Brien

E-mail: patrick.obrien@ropesgray.com

Any Party may change its address for the receipt of Notices at any time by giving Notice thereof to the other Parties. Except as otherwise provided herein, any Notice authorized or required to be given by this Agreement shall be effective when received.

SECTION 13.04. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.

SECTION 13.05. Modification. No Loan Document or provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, by an agreement or agreements in writing executed by Borrower and the Lender or, in the case of any other Loan Document, by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the parties thereto with the consent of the Lender.

 

-57-


SECTION 13.06. No Delay; Waivers; etc. No delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. The Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights hereunder unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by the Lender.

SECTION 13.07. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 13.08. Determinations. Each determination or calculation by the Lender hereunder shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Parties.

SECTION 13.09. Replacement of Note. Upon the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any Note and (a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt by Borrower of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (except that if the holder of such Note is the Lender or any other financial institution of recognized responsibility, the holder’s own agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory) or (b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender to Borrower of any mutilated Note, Borrower shall execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Note, dated the applicable Closing Date, in the same principal amount.

SECTION 13.10. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION).

SECTION 13.11. Jurisdiction. Each Borrower and the Lender hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall exclusively be brought and determined in the federal courts located in New York City (Borough of Manhattan) or the courts of the State of New York located in New York City (Borough of Manhattan) and each of Borrower and the Lender hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding to the exclusive jurisdiction and proper venue of such courts. Any process or summons for purposes of any Proceeding may be served on Borrower by mailing a copy thereof by registered mail, or a form of mail substantially equivalent thereto, addressed to it at its address as provided for Notices hereunder.

SECTION 13.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 13.13. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that Borrower has or hereafter may be entitled to claim or may acquire, for itself or any of its assets, any immunity from suit, jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations hereunder and under the Note to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

-58-


SECTION 13.14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 13.15. Limitation on Rights of Others. Except for the Indemnitees referred to in Section 12.02, no Person other than a Party shall have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement.

SECTION 13.16. No Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be read to create any agency, partnership or joint venture of the Lender (or any of its Affiliates) and Borrower (or any of its Affiliates). Each Party agrees not to refer to the other as a “partner” or the relationship as “partnership” or “joint venture.”

SECTION 13.17. Survival. The obligations of Borrower contained in Section 4.05, Article V and Article XII shall survive the repayment of the Loans and the cancellation of the Note and the termination of the other obligations of Borrower hereunder.

SECTION 13.18. Confidentiality.

(a) Except as expressly authorized in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or except with the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party hereby agrees that (i) it will use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party solely for the purpose of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and exercising its rights and remedies and performing its obligations hereunder and thereunder; (ii) it will keep confidential the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; and (iii) it will not furnish or disclose to any Person any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Receiving Party may, without the consent of the Disclosing Party, but with prior written notice when permissible to the Disclosing Party, furnish or disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to (i) the Receiving Party’s Affiliates and their respective Representatives, actual or potential financing sources, investors or co-investors and permitted assignees, purchasers, transferees or successors-in-interest under Section 13.01, in each such case, who need to know such information in order to provide or evaluate the provision of financing to the Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates or to assist the Receiving Party in evaluating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in exercising its rights and remedies and performing its obligations hereunder and thereunder and who are, prior to such furnishing or disclosure, informed of the confidentiality and non-use obligations contained in this Section 13.18 and who are bound by written or professional confidentiality and non-use obligations no less stringent than those contained in this Section 13.18; and (ii) permitted assignees, purchasers, transferees or successors-in-interest under Section 13.01, in each such case, who need to know such information in connection with such actual or potential

 

-59-


assignment, sale or transfer, including, following any such assignment, sale or transfer, in order to exercise their rights and remedies and perform their obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and who are, prior to such furnishing or disclosure, informed of the confidentiality and non-use obligations contained in this Section 13.18 and who are bound by written or professional confidentiality and non-use obligations no less stringent than those contained in this Section 13.18.

(c) In the event that the Receiving Party, its Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives is required by applicable Law, applicable stock exchange requirements or legal or judicial process (including by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to furnish or disclose any portion of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall, to the extent legally permitted, provide the Disclosing Party, as promptly as practicable, with written notice of the existence of, and terms and circumstances relating to, such requirement, so that the Disclosing Party may seek, at its expense, a protective order or other appropriate remedy (and, if the Disclosing Party seeks such an order, the Receiving Party, such Affiliates or such Representatives, as the case may be, shall provide, at their expense, such cooperation as such Disclosing Party shall reasonably require). Subject to the foregoing, the Receiving Party, such Affiliates or such Representatives, as the case may be, may disclose that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party that is legally required to be disclosed; provided , however , that the Receiving Party, such Affiliates or such Representatives, as the case may be, shall exercise reasonable efforts (at their expense) to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, including by obtaining reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any such Confidential Information disclosed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in the event that the Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates receives a request from an authorized representative of a U.S. or foreign tax authority for a copy of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the Receiving Party or such Affiliate, as the case may be, may provide a copy hereof or thereof to such tax authority representative without advance notice to, or the consent of, the Disclosing Party; provided , however , that the Receiving Party shall, to the extent legally permitted, provide the Disclosing Party with written notice of such disclosure as soon as practicable.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, including this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the terms and conditions hereof and thereof, to the extent necessary in connection with the enforcement of its rights and remedies hereunder or thereunder or as required to perfect the Receiving Party’s rights hereunder or thereunder.

(e) Neither Party shall, and each Party shall cause its Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), issue any press release or make any other public disclosure with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except if and to the extent that any such release or disclosure is required by applicable Law, by the rules and regulations of any applicable stock exchange or by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction, in which case, the Party proposing (or whose Affiliate proposes) to issue such press release or make such public disclosure shall use commercially reasonable efforts to consult in good faith with the other Party regarding the form and content thereof before issuing such press release or making such public announcement.

 

-60-


Except with respect to the Lender’s internal communications or private communications with its Representatives, the Lender shall not, and shall cause its Representatives, its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ Representatives not to make use of the name, nickname, trademark, logo, service mark, trade dress or other name, term, mark or symbol identifying or associated with Borrower without Borrower’s prior written consent to the specific use in question, provided that the consent of Borrower shall not be required with respect to publication of Borrower’s name and logos in the Lender’s promotional materials, including without limitation the websites for the Lender and its Affiliates consistent with its use of other similarly situated Third Parties’ names and logos.

(f) Each of Borrower and Lender hereby (i) agree that, notwithstanding the terms thereof, the Confidentiality Agreement is hereby terminated and (ii) acknowledge that this Agreement shall supersede such Confidentiality Agreement with respect to the treatment of Confidential Information by the Parties (including, without limitation, with regard to Confidential Information previously provided pursuant to such Confidentiality Agreement).

SECTION 13.19. Patriot Act Notification. Lender hereby notifies Borrower that, consistent with the Patriot Act, regulations promulgated thereunder and under other applicable Law, the Lender’s procedures and customer due diligence standards require it to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, including among other things name, address, information regarding Persons with authority or control over Borrower, and other information regarding Borrower, its operations and transactions with the Lender. Borrower agrees to provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Lender in order to assist the Lender in maintaining compliance with its procedures, the Patriot Act and any other applicable Laws.

 

-61-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P,

    as Lender

By: HealthCare Royalty Partners II GP, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

/s/ Gregory B. Brown

Name: Gregory B. Brown
Title: Founding Managing Director

 

INVUITY, INC.,
    as Borrower
By:

/s/ Philip Sawyer

Name: Philip Sawyer
Title: Chief Executive Officer


WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1

This Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of May 19, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), among INVUITY, INC. , a California corporation (the “ Existing Borrower ”), and HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership, as lender (the “ Lender ”).

WHEREAS , the Existing Borrower is party to the Loan Agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among the Existing Borrower, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Lender, pursuant to which the Lender committed to make certain loans and other financial accommodations to Existing Borrower upon the terms and conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS , the Existing Borrower is party to the Security Agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by the Existing Borrower and the other Grantors (as defined therein) party thereto from time to time in favor of the Lender, pursuant to which the Existing Borrower and each other Grantor pledged substantially all of their respective properties to the Lender as collateral for the extension of the loans and other financial accommodations to Existing Borrower under the Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS , on or about May 31, 2015, the Existing Borrower intends to merge with and into Invuity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ New Borrower ”), with the New Borrower being the surviving corporation of such merger (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Loan Agreement, the Existing Borrower is prohibited from merging or consolidating with or into (whether or not the Existing Borrower is the Surviving Person) any other Person and transferring all or substantially all of the Borrower’s assets to any Person (the “ Merger Covenant ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Security Agreement, the Existing Borrower is required to give Lender at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of any change in its name, identity or corporate structure or reincorporation, reorganization, or taking of any other action that results in a change of jurisdiction of organization of Existing Borrower (the “ Reincorporation Notice Requirement ”); and

WHEREAS , the Existing Borrower has requested that the Lender waive the Merger Covenant and Reincorporation Notice Requirement with respect to the Merger as more fully set forth herein.

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, the covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Existing Borrower and the Lender do hereby agree that capitalized terms used


herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Loan Agreement and further agree as follows:

1. Waiver . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Waiver, including without limitation the fulfillment of the conditions to effectiveness specified in Section 2 below, the Lender hereby waives the Merger Covenant and the Reincorporation Notice Requirement, in each case, solely as it relates to the Merger. Nothing in this Waiver shall be construed to be a waiver by the Lender of any other term or condition under the Loan Agreement or the Security Agreement which may currently exist or hereafter occur.

2. Omnibus Amendment . All references to the Existing Borrower in the Loan Documents shall be replaced by references to the New Borrower upon consummation of the Merger.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Waiver is subject to the receipt by the Lender of each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

(a) one or more counterparts of this Waiver duly executed and delivered by Existing Borrower and the Lender;

(b) such other documents, instruments and agreements as the Lender may reasonably request prior to the date hereof; and

(c) payment in full of all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, or delivery of this Waiver and any agreements delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

4. Representations and Warranties .

The Existing Borrower hereby represents and warrants with and to the Lender as follows:

(a) Representations and Warranties . After giving effect to this Waiver: (i) each representation and warranty by each Borrower Party contained in the Loan Agreement or in any other Loan Document is true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date (in which event such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such earlier date), and (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists.

(b) Binding Effect of Documents . This Waiver and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered to the Lender by the Existing Borrower and are in full force and effect, as modified hereby, subject to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity.

(c) No Conflict, Etc . The execution and delivery and performance of this Waiver by the Existing Borrower will not (i) violate any applicable law or (ii) contravene the terms of any Borrower Party Document of the Existing Borrower.

5. Provisions of General Application .

(a) Effect of this Waiver . Except as expressly set forth herein (including the waiver of the Merger Covenant and the Reincorporation Notice Requirement, in each case solely as it relates to the Merger), no other modifications to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document are intended or

 

-2-


implied, and no novation shall result from this Waiver. In all other respects the Loan Documents are hereby specifically ratified, restated and confirmed by all parties hereto as of the Effective Date. To the extent of conflict between the terms of this Waiver and the other Loan Documents, the terms of this Waiver shall control.

(b) Costs and Expenses . The Existing Borrower absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Lender, on demand, whether or not all or any of the transactions contemplated by this Waiver are consummated, all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, or delivery of this Waiver and any agreements delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and expenses which shall at any time be incurred or sustained by the Lender in connection with this Waiver and any agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.04 of the Loan Agreement.

(c) Reviewed by Attorneys . The Existing Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that it (a) understands fully the terms of this Waiver and the consequences of the execution and delivery of this Waiver, (b) has been afforded an opportunity to have this Waiver reviewed by, and to discuss this Waiver and document executed in connection herewith with, such attorneys and other persons as the Existing Borrower may wish, and (c) has entered into this Waiver and executed and delivered all documents in connection herewith of its own free will and accord and without threat, duress or other coercion of any kind by any Person. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that neither this Waiver nor the other documents executed pursuant hereto shall be construed more favorably in favor of one than the other based upon which party drafted the same, it being acknowledged that all parties hereto contributed substantially to the negotiation and preparation of this Waiver and the other documents executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith.

(d) Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(e) Counterparts . This Waiver may be executed in any number of counterparts, but all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Waiver by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

(f) Loan Document . This Waiver is a Loan Document.

(g) Entire Agreement . This Waiver, together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, representations and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank; next page is signature page]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Waiver to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

EXISTING BORROWER:
INVUITY, INC.
By:

/s/ Michael Gandy

Name: Michael Gandy
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

WAIVER

SIGNATURE PAGE


Lender:
HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: HealthCare Royalty Partners II GP, LLC,
its General Partner
By:

/s/ Matthew Q. Reber

Name: Matthew Q. Reber
Title: Managing Director

 

WAIVER

SIGNATURE PAGE


ASSUMPTION AND JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Assumption and Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder ”) is dated as of May 28, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), and executed and delivered by INVUITY, INC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ New Borrower ”) in favor of HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership, as lender (the “ Lender ”) under the Loan Agreement (as defined below), All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

A. Reference is made to: (i) the Loan Agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among INVUITY, INC. , a California corporation (the “ Existing Borrower ”), the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Lender, and (ii) the Security Agreement dated as of February 28, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), made by the Existing Borrower and the other Grantors (as defined therein) party thereto from time to time in favor of the Lender.

B. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Existing Borrower has been merged with and into the New Borrower (the “ Merger ”), with the New Borrower being the surviving corporation of the Merger.

C. Concurrently with the occurrence of the Merger, the New Borrower is required to become a party to, and bound by the terms of, the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in the same capacity, and to the same extent, as the Existing Borrower. Accordingly, the New Borrower is executing this Joinder to become a Borrower Party thereunder and to induce the Lender to continue to make Loans.

D. In order for the New Borrower to become party to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as provided herein, the New Borrower is entering into this Joinder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and as consideration for the Loans previously made, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement.

 

2. Joinder and Assumption of Obligations . Effective as of the Effective Date:

 

  a. The New Borrower hereby:

 

  i. acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents;

 

  ii. joins in the execution of, and becomes a party to the Loan Agreement (as “Borrower” and a “Borrower Party” thereunder), the Security Agreement (as “Borrower” and a “Grantor” thereunder), and each of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party, in the same capacity as the Borrower;


  iii. agrees that the New Borrower has acceded to and expressly assumes each of the rights, duties and obligations of the Existing Borrower as “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and agrees that all references in the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement, and each of the other Loan Documents to “Borrower” shall, effective as of the Effective Date, mean and refer to the New Borrower;

 

  iv. assumes and agrees to perform all applicable duties and obligations of Borrower under the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, including, without limitation, all applicable duties and obligations of Borrower as a Grantor under the Security Agreement; and

 

  v. creates and grants to the Lender, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), a security interest in and lien on all of the New Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), but subject in all respects to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

  b. Without in any manner limiting the generality of clause (a) above, the New Borrower agrees that, effective as of the Effective Date, the New Borrower shall be bound by all covenants (other than covenants which specifically relate solely to a date preceding the Effective Date), agreements, liabilities and acknowledgments of Borrower and a Borrower Party under the Loan Agreement, of Borrower and a Grantor under the Security Agreement, and of Borrower and a Grantor under each of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, in each case, with the same force and effect as if the New Borrower was an original signatory thereto and was expressly named therein.

 

3. Representations and Warranties . The New Borrower hereby makes all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower or a Grantor set forth in the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents as of the Effective Date (other than representations, warranties and covenants that relate solely to a date preceding the Effective Date, in which case the New Borrower makes no such representations, warranties or covenants).

 

4. Updated Schedules . Annexed to this Joinder as Exhibit A are supplemental Schedules to the Loan Agreement, and annexed to this Joinder as Exhibit B are supplemental Schedules to the Security Agreement, in each case with respect to the New Borrower.

 

5. Ratification of Loan Documents . Except as specifically modified by this Joinder and the other documents executed and delivered in connection herewith, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Security Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

6. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness . This Joinder shall not be effective until the following conditions precedent have each been fulfilled to the reasonable satisfaction of the Lender:

 

2


  a. This Joinder shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties hereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

 

  b. The Lender shall have received the following, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender:

 

  i. Results of searches or other evidence indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the New Borrower, except for Permitted Liens;

 

  ii. All documents and instruments (including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) required by law or reasonably requested by the Lender to be delivered, filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens on the assets of the New Borrower intended to be created under the Loan Documents and all such documents and instruments shall have been so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Lender concurrently with or immediately following the effectiveness of this Joinder;

 

  iii. A Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Loan Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date;

 

  iv. A Perfection Certificate Supplement with respect to the New Borrower;

 

  v. A certificate, with appropriate insertions and attachments, meeting the requirements set forth in Section 6.01(d) of the Loan Agreement; and

 

  vi. An executed legal opinion with respect to the New Borrower, substantially in the form of the legal opinion delivered on the Closing Date.

 

  c. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior to or immediately after giving effect to this Joinder.

 

7. Post-Closing Conditions . Within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall have:

 

  a. Used commercially reasonable efforts to deliver insurance certificates and endorsements satisfying the requirements of Section 6.01(l) of the Loan Agreement;

 

  b. Delivered executed intellectual property security agreements for filing, recording or registering by the Lender in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, United States Copyright Office or other governmental offices;

 

  c. Used commercially reasonable efforts to deliver a Bailee Letter (as defined in the Security Agreement) with respect to each location set forth in Schedule 3(c) to the Security Agreement Disclosure Letter; and

 

  d. Delivered a Deposit Account Control Agreement and a Securities Account Control Agreement.

 

3


8. Miscellaneous .

 

  a. This Joinder may be executed in several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart by electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

 

  b. This Joinder expresses the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. No prior negotiations or discussions shall limit, modify, or otherwise affect the provisions hereof.

 

  c. Any determination that any provision of this Joinder or any application hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect and in any instance shall not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other instance, or the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provisions of this Joinder.

 

  d. The Loan Parties shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Lender (including, without limitation, all such reasonable costs and expenses (which shall include reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Joinder) in accordance with, and to the extent required by, the provisions of Section 4.04 of the Loan Agreement.

 

  e. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED and inTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

  f. This Joinder is a Loan Document.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Joinder to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

NEW BORROWER:
INVUITY, INC.
By:

  /s/ Michael Gandy

Name: Michael Gandy
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Joinder Agreement


LENDER:
HEALTHCARE ROYALTY PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: HealthCare Royalty Partners II GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:

  /s/ Matthew Q. Reber

Name: Matthew Q. Reber
Title: Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Joinder Agreement

Exhibit 10.9

INVUITY, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Invuity, Inc. (the “Company”), and Philip Sawyer (“Executive”) as of the date the Company and Executive have each executed this Agreement, as set forth below. The terms of this Agreement will become effective on the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the “Effective Date”).

 

  1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board; provided, however, that Executive will be permitted to spend reasonable amounts of time performing duties as a General Partner of Helix Ventures and to manage his personal financial and legal affairs and, with the Company’s consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, to serve on civic, charitable, not-for-profit, industry or corporate boards or advisory committees, provided that such activities, individually and collectively, do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder. Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $425,000 as compensation for his services (as adjusted from time to time, the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.


(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to eighty percent (80%) of Executive’s Base Salary, less applicable withholdings, upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole discretion (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Board determines that the Target Bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the Target Bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Target Bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the Target Bonus is earned.

(c) Review and Adjustments . Executive’s Base Salary, Target Bonus, and other compensatory arrangements will be subject to review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies, subject to Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason and receive severance benefits as set forth in Section 7.

4. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of twenty (20) business days per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

6. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination Outside the Change of Control Period . If, outside the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will receive the following severance benefits:

(i) Salary Severance . Continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect during the Employment Term, for twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.

(ii) Bonus Severance . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, equal to one-hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this

 

-2-


Section 7(a)(ii) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs.

(iii) Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will reimburse Executive for the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such reimbursements, the “COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to twelve (12) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(iv) Equity . Vesting acceleration of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s outstanding unvested Equity Awards on the date of Executive’s termination. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the Equity Award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason within the Change of Control Period . If, within the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Salary Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to twenty-four (24) months of Executive’s Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect during the Employment Term, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures. For the

 

-3-


avoidance of doubt, if (A) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 7(a)(i); and (B) a Change of Control occurs within the three (3)-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 7b)(i), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 7(b)(i), less amounts already paid under Section 7(a)(i).

(ii) Bonus Severance . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, equal to two-hundred percent (200%) of the higher of (A) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs or (B) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 7(b)(ii) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs.

(iii) Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will reimburse Executive for the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earlier of (A) a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such reimbursements, the “COC COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COC COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to twenty-four (24) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(c) Equity . Vesting acceleration of one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding unvested Equity Awards on the date of Executive’s termination. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the Equity Award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

 

-4-


(d) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(f) Accrued Compensation . For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(g) Transfer between the Company and Affiliates . For purposes of this Section 7, if Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates terminates, Executive will not be determined to have been terminated without Cause, provided Executive continues to remain employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates (e.g., upon transfer from on Affiliate to another); provided, however, that the parties understand and acknowledge that any such termination could potentially result in Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason.

(h) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, the provisions of this Section 7 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity. Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 7.

8. Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Sections 7(a) or (b) will be subject to (i) Executive resigning from all positions Executive may hold as an officer or director of the Company or any Affiliates and executing all documents the Company determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary to effectuate such resignations prior to the Release Deadline (as defined below) (such resignation and execution of applicable documents, the “Resignations”), and (ii) Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Resignations and the Release do not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any

 

-5-


rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Resignations and the Release become effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 8(b), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Resignations and the Release becoming effective and irrevocable but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date following the date the Resignations and the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

(b) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Payments will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 8(b)(iii). Except as required by Section 8(b)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment for any Deferred Payments.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will, to the extent required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments.

 

-6-


(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(vi) The foregoing provisions and all compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

9. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 7 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G); (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; or (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”) immediately prior to Change of Control, whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

 

-7-


10. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Affiliate . “Affiliate” means the Company and any other parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as such terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (1) of the Code.

(b) Cause . “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by the Board or a committee designated by the Board, in its sole discretion: (i) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company, (iii) any intentional misconduct by Executive that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business, (iv) a breach by Executive of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company, (v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties, (vi) Executive’s death or permanent disability, or (vii) Executive’s material violation of any of the Company’s policies and procedures.

(c) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the

 

-8-


Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) Change of Control Period . “Change of Control Period” means the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to, and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

(e) Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) Deferred Payment . “Deferred Payment” means any severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case, when considered together, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A.

(g) Disability . “Disability” means that the Employee has been unable to perform Executive’s Company duties as the result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement or 180 days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld). Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate the Employee’s employment. In the event that the Employee resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

 

-9-


(h) Equity Awards . “Equity Awards” means Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(i) Good Reason . “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities and requirements inconsistent with Executive’s position with the Company and Executive’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements in effect prior to such reduction, provided, however, that a reduction in job duties, responsibilities and requirements by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following a Change of Control but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary (other than in connection with a general decrease in base salaries or target bonuses for most similarly-situated employees); or (iii) Executive’s refusal to relocate the principal place for performance of Company duties to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s then-present location. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (60) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

(j) Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . “Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” means the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement executed by the Company and Executive on February 19, 2010.

(k) Section 409A . “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

(l) Section 409A Limit . “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

11. Non-Solicitation . Executive agrees to continue to follow and comply with the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

12. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to follow and comply with the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

13. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor

 

-10-


of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Invuity, Inc.

Attn : Chief Financial Officer

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

15. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

16. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of

 

-11-


1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrators’ fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in San Diego County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

 

-12-


17. Integration . This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

19. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

20. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

22. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY:
INVUITY, INC.
By:

/s/ Brett Robertson

Date: May 15, 2015
Title: VP Corporate Development and General Counsel
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Philip Sawyer

Date: May 15, 2015
PHILIP SAWYER

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.10

INVUITY, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Invuity, Inc. (the “Company”), and Douglas Heigel (“Executive”) as of the date the Company and Executive have each executed this Agreement, as set forth below. The terms of this Agreement will become effective on the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the “Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Vice President of Operations. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board. Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for his services (as adjusted from time to time, the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.

(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary, less applicable withholdings, upon achievement of


performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole discretion (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Board determines that the Target Bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the Target Bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Target Bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the Target Bonus is earned.

(c) Review and Adjustments . Executive’s Base Salary, Target Bonus, and other compensatory arrangements will be subject to review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies, subject to Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason and receive severance benefits as set forth in Section 7.

4. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of fifteen (15) business days per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

6. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination Outside the Change of Control Period . If, outside the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will receive the following severance benefits:

(i) Salary Severance . Continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect during the Employment Term, for nine (9) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will reimburse Executive for the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earlier of (A) a period of nine (9) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such reimbursements, the “COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole

 

-2-


discretion that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to nine (9) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason within the Change of Control Period . If, within the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Salary Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect during the Employment Term, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures. For the avoidance of doubt, if (A) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 7(a)(i); and (B) a Change of Control occurs within the three (3)-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 7b)(i), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 7(b)(i), less amounts already paid under Section 7(a)(i).

(ii) Bonus Severance . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, equal to one-hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the higher of (A) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs or (B) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 7(b)(ii) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs.

(iii) Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will reimburse Executive for the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible

 

-3-


dependents until the earlier of (A) a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such reimbursements, the “COC COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COC COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to eighteen (18) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(c) Equity . Vesting acceleration of one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding unvested Equity Awards on the date of Executive’s termination. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the Equity Award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(d) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(f) Accrued Compensation . For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

 

-4-


(g) Transfer between the Company and Affiliates . For purposes of this Section 7, if Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates terminates, Executive will not be determined to have been terminated without Cause, provided Executive continues to remain employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates (e.g., upon transfer from on Affiliate to another); provided, however, that the parties understand and acknowledge that any such termination could potentially result in Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason.

(h) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, the provisions of this Section 7 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity. Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 7.

8. Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Sections 7(a) or (b) will be subject to (i) Executive resigning from all positions Executive may hold as an officer or director of the Company or any Affiliates and executing all documents the Company determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary to effectuate such resignations prior to the Release Deadline (as defined below) (such resignation and execution of applicable documents, the “Resignations”), and (ii) Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Resignations and the Release do not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Resignations and the Release become effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 8(b), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Resignations and the Release becoming effective and irrevocable but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date following the date the Resignations and the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

(b) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Payments will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 8(b)(iii). Except as required by Section 8(b)(iii), any installment payments that

 

-5-


would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment for any Deferred Payments.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will, to the extent required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(vi) The foregoing provisions and all compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

9. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 7 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

 

-6-


(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G); (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; or (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”) immediately prior to Change of Control, whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

10. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Affiliate . “Affiliate” means the Company and any other parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as such terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (1) of the Code.

(b) Cause . “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by the Board or a committee designated by the Board, in its sole discretion: (i) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company, (iii) any intentional misconduct by Executive that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business, (iv) a breach by Executive of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company, (v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties, (vi) Executive’s death or permanent disability, or (vii) Executive’s material violation of any of the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

-7-


(c) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or

 

-8-


(ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) Change of Control Period . “Change of Control Period” means the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to, and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

(e) Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) Deferred Payment . “Deferred Payment” means any severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case, when considered together, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A.

(g) Disability . “Disability” means that the Employee has been unable to perform Executive’s Company duties as the result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement or 180 days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld). Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate the Employee’s employment. In the event that the Employee resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(h) Equity Awards . “Equity Awards” means Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(i) Good Reason . “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities and requirements inconsistent with Executive’s position with the Company and Executive’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements in effect prior to such reduction, provided, however, that a reduction in job duties, responsibilities and requirements by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following a Change of Control but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary (other than in connection with a general decrease in base salaries or target bonuses for most similarly-situated employees); or (iii) Executive’s refusal to relocate the principal place for performance of Company duties to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s then-present location. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (60) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

 

-9-


(j) Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . “Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” means the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement executed by the Company and Executive on September 11, 2014.

(k) Section 409A . “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

(l) Section 409A Limit . “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

11. Non-Solicitation . Executive agrees to continue to follow and comply with the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

12. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to follow and comply with the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

13. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Invuity, Inc.

Attn : Chief Financial Officer

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

 

-10-


If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

15. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

16. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrators’ fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California

 

-11-


law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in San Diego County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration . This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

19. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

20. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

-12-


22. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY:
INVUITY, INC.
By:

/s/ Philip Sawyer

Date: May 21, 2015
Title: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Douglas Heigel

Date: May 19, 2015
DOUGLAS HEIGEL

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.11

INVUITY, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Invuity, Inc. (the “Company”), and Paul Davison (“Executive”) as of the date the Company and Executive have each executed this Agreement, as set forth below. The terms of this Agreement will become effective on the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities (the “Effective Date”).

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as the Company’s Vice President of Research and Development. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the Company, as will reasonably be assigned to him by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Employment Term.”

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board. Executive further agrees to comply with all Company policies, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any insider trading policies and compensation clawback policies currently in existence or that may be adopted by the Company during the Employment Term.

2. At-Will Employment . The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will” employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000 as compensation for his services (as adjusted from time to time, the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholdings.

(b) Target Bonus . Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to forty percent (40%) of Executive’s Base Salary, less applicable withholdings, upon achievement of


performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole discretion (the “Target Bonus”). The Target Bonus, or any portion thereof, will be paid as soon as practicable after the Board determines that the Target Bonus has been earned, but in no event shall the Target Bonus be paid after the later of (i) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the Target Bonus is earned or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the Target Bonus is earned.

(c) Review and Adjustments . Executive’s Base Salary, Target Bonus, and other compensatory arrangements will be subject to review and adjustment in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies, subject to Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason and receive severance benefits as set forth in Section 7.

4. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation of fifteen (15) business days per year in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy, with the timing and duration of specific days off mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.

6. Expenses . The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

7. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination Outside the Change of Control Period . If, outside the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will receive the following severance benefits:

(i) Salary Severance . Continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect during the Employment Term, for nine (9) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures.

(ii) Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will reimburse Executive for the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents until the earlier of (A) a period of nine (9) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such reimbursements, the “COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole

 

-2-


discretion that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to nine (9) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason within the Change of Control Period . If, within the Change of Control Period, the Company or its Affiliates terminate Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, respectively, other than for Cause, death or Disability, or Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will receive the following severance benefits from the Company:

(i) Salary Severance . A lump sum severance payment equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary, at the highest rate in effect during the Employment Term, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures. For the avoidance of doubt, if (A) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 7(a)(i); and (B) a Change of Control occurs within the three (3)-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 7b)(i), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 7(b)(i), less amounts already paid under Section 7(a)(i).

(ii) Bonus Severance . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll procedures, equal to one-hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the higher of (A) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs or (B) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 7(b)(ii) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs.

(iii) Continued Employee Benefits . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, the Company will reimburse Executive for the premiums necessary to continue group health insurance benefits for Executive and Executive’s eligible

 

-3-


dependents until the earlier of (A) a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents becomes covered under similar plans or (C) the date upon which Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA (such reimbursements, the “COC COBRA Premiums”). However, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot pay the COC COBRA Premiums without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the date of Executive’s termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to eighteen (18) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA Premiums may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if at any time the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the payments contemplated by the preceding sentence without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), Executive will not receive such payment or any further reimbursements for COBRA premiums.

(c) Equity . Vesting acceleration of one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s outstanding unvested Equity Awards on the date of Executive’s termination. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the Equity Award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(d) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(f) Accrued Compensation . For the avoidance of any doubt, in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

 

-4-


(g) Transfer between the Company and Affiliates . For purposes of this Section 7, if Executive’s employment with the Company or one of its Affiliates terminates, Executive will not be determined to have been terminated without Cause, provided Executive continues to remain employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates (e.g., upon transfer from on Affiliate to another); provided, however, that the parties understand and acknowledge that any such termination could potentially result in Executive’s ability to resign for Good Reason.

(h) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates, the provisions of this Section 7 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity. Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 7.

8. Conditions to Receipt of Severance .

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Sections 7(a) or (b) will be subject to (i) Executive resigning from all positions Executive may hold as an officer or director of the Company or any Affiliates and executing all documents the Company determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary to effectuate such resignations prior to the Release Deadline (as defined below) (such resignation and execution of applicable documents, the “Resignations”), and (ii) Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and provided that such Release becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). If the Resignations and the Release do not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Resignations and the Release become effective and irrevocable. Except as required by Section 8(b), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive prior to the Resignations and the Release becoming effective and irrevocable but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date following the date the Resignations and the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and the remaining payments will be made as provided in the Agreement.

(b) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Payments will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 8(b)(iii). Except as required by Section 8(b)(iii), any installment payments that

 

-5-


would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment for any Deferred Payments.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will, to the extent required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, become payable on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments.

(vi) The foregoing provisions and all compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A.

9. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits under Section 7 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

 

-6-


(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G); (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; or (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”) immediately prior to Change of Control, whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

10. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Affiliate . “Affiliate” means the Company and any other parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as such terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (1) of the Code.

(b) Cause . “Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by the Board or a committee designated by the Board, in its sole discretion: (i) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; (ii) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud with respect to the Company, (iii) any intentional misconduct by Executive that has a materially adverse effect upon the Company’s business, (iv) a breach by Executive of any of Executive’s fiduciary obligations as an officer of the Company, (v) Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, including Executive’s refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board so long as such directives are not inconsistent with Executive’s position and duties, (vi) Executive’s death or permanent disability, or (vii) Executive’s material violation of any of the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

-7-


(c) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or

 

-8-


(ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) Change of Control Period . “Change of Control Period” means the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to, and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

(e) Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) Deferred Payment . “Deferred Payment” means any severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case, when considered together, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A.

(g) Disability . “Disability” means that the Employee has been unable to perform Executive’s Company duties as the result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement or 180 days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld). Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate the Employee’s employment. In the event that the Employee resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(h) Equity Awards . “Equity Awards” means Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(i) Good Reason . “Good Reason” means Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities and requirements inconsistent with Executive’s position with the Company and Executive’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements in effect prior to such reduction, provided, however, that a reduction in job duties, responsibilities and requirements by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following a Change of Control but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s base salary (other than in connection with a general decrease in base salaries or target bonuses for most similarly-situated employees); or (iii) Executive’s refusal to relocate the principal place for performance of Company duties to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s then-present location. Executive’s resignation will not be deemed to be for Good Reason unless Executive has first provided the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (60) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice, and such condition has not been cured during such period.

 

-9-


(j) Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement . “Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” means the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement executed by the Company and Executive on November 17, 2014.

(k) Section 409A . “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance thereunder and any applicable state law equivalent, as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

(l) Section 409A Limit . “Section 409A Limit” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s separation from service as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code for the year in which Executive’s separation from service occurred.

11. Non-Solicitation . Executive agrees to continue to follow and comply with the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

12. Confidential Information . Executive agrees to continue to follow and comply with the terms and conditions of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

13. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “ successor ” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well-established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

Invuity, Inc.

Attn : Chief Financial Officer

444 De Haro Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

 

-10-


If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

15. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

16. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment-related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “Act”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act shall also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “JAMS Rules”). The arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator shall award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrators’ fees, except that Executive shall pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California

 

-11-


law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator shall apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law shall take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator shall be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement shall be conducted in San Diego County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration . This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement may be modified only by agreement of the parties by a written instrument executed by the parties that is designated as an amendment to this Agreement.

18. Waiver of Breach . The waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.

19. Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

20. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

 

-12-


22. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY:
INVUITY, INC.
By:

/s/ Philip Sawyer

Date: May 19, 2015
Title: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Paul Davison

Date: May 19, 2015
PAUL DAVISON

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

-14-

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Invuity, Inc. of our report dated March 13, 2015, except for the effects of the reverse stock split, as to which the date is May 27, 2015, and except for the effects of the Company’s reincorporation in Delaware, as to which the date is May 28, 2015, both described in Note 1, relating to the financial statements of Invuity, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, CA

May 29, 2015

Exhibit 24.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that William Burke hereby constitutes and appoints Philip Sawyer and Michael Gandy, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Invuity, Inc. (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

/s/ William W. Burke

Director June 1, 2015
William W. Burke